1530 to 1539 (Principia Moderni III Map Game)

This page is an archive for the Principia Moderni III map game, from 1530 to 1539.

1530
'''A flood in the Netherlands occurs. Parts of Flanders are struck, washing away many communities, most notably Verdronken Land van Reimerswaal.'''

'''Chester racecourse opens in Chester, Cheshire, England, holding the first horserace in the country. The event becomes a large spectacle, attracting large audiences. '''

'''Baba Siri Chand, a native of Sarae Naga, Muktsar District in Punjab, son of a successful trader and disciple of Sikhism is chosen as the second Sikh guru. '''

'''Jalal Shah Suri, sultanate of the Suri Empire launches an invasion into the Mughal territory proper to establish his rule over portions of the nation. He also establishes alliances with Mewar, Dhundhar, Jaisalmer, and Jaunpur. '''

'''For future reference vassals may only expand by 2500 sq km (this includes PU's). -Feud'''
 * Portugal: Continues a notable buildup in military strength and allows for a vigorous training program on the existing military forces attempting to train them up heavily. Meanwhile, the administration continues to be reformed, and agriculture and commerce are encouraged. Meanwhile, Portugal continues to develop its navy. Meanwhile, the colony in Lenhame continues exporting wheat to Portugal. Meanwhile, trade intensifies in the African coast. The Açores continue to be settled. Meanwhile, the naus continue to be used. Naval explorations directed to the west continue. Meanwhile, Santa Cruz expands north by 2000 sq km. Meanwhile, sugarcane continues to be planted in Santa Cruz. Meanwhile, pau-brasil (brazilwood) starts to be extracted in the colony. Meanwhile, the colony of São Sebastião expands 2000 sq km.
 * The Kingdoms of Great Albion (Scotland and England) - member nation of the UKGA: Many ships are modernized and replaced to keep the Royal Albion Navy a powerful force on the high seas. Port Edmundburg continues to experience a growth in population. Albionic settlers continue to explore the surrounding areas. The dialect of English originally found in Scotland and the Eire grows so large that it covers most of the North of England. This new dialect is called Bythigish (portmanteau of Brython and English). English nobles begin to enjoy the Celtic myths of Eire and Scotland. The Templar Order continues to undercut the King's enemies and seeks ways to privately grow the power of the King and Albion as a whole. The Order buys up many smaller businesses and collectivizes some farms. The Order begins to expand into other areas of Europe, seeking to grow understanding as well as pushing Albionic ideals. Albion continues to explore farther west and south. A clockmaker from Cambridge becomes popular for his accurate timepieces and the exquisite wood housing. He creates a chime for the St Mary's Cathedral, the chimes are called the Cambridge Chimes (OTL Westminster Quarters AKA Big Ben's chime). The Chimes become so popular, other clockmakers incorporate the chimes into their clocks. The Crown Dominion of Hamburg does well this year, as an influx of trade begins to repair the wounds of several wars. The English Renaissance is born when several painters in London show off some impressive works. The pocket watch is invented by Peter Royce. James Graff invents the use of etching. Albion, annoyed by the growing power of the Oyo, orders a blockade of shipping lanes and begins banning Oyoese goods. The Crowns of Oldenburg and Albion officially enter Personal Union. Nobles are outraged at the appointment of a foreign German King, even though the real poltics is still done by the Queen. Several begin to openly conspire against the new regime. Tension rise as the treat of civil disobedience looms. Troubled, the Queen begins to build up loyal forces in the event of a clash. In the meantime, the Royal Government of Albion, hearing of the unrest in Europe, vows to not get involved. Queen Jacqueline considers the Hamburgian proposal and accepts the return to soveriegnty. She explains to Parliament that the recent unrest makes it impractical for Albion to retain control in these lands. In Wales, a man named Phillip Charles claims that he is the first in line heir to the throne. Several nobles hear these claims and throw their support behind Phillip. The Albionic Civil war begins. King Richard denounces Phillip calling him "Phillip the Pretender". The Queen organizes the Royal Guard to fight the rebels. South England becomes a war zone.
 * Calais: Military and navy are expanded.
 * Dublin: Dublin undergoes another remodel and expansion to the ports due to the massive influx of trade from Castile and Venice as well as an increased Eire trade.
 * Scotland: Expands navy and military. Pan Albion sentiments grow, Trade increases. Whiskey is traded down to central Albion.
 * Wales: Wales expands its military and navy. Cardiff becomes a large centre of trade for Wales. The Welsh appoint Adam Cyrdger as Royal Minister. The first sessions of Parliament are held. Wales does not see as large a population boom as Albion or Scotland, but a minor one, centered around Cardiff and Swansea, does occur.
 * Port Edmundburg: Expands by 1000 sq km south and east down the coast. The African colonists begin looking toward mining and other ventures to generate profit.
 * New Cambridgeshire: New Cambridgeshire expands by 1000 sq km south and West. Colonists begin to explore around the region and begin to have a large fishing boom. The Port of New Rotham is expanded to handle excess ships from Albion and other European nations and is renamed by popular vote to New Oxford. The people of New Oxford also begin an attempt to gain knowledge of farming in Borealia from Native Peoples.


 * China: Continues to chip away at the underlying isolation and "sloth" that Emperor Houcong feels has afflicted his great nation. The locust swarm in China continues to be dealt with and combated against. More food continues to be supplied to the starving. The new trade policies continue to enrich the nation, and continues to convert followers to the cause of anti-isolationism, as the amount of gold flowing into China continues to be used by the government to pay for renovations of the cities of China, raising new walls, overhauling ports and ships, as well as a new road system started to cover every major town in China- expected to be completed by 1555. Meanwhile, China and its vassals Mongol Khanate, Khmer Empire, Lan Xang, and Pegu build up the military.
 * Korea: Korea continues to build up its military. Meanwhile, more Taoist, Neo-Confucian and Buddhist temples are built.
 * In the Empire of Madagasikara, Emperor Esteban the Pious continues to oversee the growth of the use of Latinized Malagasy and practice of Christianity. At the University of Mahajanga Carlos Ralofoaro continues to write an epic, which has the working title Del Mar Grande ("From the Big Sea"). Using the flowing language of Latinized Malagasy, the story tells of the many seafaring cultures that have impacted Madagasikara. There are three parts - one about the Austronesians, one about the Muslims, and one about the Spanish. Farming for profit, a drastic change from old practices of farming for sustenance, continues to be a powerful part of the Madagasikaran economy. The merchant navy, largely funded by Spanish merchants but also drawing from local wealth and resources, grows larger and larger as port cities like Mahajanga grow with them. Relations with Sofala continue to be bettered as some of our excess population continues to move to Sofala, which welcomes the settlers due to a lack of population. Adoption of the recent studies on how to grow spices lead to increased outputs and therefore greater possible output. Military turn.
 * Mozambika expands toward Sofala in the south. Construction on the new church, La Iglesia de San Marco de Julián de Anazarbo, is completed. Plans to unite Pembara with Pembara are completed and now integration begins, with the estimated time of completion being 1535. Pembara expands north around Kilwa and toward Dar es Salaam. Additionally, it develops closer to Madagasikaran culture.
 * Grand Duchy of Bavaria: Bavaria expands its economy. The population continues to rise. Grand Duke Heinrich XVII and his council continues to allow the training of new troops. Several markets are constructed in Landshut as well as trade houses for Austrian and Castilian traders. In Austria, several new ships begin being constructed, with twenty-five very large cogs being finished. We begin using an established trade route, with important stops in the trade route include Rome, Athens, Constantinople, Gibraltar, and the coasts of Brittany, due to a longstanding trade deal. Continuing in 1530, Heinrich commissions six cogs to sail around western Mediterranean coasts. The market center in Landshut continues to attract Bavarian and Venetian traders. In religious news, around 76% of the country adheres to the Western Church. Most adherents live around Munchen and Landshut. In other news, Bavaria continues implementing the Alliance and Merchant Act as well as the Militia and Navy Act. The Bavarian Court continues hosting a largely Venetian composition. However, many Bavarian families have intermingled with the Venetians, creating a distinct social class and gentry. In national news, the common courts continue to be implemented around Bavaria as several of the lower class make use of it. The serf laws begin to be used as well. Skeptics who theorized that the serf laws would mark no profound change in society begin to be proven wrong. In 1530, as many as three hundred serfs sue for their freedom. Heinrich begins to ponder a law that would fully abolish serfdom, seeing how it has more or less deteriorated in Bavaria. The wild unpopularity of these laws begin to wear off as well. Heinrich further incorporates the Collegiate Writs, allowing many more lower class men to enter college. In legal news, Heinrich continues implementing the Bavarian Commands. The war with Hesse has been ended, with Bavaria annexing a small section of Bremen to use as a port. In military news, Heinrich orders troops to stand-by (1500) in an attempt to quell unrest. Countess Elisabeth, aging and increasingly unwell, orders troops (1000) to stand-by. Her order is her last political action, as she resigns to her bedchamber by the end of the year. In more military news, Heinrich declares war on France and joins Austria against them. Siege equipment and 30,000 troops are deployed. 
 * Munchen: By 1529, the total class of Queen Isabell University amounts to about 4500 men. Troops authorized by Heinrich continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. The Collegiate Writs begin to draw more men to college.
 * Straubing: Troops authorized by Heinrich continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * Ingolstadt: Troops authorized by Heinrich continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * Burgau: Troops authorized by Heinrich continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * Nurnburg: Troops authorized by Heinrich continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * Burggrafschaft: Troops authorized by Heinrich continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * Bamberg: Troops authorized by Heinrich continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * Wurzburg: Troops authorized by Heinrich continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. A religious change begins occurring in Wurzburg upon the ascension of Franz-Albert, where many more Western Christians begin inhabiting the bishopric. The clergy begins being alarmed and they fear displacement. An envoy dispatched by Franz-Albert attempts to quell their fears.
 * Thuringia: Troops authorized by Heinrich and Countess Elisabeth continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Countess Elisabeth normalizes taxes in an effort to subset any rebellion. Elisabeth declares war on France. 15,000 troops and siege equipment are deployed.
 * Saxony: Troops authorized by Heinrich and Countess Elisabeth continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Countess Elisabeth normalizes taxes in an effort to subset any rebellion. Elisabeth declares war on France. 15,000 troops and siege equipment are deployed.
 * Bremen Port: Troops authorized by Heinrich continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * Tawatinsuyu: As the population continues to pull out of the plague, the growth rate remains extremely low, with the population just climbing above 790,000. Economy improves. Medical research continues. Peru, Chimu and Sican are developed. Anti-Spain riots settle down, though a strong anti-Europe sentiment remains in the empire. Population of Cuzco stands at 120,000 people, the largest in the nation. Machu Picchu currently has a population of 47,000, making it a distant second to Cuzco.
 * Duchy of Hamburg-Mecklenburg: Albion is thanked for agreeing to the return of Hamburg's sovereignty, and Friedrich II looks forward to improved relations with them. Immediately, the government turns to the events with France. Friedrich II calls in some of the representatives from Hanover to serve as a war council. They begin debating on entering the war on the side of the Empire. Friedrich II, though, begins sending military aid to the imperial forces from Mecklenburg and Hamburg proper. Friedrich and his council are holed up in the room for almost a week, weighing the options. When they emerge, they announce their unanimous support for the Empire, and declare war on France. Friedrich II calls in his Hamburger and Mecklenburger armies, and gains the troops of the Duchy of Stade.
 * Stade: War is declared on France.
 * Bruchhausen: Military and economy expanded.
 * Williamsburg: Militia and trade expanded.
 * Neue Lüneburg: Militia and trade expanded.
 * Bengal Sultanate: The decrease in taxes on the landed elite does its job in most areas of the Sultanate, decreasing the tax load on the peasantry and earning him their support. The tax cuts on the merchant class allow for more trade to be conducted, and a recent lax on some of the quota laws allows for more goods to be shipped from Bengal, greatly increasing trade income. Cash crops continue to be grown in large amounts. With our merchants traveling to Ava, Kamarumpa and Arakan regularly, Islam continues to grow in their areas. Merchants also travel exclusively to Multan, Sind, Ladakh and Kangra. Due to Bengal having control over lands of multiple ethnicities and religions, literary works in the form of poems continue to take influence from all three religions of the Sultanate. Urdu, also called Hindi by some, becomes more common in the Sultanate due to the mixing of Hindu and Islamic ideals. We continue to help finance the Plutocratic State of Jaunpur, Delhi Sultanate and Bahamani Sultanate by sending gifts directly to the nobles/sultans, offering loans from powerful trade bankers, and decreasing the trade taxes over all of Bengal, allowing more of our merchant goods to travel into those states. We also raise a portion of the Sultan's personal levy and then divide it to be sent out to the states' leaders, so that they can do with them what they wish in order to maintain order in their nation. The construction of schools and universities several years ago has led to an increase in scholars and literacy in our nation. Due to the removal of trade barriers among a majority of states in the Indian League, their merchants and ours begin to travel with increased mobility and goods, thereby increasing the trade income and output in the agreeing nations. Several Bengali merchants continue to sponsor gem mines in the Mogok area of Ava, due to the high concentration of gems such as rubies, sapphires, garnets and moonstones, and the first of many mines begin to return with more successes. Construction of ships based upon Castilian designs, granted to us by them, continues, in order to further our efforts to explore and trade. New crops begin to enter into several plantations. (These weren't newly introduced to Bengal, they are just newly introduced to the plantations), opium and cannabis. The increasing need for an anesthetic due to many more surgeries in Bengal, simply due to an increasing population, leads opium cultivation to become very lucrative and results in many plantations including it in their crops. Cannabis becomes more popular, not simply due to its cultural history in Muslim societies, but also because of its popular use in several poetic works. The coastlands gained by Bengal from the former Mughal Empire begin to receive excessive shipments of Bengali goods, nobles, people, religion, soldiers, and ideals. The Bengali tax cuts, as well as plantations begin to take effect in the newly acquired lands, and woodblock printing is acquired from these lands as well, as it was previously unknown/not pursued by Bengal. Illyas-Sasaska, becomes the regent-king of Bengal until the point that the son of Illyas-Bhāṛāṭē-naiki comes of age (16).
 * Rajya of Orissa: Kapilendra Deva continues to listen to his advisers and bring about several reforms to his nation that make it more Islamic friendly, one of which is new, and calls for the creation of one mosque for each Hindu temple in the name of tolerance, when in reality, his advisers have prescribed this to bring about larger Islamic influence. Kapilendra Deva passes away and his titles pass to Kalua Deva, who begins an expensive campaign of military modernization.
 * Swargadeo of Kamarupa: Now vassalized by Bengal, the Swargadeo of Ahom continues to receive extensive help in creating viable farmland. They do this by continuing a process of land reclamation in the northern part of the state, which is largely marshy and thinly populated. This process of reclamation begins by using dikes, embankments and irrigation systems. The land reclamation, having been going on for decades, is extremely successful in creating viable farmland for rice, grain and other staple crops, increasing Kamarupa's population and their yearly trade output.
 * Bengali Diplomacy: (Gimme dat mod response yo ... Just kidding, please provide me with a mod response to my diplomacy request to an NPC): The Regent-King of Bengal asks the Jalal Shah Suri for a trade agreement, as well as an alliance. (The Mughals are the Mughals, and Delhi is Delhi. There is absolutely no way that he was able to stage some overthrow of two governments simultaneously. "The Mughals and local forces" is not Delhi. Delhi is wholely and entirely separate from the Mughals and has been since the First Indian War. There is just no way for this guy to lead his own rebellion in the Mughal lands, and then say "Delhi is my capital". In short, there's absolutely no way this guy controls Delhi.)
 * |onte Continues to have a large surplus of grain. Though adopting "western farming", the idea of "the tribe" is still very much so alive, as people always share the crops they have grown, or the animals they have hunted amongst the community. Due to the policy of planting tree groves, desert reclamation has started taking effect in some parts of |onte. This year has resulted in twenty elephants being killed. An expansion to the elephant pen is begun. |onte is rich with money made from elephant hunting, as they have nothing to spend the money on. Mon II tours the country teaching children in their playtime how to read. Most of the recent generation can read. However, only a minority can write, but that number is growing. Mon II continues the project that will be his life's work: the Kunene library. Mon II continues the creation of a printing press that is to be attached to the library. |onte's population rises to over 25,000. There is a population centre that is beginning to appear around the mouth of the Kunene, and is simply referred to as Kunene. Debarubo continues to consolidate recently acquired territories. Mon III continues combining the many narratives heard into one coherent story, called the Sahaka.
 * Zapoteca: Zapotecan troops patrol captured Aztec territory. Zapoteca wishes to begin direct trade with France and it's territories (via Hispania if necessary). The Spanish aid is greatly appreciated. The Emperor continues financing Spanish settlers to come to the kingdom and marry into the population. Trade increases and continues with the Spanish. The Emperor expands roadways connecting cities in the alliance to help merchants and soldiers move freer between them. The military, which had been outdated for many years, continues to be upgraded. The economy booms with trade as a result of the roads. Naval technology is rapidly advanced under the Spanish. The Emperor orders more to be manufactured to bring in goods from the sea. Itzapam continues prospering under Zapotecan rule, improving their military.
 * Hispania: The Spanish populace reaches about 13.5 million and growing thanks to the addition of the Aragonian populace and other growth. The economy, thanks to the aggressive colonialism, continues to expand immensely and the Spanish economy becomes the most powerful in Europe passing the French economy by leaps and bounds with the massive influx of gold, silver and jewels contributing heavily and its administration preventing heavy inflation of the Spanish economy. The armed forces continue their push to remain the most modern and begins to build a host of new ships to replace older ones which are sold to its vassals, trade companies and other territories of the Empire. The integration of Aragon into Castile and the formation of Spain is seen as relatively popular and the now majority Spanish population shows overwhelming support for their Queen. The Queen of Spain on the direction of an adviser incorporates the title of King of Italy as an integral part of Spain as well ruling over it in a personal union in which the monarch of Spain may rule as the King of Italy in a personal union but the title may not pass to any other than the Spanish monarch. Queen Alexis begins to push toward consolidation of new territories acquired and begins to increase troop amounts in Italy, Genoa and Savoy. Spanish general Alejandro Cortez writes a book on Spanish military history and with this writes a detailed doctrine describing the brilliant general Carlos's tactic of  line infantry. The General manages to get "Carolingian Infantry" a force of men five-to-seven ranks deep rotating to keep a continuous volley of fire on the enemy pushing its adoption by the Spanish Army. Influential Spanish traders from the Spanish East India Company begin to asset economic influence over the disorganized states in the OTL Philippines (Turn Six of Seven). 1000 Royal Hispanian troops are sent to Madagasikara along with another 2000 men promised in payment of land in Cape Ferdinand for their service. Hispania begins a notable development of a new larger kind of ship. an evolution of the carrack designed to be much stabler and faster and outclass any other ships the European world has to offer This ship known as the Galleon multiple new ones are constructed to remain ahead of other nations in regards to naval technology. Phillip has a child named Alejandro now age 3. Carlos of Spain is offered up to any inclined nation for a royal marriage. Hispania warns Nijiria not to infringe of Kongo or face the consequences. Any further expansion into the area will not be tolerated, and the current expansion aside from bodering Kongo is to be handed over to Hispania immediately.
 * Kingdom of Italy: The Italian crown passes to Queen Alexis and is tied to the Crown of Spain. The Italian forces are immediately recruited to lightly aid Spanish coalition troops and the armed forces are expected to push 30,000 troops by the close of the decade. The Italian kingdom integrates Florence as an integral part and begins to push toward more movement toward involvement with the Spanish trade empire and Italian trade ships begin visiting Spain en masse. The Italian army is expanded moderately with some naval ships being purchased to replace losses. Queen Alexis is accepted as queen somewhat but some Italians remain disenfranchized with the Spanish due to the way in which the Spanish seized the throne. However, the Invulnerable Spanish army discourages any from speaking their mind and most deal with the relatively benevolent rule of the Spanish. The population of the Kingdom of Italy reaches about 13.1 million with growth falling short due to many men being killed in the war. The Italian navy is assessed as nearly 150 ships post war, many pressed into service. The Spanish begin to implement a system to allow for the expansion of the Italian navy from 150 ships to nearly 300 by the end of the next 50 years.
 * Savoy: Savoy is stabilized. The Savoyan people accept their new overlords as the increased trade has left traders and many other with much more money than they had before. The economy, thanks to trade with Spain, expands moderately but much is spent rebuilding Savoy from the conflict. Savoy agrees to cede portions of territory to France due to the war and many people in Savoy are angered but powerless. The rulers of Savoy - realizing that inclusion into the Spanish empire is much better than being a target of it - manage to pacify the populace and begin to rebuild raising a small force of about 10,000 to handle security. The people of Savoy begin to work toward building up a trade fleet now at 40 ships.
 * Genoa: Now being free of Italy, but now a vassal of Spain, Genoa looks to rebuild its trade empire under the rising Spanish empire. The Genoan people and traders widely consider this to be a turning point with their people and begin to push for the mass acquisition of trade ships to rebuild their trade empire. Genoa begins to expand its military moving up to nearly 8000 troops with 5000 Spanish troops housed in Genoa. The Genoan people more than not show welcoming attitudes toward the Spanish as they have felt relatively oppressed by the Italians. However, some Genoans remain disenfranchized with the Spanish but the reputation of invincibility of the Spanish army makes any attempt at independence a far cry from possibility. These people more than not decide to find ways to live under the Spanish empire in a more prosperous way, by establishing multiple trade companies. These companies begin to be common throughout Spanish lands as the Genoans begin to build up a trade fleet of a sizeable amount now at 50 ships
 * Kingdom of Morocco: The country begins the construction of various canals and cultivates trees farther inland to help increase arable farmland. The Moroccan economy continues to expand with greater trade coming from Castile and the Canaries all the way down to Capo Verde increasing the relative wealth. The Kingdom, with many canals having been completed, has vastly expanded its farmland among other things. Morocco's total population reaches one million with Christianity becoming dominant in the area. Calne-Vicuna is finished and is opened as a center for Christianity in North Africa with a library said to rival old Alexandria's. The Moroccan Assassins Guild forms and spreads keeping the peace and killing the corrupt as well as making Morocco much more peaceful for Castilian Rule. The Kingdom of Morocco officially enters into a personal union with Castile following the magistrates and princes deeming it unnecessary for the King to not have full control in the country. The Magistrates, however, are fully re-instated to continue as they were just under direction of the monarch of Castile. The Kingdom of Morocco eager to gain and even higher standing with the Spanish declare war on Italy and send 10,000 of its most experienced troops.
 * Kongo: The Kingdom begins to work toward a trade and production economy focusing on helping provide resources for Castile's burgeoning West African trade network. The King of the Kongo converting to Christianity and being baptised begins to call for the expansion of ports to the best of the Kongolese architects' abilities. The Kingdom of the Kongo in an attempt to increase economic output and trade begins to export a large amount of raw materials to Castile and begins to push toward heavy exploitation methods if possible. Kongo due to its backwardness in technology and administration puts itself in a protectorate/vassal situation in order to advance itself. The Kongolese population reaches about one million and beginning to grow much more rapidly. The King of the Kongo manages to calm down the people. The Kongo itself begins to see a noticeable improvement in the way of life. Kongo Adds the Former Oyo Gabonese colony to its domain. Kongo expands 2500 sq km with 3 px inland and then down the coast back toward the Kongo.
 * Mapuche: With the defeat by the Spanish a royal governor is appointed by the Castilians. These people are immediately transferred onto available ships and throughout the year are sent up the coast via Spanish ships to a location unknown to the Mapuche. The Mapuche also continue to see major issues from European contact are given orders to isolate themselves if they are sick to prevent further expansion of the disease. The Mapuche people begin to see the first mixed children between Spanish and Mapuche people. The Spanish institute the Ecomienda system. However, the Spanish governor, in order to keep control of the people, orders the Spanish heads of the system to treat the natives fairly in order to prevent mass deaths from overworking and resentment. Spanish farming techniques have definitely prevented starvation as the Mapuche continue to expand toward the coast building a road to connect it all. The Spanish governor, also using the local Mapuche as scouts, is able to expand much more than the Buenos Aires colony and uses this to his advantage to secure more land to be able to turn over to Spanish settlers. The Royal Governor ramps up expansion for some of the new plantation owners setting up expanding the territory by 2500 sq km. The Mapuche Area begins to see a notable increase in Castilian settlers, mostly farmers who begin to build special areas to employ the Inca farming methods.
 * Morelia: The former Mayan kingdom is renamed Morelia by the royal governor to reflect its new Spanish culture as thousands of settlers have settled in the major cities beginning to displace the remaining Mayans which have decreased almost 75% from their original population of two million leaving barely 500,000 Mayans left. An insightful priest says that destroying the cities will result in long term resentment that could never be repaired and instead they should be made Spanish-Maya hybrid. The new Royal Governor seeing wisdom in this declares that the cities will not be ransacked and a moderate tribute of gold and silver is demanded by the Spanish. The 2000 troops remain in the country and begin to establish areas along the coast suitable for Spanish settlement. The military and economy of the Maya under Spain is developed and roads are upgraded to Spanish standards. The Spanish sponsor some colonists who wish to remove themselves from the remainder of the Indians and establish themselves on an island (OTL Havana) and name the island Cuba. (2500 sq km).
 * Aztecs: With full control of the Aztec now reverting to the Spanish the Spanish begin to implement their econmienda system from the Mapuche in the south to the Aztec areas to extract gold and silver. Along with this many of the remaining Aztec people become infected decreasing population further. The Economy of the Aztecs becomes entirely reliant on the Spanish Empire and the military remains non-existent with areas being occupied by Zapotec and remaining Spanish forces. However, its garrison is made up of Spanish forces who are settling the territory. Almost 5000 Spaniards come to the Aztec nation. The royal governor is appointed and after conversation with Morelias governor decides eventually he will embark on a large expansion campaign up the Mexican area. The Aztecs expand by 2500 sq km through disorganized territory just north of it with Spanish settlers paving the way.
 * Kingdom of Venezia: With the establishment of the Kingdom of Venezia following the previous war and with the loss of a large portion of the fleet the Venezian people seem to believe that much can be rebuilt through utilization of the dynamically rising Spanish empire for its own benefit. The businessmen and high level economists, bankers and multiple other fully knowledgeable individuals of Venezia remaining after the war go on a trip to Spain's vibrant trade cities and after careful negotiations many of these men take over one of Spain's newest rising trade companies, the Buenos Aires trade company, with some offices based out of the Buenos Aires colony in Hesperia. The Venezians, unable to select a king from their remaining nobles, delegate to the Queen of Spain (Castile and Aragon) who chooses a man named Antonio Lo Grato to rule as Prince of Venice in place of the Queen of Spain. A well acclaimed and respected man, he immediately enacts reforms. The Venezian economy with access to the Spanish economy begins to recover and for the first time in years due to this. The Venezians begins its long road to naval recovery and begins to use its vast knowledge to begin building ships not only for itself but acquires the blueprints to improve on Spanish ships to allow for sale back to the Queen. The Venezian military is also raised to a token force of about 10,000 due to its location but remains lightly armed and unable to project power or fight any unsupported offensives. The Prince of Venezia, Antonio, begins the drift toward Spanish culture in an attempt to assimilate to a much more favorable nation than Austria or the Kingdom of Italy.
 * Viceroyalty of New Spain: The Viceroyalty of new Spain is established with a massive amount of coastal territory secured begins to expand its major settlements seriously with Buenos Aires maintaining the most with nearly 27,000 people and growing The colony proper reaches nearly 145,000 in population seeing large amounts of Colonial immigration. The Viceroy implements the first cattle ranches (they are not modern ranches) in order to expand the food supply of the large colony. The Spanish inhabitants of the colonies form their first militia under command of a Spanish officer which is trained only to fight off native attacks. The Colony specifically expands the areas around its main settlements by 10 px and extends its borders south by 10 px intending to reach the Straits of Torez (OTL Straits of Magellan). The viceroyalty seems extremely happy with the colonial status and support its received from Castile as well as the massive re-investment for the betterment of the colony giving a huge boost to the construction of a few forts and a road system. The first ships begin to arrive from Spain African colonies bringing goods and a few slaves. Ranching is taken up by men previously accustomed to this in Spain.
 * Cape Ferdinand: The Cape Ferdinand colony expands by 10 px around existing settlements beginning to push toward making the area a larger more controlled area for Spanish habitation. The semi-hostile climate has left Cape Ferdinand with barely 17,000 colonists in comparison to New Spain in Hesperia. The area itself begins to show up as a trade hub. Zulu Africans in the area begin to be contacted with missionaries looking to speak to these people.
 * France: Military, navy and economy are built up. The colony continues expanding and growing by 1000 among both colonies The colonies continue growing as expected. The navy begins a huge update in order to establish a stronger control over overseas territories such as the colonies and to have further control over Africa. While this, the king seeks the French influence to grow in unexpected territories. The colony of Nouvelle Rouen continues to expand eastward by 1000 px. The French government begins a measure to avoid the sweating disease attacking French domains, mostly by sending the infected back to their lands.We agree on the slave trade within the empire by the Dutch.
 * Burgundy: Military, economy and navy are built up.
 * Bourbon: Military and economy are built up.
 * Lorraine: Military and economy are built up.
 * Verdun: Military and economy are built up.
 * Saluzzo: Military and economy are built up.
 * Sardinia: Military and economy are built up.
 * Basel: Military and economy are built up.
 * Aargau: Military and economy are built up. The French presence begins to be felt. However, the attempts to establish a pro-Germanic government in order to avoid eventual uprisings, internal vassalization begins as well to fully convince German leadership.
 * Andorra: Military and economy are built up.
 * Africa: Military and economy are built up.
 * Trier: Military and economy are built up.
 * Julich: Military and economy are built up.
 * Zweibrucken: Military and economy are built up.
 * Aurienne: Military and economy are built up. The nation expands both west and east toward the colonies of the French.
 * Guaxirenne: The country expands southward and military and economy are built up.
 * Anjou: Military and economy are built up.
 * Vendome: Military and economy are built up.
 * Provence: Military navy and economy are built up.
 * Alencon: Military and economy are built up.
 * Narbonne: Military navy and economy are built up.
 * Avignon: Military and economy are built up.
 * To be fixed to add the war declarations :v\
 * Poland: King Sigismund Szczuka continues to reform the military command structure, implementing more modern techniques within the army. The new training drills are also increasing the overall discipline of the army. The King also looks into reforming the judicial system, looking into the more modern systems in the other more advanced countries within Europe. The King starts to change his mind about staying entirely neutral within the region, and instead decides to open up relations with UNC, sending an offer of a trade pact and alliance.
 * Romanian Dip: We offer friendship to the Poles and warn of possible Hungarian reprisal.
 * Vorlayacor: Due to a discovered structural deficiency in the doraks, the voyage across the ocean is delayed until 1534. Many port towns, particularly Nov Xoryan, expand immensely as a result of the influx of ocean-based trade. Roads and fortifications grow proportionally. Our northern and northwestern borders expand by 10 pixels. A large movement begins to declare independence from Hispania; Jarvan is hesitant, as despite everything the Spanish guarantee of protection is a large benefit of being a protectorate.
 * Éire: The military expands further and the navy is modernized. King Faolán, due to his fondness toward the late Muiris, supports the Great Albionic renaissance, while the poets and writers look up to Muiris' Irish Gaelic and Latin works. Because of the fact that Muiris didn't ever perfect his Irish Gaelic, numerous loanwords from the languages he knew (Italian, Latin, Hungarian, Dutch, Croatian, Hindi, Persian, Chagatay Turk and French) are assimilated into the Éiric language. The King also supports Muiris' works as a basis for an official and standardized Éiric language.
 * Nuaphail: Colonial expansion, natives are taught the Éiric language.
 * Banche Esterno (Saturn's, posting in his name): Expansion of the protectorate as well as increase of relations with surrounding natives. Traders are influenced by the language(s) of Éire
 * Nova Roma: The Noble Council gains a Banche Esterno member, who aids the Duke's idea of reunification alongside of the Éiric delegates in the area. The Protectorate expands.
 * Safavid Empire: We build up our military and navy. Port cities are being rebuilt. More ships are being made for our navy. Our own version of guns is being made. Farming is becoming one of the most important industries, besides blacksmithy, trading and fishing. Guns are now mass produced in our country. We continue to make more woodblock printing presses for our libraries. Cannons at three feet long are being built for our military. Bigger cannons are also being built for our military. Cannon balls are made out of iron. A trade route from our home country to Oirat is mapped out. People are now trading with each other on this trade route. Foreign exchange banks are becoming popular in our country due to the ETA (Eurasian Trade Agreement). Trade has increased due to the ETA. A new art form is continuing to be drawn. It is a mix of Safavid, Oirat and Mughal art. Our art is continuing to be popular with all of the nation around us. Trade goes well with the Dutch merchants. All slaves that come from the Oyo nation are continuing to be converted to Shi'ite Islam. We continue to trade with the Roman Empire. Trade routes to Caliphate of Mecca are continuing to be drawn on maps. We send 30 ships to East Africa (OTL South Somalia) to set up colonies.
 * Khanate of Khiva: We improve our relations with the Safavid empire. We build up our military and navy. Trade routes are continuing to be mapped into the Safavid empire.
 * In the Tartary, the population grows. The news of a New World and the proof of the Aureannic existence through its delegation intrigue Alexander Khan, and he begins to wonder whether these lands can be reached by land through the East. Some Aureannic natives begin reaching the Tartary, whence they are settled in the warmer south. The economy continues to grow, with cities growing and the population doing so as well. Traders and production in the region begin booming. Minerals are discovered around the Urals, to the east of the nation. The nation begins expanding eastward into the Yamal, especially around the northern Urals, brought forth by prospecting for minerals, by 5000 sq km. The military is developed. Bukhara continues to be influenced. Relations are improved with Hungary and Rome.
 * ​Adyghea: Begins to grow more closely aligned with the Tartary itself. The population grows, accomodating Alans and Tatars leaving Crimea. The economy also does, as do the vantage positions on the Caucasus. A mild Chechen revolt erupts to the east of the nation.
 * Great Perm: Also begins to grow more dependent on the Tartary. The ruble continues spreading throughout North Asia, now becoming the primary method of trade in the Tartary, Adyghea, Kazakhstan, and to a lesser degree the Central Asian states. The military also grows, with modernisation occurring.
 * Kazakhstan: Continues to modernise. Centralisation continues to occur, with ulus and warlords being defeated quickly by the Manghud governors in the name of the Tartary. The economy grows because of increased centralisation, as cotton and apples begin to be produced rapidly in the region.
 * Azov: Continues construction of Özu-Cale. The main fort, now named Iskander-Hisar (or Alexander-Kremlin) continues construction. The port begins to grow with the town now having around 300 inhabitants and the first few shipfuls of grain leaving down the Dneiper, easier for transportation. Other cities continue to grow.
 * Fusahito Theocracy: Private shipping and trade continues begins to boom with increased shipments of spice from the islands to the south and the benefits becoming apparent from the contracting out of Imperial shipyards to merchants. Econ Turn. The Japanese Trade Association begin to assert a major economic presence in the OTL Philippines, almost holding a monopoly over spice shipments to the Theocracy. As this association is financed by a number of nobles, many at the Imperial court begin to amass vast wealth, including the Emperor and his son. Shipyards continue to work toward building of new warships and trading ships, with trade benefiting from the opening up of China and new trade links with Korea.  Priests are sent to the Shimazu clan to begin to convert the Daimyo to belief in the divine status of the Emperor.  Year Three of Seven.
 * ​Hosokawa province:  Powers are handed over from the Daimyo to the Imperial government in Kyoto. Meanwhile, many new military ships are built in Saijō, taking advantage of the relatively calm waters of the Inland Sea. Mil. Turn.
 * Naijiria: Naijiria continues to develop its military, economy and infrastructure, and continues production of the new class of warship. The government orders its states to do the same and continue expanding their own development. With an active hand in the expansion of the economy, trade with the Far East continues to play an active role in the nation's development. With hundreds of ships plying the seas for wealth, Naijiria positions itself as the gateway between the east and the west. A census reveals Naijiria's population to be 13,123,423 as of 1530. Angola is expanded by 10 px to the south, and a militia is formed to protect the colony against potential Kongolese raids against them. Naijiria warns Hispania not to come anywhere near its Beninese lands, and that it cannot dictate where a nation expands, especially when the Spaniards are not even from the region itself. The Asaaju further warns  that it would not be in the interests of Spain to be regarded as the aggressor in any conflict, and that Naijiria is commited to peace in the region.


 * ​Benin: Benin continues to expand its lands by 2500 km in defiance of Hispania, stating that it is not for Hispania to tell where a nation may go or when, especially when it is in Hispania's interests to prevent such a thing from happen. The military, economy and infrastructure are further expanded to meet the needs of the nation, and to prevent any attempts by Hispania to hinder their expansion in Central Africa. A census is held for 1530, and shows a total population of 10,887,570, a great increase with the intergration of Igboland into Benin.
 * Mali: Mali expands its military, economy and infrastructure, and positions its troops across the state in preparation for any planned attack by the Spanish over the Kongo Crisis. As with the rest of the nation, a census is held for the year, and reveals a population of 17,434,944, a decrease thanks to the division of the state with the creation of Nijar.
 * Nijar: Nijar's first census reveals a total population of 9,010,943. The military, economy and infrastructure of the state are expanded, and the troops readied for combat, with apparent Spanish aggression against Benin and its expansion near the Kongo. Nijar's government condemns the Spanish for their actions, and warn that no aggression against a fellow Naijirian state will be tolerated by Nijar.
 * Prussia: The Prussians continue to develop their economy. The Prussians continue to build their new navy. Prussia continues to Germanize their ethnic minorities.
 * Courland: The Curonians also continue developing their economy.
 * Estland: Estland also continues developing their economy. Duke Franz dies after decades of rule over Eastland. The capital of Arenburg has been completely remade as a gothic masterpiece.
 * Netherlands: Efforts to relieve the areas effected by the flood begin. Karl and Asha have their first child. a boy named Johann. The East India Company continues to sell massive amounts of spices in Europe as their hold on the Spice Islands trade routes and Batavia continues to grow into the economic centre of the region. Sunda, now completely under the influence of the East India Company, requests that the rulers become a protectorate of the Netherlands in exchange the Dutch will allow the rulers of Sunda to continue to control internal affairs as long as they agree with Netherlander policies. (Mod response please. I've been influencing the courts of Sunda for well over 15 years and already have control of their trade, and to an extent of their lands due to previous treaties. This would be basically completing the arrangements.) Meanwhile, influencing over the southern Sumatran states continue. The garrison in Sunda is increased with local recruiting and some re-inforcements from the Netherlands. Naval and military expansion and reform continue. The high society of the Netherlands continues to grow in wealth and power, while banking and commerce flourish. The middle class continues to grow as well. The arts and sicences continue to flourish and the Universities of the Lowlands grow in importance throughout Western Europe. Mirza's family become increasingly influential in the nation's peotry and high culture following the marriage of the eldest daughter to Karl who is now unofficially known as the Prince of Batavia due to his large influence in Eastern Trade, and the massive Estates he is accumulating in Java. The slave trade continues to grow in importance as more slaves are brought to the New World and to the Indian subcontinent. The Guiana settlements continue to grow in population and in size along the coastline by 20 pixels in total toward Paramaribo on the Surinam River. from Macaba on the Amazon River and New Antwerp on the Orinoco River. The settlers now numbering 350 whites and about 200 black slaves in total begin to have some issues with the native population and troops are garrisoned in the three settlements. The increasing settlement of the area causes infections caused by old world diseases in the local native population, though the settlers have issues with the climate of the region themselves, and many suffer from heatstroke and malaria. The possibility of establishing a settlement in the islands to the northwest are also explored in greater depth now.
 * Ottoman Sultanate: Now ruling for ten glorious years, Sultan Suleiman the Magnificent, begins centralizing the nation. Sporting a more passive Islamic state. As the title: "Sword of Islam" almost died in the eyes of the people, the great Sultan continues to promote industry as the land sees much economic profit. The great militaristic unit, the Janissary, continues to be the backbone of the force, while more cannon and gunpowder units are implemented. Textiles begin to be produced on a larger scale, as well as glass making and asphalt mining. The empire sees much reprisal as the revival of the "sick man of Islam". We continue vassalizing Karaman (Five of Five). Trade rights are requested with the Safavid Empire, the great Kingdom of Armenia, and the Caliphate of Mecca. We finally finish the transition of giving the coastal regions to the Roman Empire in return for the 15 years of peace which will end in 1545.
 * Erzincan (vassal of the Ottoman Sultanate): The vassal continues a centralization period, beginning to merge into the empire, as one. The economy begins to pick up, as the the great Turkic state begins to get back on its feet. The region slowly joins the empire. The region is to merge next year.
 * Kara Koyunlu (vassal of the Ottoman Sultanate): The military is expanded, largely benefiting off the natural resources in the area to cover the debts and prices. We continue vassalizing Ak Koyunlu (Five of Six).
 * Dulkadir (vassal of the Ottoman Sultanate): The vassal continues a centralization period, beginning to merge into the empire, as one. The population begins to rise, as the Turkic state prospers, the vassal proselytizes young Greeks and Romans throughout the land, whoever still remains. The infrastructure is expanded. The region slowly joins the empire. The region is to merge next year.
 * Mardin (vassal of the Ottoman Sultanate): The vassal continues a centralization period, beginning to merge into the empire, as one. The military is expanded and soldiers are sent to support the imperial Turkic capital at Bursa. The region slowly joins the empire. The region is to merge next year.
 * Ramazan (vassal of the Ottoman Sultanate): The newly found vassal is lacking in economic power. The great Suleiman orders the continuation of reconstructing and large promotion or migration to the great city of Antioch. As the city has still, after hundreds of years after the crusades, hasn't fully recovered, the city is given much support from the Ottoman treasury. Infrastructure is re-inforced as the regions cities and towns begin to prosper.
 * Karaman (vassal of the Ottoman Sultanate): Establishing a small city to act as a subcapital in the large region is deemed upon by the Sultan. Infrastructure is expanded.
 * Austria: This turn in both our nation and in all our vassals is dedicated to military. We train and expand our military using new experience from recent wars, and grow our nation economically. In Morocco our position in Melilla is fortified. All fortifications around the region are rebuilt and manned by stationed guards in case of an attack. To protect Melilla the construction of a fortress outside the city is considered, although postponed for now. The port of Melilla is rebuilt to begin operation as a trade port and military outpost. Construction continues on a shipyard in the Melilla port to facilitate the construction and repair of friendly ships. Melilla is granted a permanent naval garrison in the city’s port, to respond to dangers in the area, and to support the small garrison on land who mans the fortifications. Our position in Morocco is fortified by re-inforcements, bringing Melilla operational against attacks. For now a small fleet is stationed in its harbor, while its garrison continues to hold the north and its supply lines, supporting our Christian brethren. With much of the Muslim population of Melilla left dead after the war against Morocco, the local government attempts to entice settlers by offering large quantities of land to Christian settlers. Many Europeans, particularly of German descent and/or from Central Europe begin settling the area around Melilla. With finances from Augsburg-based banking establishments, the Trieste Company continues to launch expeditions to West Africa. Abrechtburg has grown to a decently sized settlement, supporting a population of farmers, traders, and a small garrison of soldiers. The town also houses a well furbished fort, armed with a small amount of cannons intended to defend the settlement and the harbor from any attack. Built out of necessity, the port at Abrechtburg is refurbished and expanded to support more trade ships, and allied countries are welcomed to trade and stay in the town. The second largest settlement in Westenland, Dominusburg, follows suit, finishing the construction of a port similar to Abrechtburg‘s. Trade posts continue to be built and exploited, now numbering several dozen along the coast of Westenland and into allied territory. Our reliance on the Wolof becomes less so, but we sign a trade agreement with their nation to continue our positive relationship. Deals are made with the Wolof for slaves and other goods. Conversion of the natives begin around the settlement. Several bimereiches and caravels begin construction in Trieste, Melilla, Corfu, and other ports,  to further facilitate and protect overseas trade. Trade is increased with the Grand Duchy of Bavaria and other trade partners, bringing about new avenues of trade and commerce. Expeditions to the New World continue to increase trade with Spanish possessions, establishing a trade route between Westenland and colonies in the Yucatan. Trade posts in the Caribbean are expanded and grow as they become more frequently visited.
 * Roman Empire: The Roman Empire continues to expand its trade to the far reaches of the world, and Roman and Ragusan traders are now seen in most ports. The annexation of Cyprus, while maintaining the Spanish trade dominance, also adds to the bounty of trade goods available to the Roman economy. To expand a base of operations in the New World a group of Roman traders establish a trade post and small harbor on the island of OTL Bermuda, claiming it for the Empire and proclaiming it the island of Atlantis. While it quickly becomes apparent that there was no ancient empire there, the name sticks and the island becomes a valuable Roman asset in the New World. Back in Europe, the Roman military occupies the coast of the Sea of Mamara and the city of Canatakkal, securing the sea for Roman rule and trade. While the Ottomans are still distrusted, the Romans abide by the NAP and demand that the Ottomans stay the same. Leverlocks and galleasses continue to be produced, along with Caros for more oceanic travel.
 * Albania: The country grows prosperous from expanded Roman trade, and some nobles begin advocating joining the Empire as an Archonate. No one is sure how this would work out, and as such the Empire is not worried about this right now. The navy is increased by a few small galleys.
 * Ragusa: The nation continues to expand its trade. Some ships begin to base themselves in the new Roman trade post at Atlantis, although these ships are few in number and show up rarely. The Ragusan foundries begin to produce leverlocks of their own.

1531
'''An earthquake strikes Lisbon, killing 30,000 people. The disaster, a 6.4-7.1 magnitude earthquake in modern standards, causes quite a stir in Portugal. The friars blame the Jews for this.'''

'''In Ming China a tsunami floods over the seawall in Haiyan County of the Zhejiang province, inundating the agricultural crop fields with saltwater and ruining many acres of crops. This drives up the price of crops and many are forced to live off of tree bark and weeds or face starvation. '''

'''A popular Revolt breaks out among the Songhai, who rally under a new ruler against the Oyo Empire. Rebel forces lead several sieges against major cities, as well as beginning a guerrilla campaign along Oyo trade routes. Having captured significant ground, the independent Songhai Empire is declared (Undoubled scores: Military: 10, Economy: 5, Infrastructure: 3).'''
 * Portugal: Continues a notable buildup in military strength and allows for a vigorous training program on the existing military forces attempting to train them up heavily. Meanwhile, the administration continues to be reformed, and agriculture and commerce are encouraged. Meanwhile, Portugal continues to develop its navy. Meanwhile, the colony in Lenhame continues exporting wheat to Portugal. Meanwhile, trade intensifies in the African coast. The Açores continue to be settled. Meanwhile, the naus continue to be used. Naval explorations directed to the west continue. Meanwhile, Santa Cruz expands north by 2000 sq km. Meanwhile, sugarcane continues to be planted in Santa Cruz. Meanwhile, pau-brasil (brazilwood) starts to be extracted in the colony. Meanwhile, the colony of São Sebastião expands 2000 sq km.
 * Naijiria D: Naijiria would like to purchase from Portugal a hundred ships of the recent naus class. We are seeking to expand our fleet, and wish to have only the best ships in our navy. Any required resources needed for their construction can be provided to Portgual by our nation.
 * Ottoman Sultanate: Now ruling for 11 glorious years, Sultan Suleiman the Magnificent, begins centralizing the nation. Sporting a more passive Islamic state. The great Sultan continues to promote industry as the land sees much economic profit. The great militaristic unit, the Janissary, continues to be the backbone of the force, while more cannon and gunpowder units are implemented. Textiles begin to be produced on a larger scale, as well as glass making and asphalt mining. The empire sees much reprisal as the revival of the "sick man of Islam". Trade rights are requested with the Safavid Empire, the great Kingdom of Armenia, and the Caliphate of Mecca. We finally finish the transition of giving the coastal regions to the Roman Empire in return for the 15 years of peace which will end in 1545. Dulkadir, Erzincan, and Mardin merge into the empire. We begin vassalizing Levant (One of 12). With the recent succession of Burjid, we begin to instead start vassalizing Jalay (One of Seven).
 * Kara Koyunlu (vassal of the Ottoman Sultanate): The military is expanded, largely benefiting off the natural resources in the area to cover the debts and prices. We finish vassalizing Ak Koyunlu (Six of Six).
 * Ramazan (vassal of the Ottoman Sultanate): The vassal is lacking in economic power. The great Suleiman orders the continuation of reconstructing and large promotion or migration to the great city of Antioch. As the city has still, after hundreds of years after the crusades, hasn't fully recovered, the city is given much support from the Ottoman treasury. Infrastructure is re-inforced as the regions cities and towns begin to prosper.
 * Karaman (vassal of the Ottoman Sultanate): Establishing a small city to act as a subcapital in the large region is deemed upon by the Sultan. Infrastructure is expanded.
 * Ak Koyunlu (vassal of the Ottoman Sultanate): Janissaries are sent to establish bases in order to guard against any resistance from the Kingdom of Armenia. Military expands.
 * Safavid Dip: We will accept the trade agreement.


 * China: Continues to chip away at the underlying isolation and "sloth" that Emperor Houcong feels has afflicted his great nation. China aids the affected in the recent tsunami, and clean up begins along with the sending of food to the affected. Plans to rebuild the seawall are made. The new trade policies continue to enrich the nation, and continues to convert followers to the cause of anti-isolationism, as the amount of gold flowing into China continues to be used by the government to pay for renovations of the cities of China, raising new walls, overhauling ports and ships, as well as a new road system started to cover every major town in China- expected to be completed by 1555. Meanwhile, China and its vassals Mongol Khanate, Khmer Empire, Lan Xang, and Pegu build up the military.
 * Korea: Korea continues to build up its military. Meanwhile, more Taoist, Neo-Confucian and Buddhist temples are built. Korea also sends aid to China in wake of the recent tsunami.
 * |onte Continues to have a large surplus of grain. Though adopting "western farming", the idea of "the tribe" is still very much so alive, as people always share the crops they have grown, or the animals they have hunted amongst the community. Due to the policy of planting tree groves, desert reclamation has started taking effect in some parts of |onte. This year has resulted in twenty elephants being killed. An expansion to the elephant pen is begun. |onte is rich with money made from elephant hunting, as they have nothing to spend the money on. Mon II tours the country teaching children in their playtime how to read. Most of the recent generation can read. However, only a minority can write, but that number is growing. Mon II continues the project that will be his life's work: the Kunene library. Mon II continues the creation of a printing press that is to be attached to the library. |onte's population rises to over 26,000. There is a population centre that is beginning to appear around the mouth of the Kunene, and is simply referred to as Kunene. Debarubo continues to consolidate recently acquired territories. Mon III continues combining the many narratives heard into one coherent story, called the Sahaka.
 * Hispania: The Spanish populace reaches about 13.5 million and growing thanks to the addition of the Aragonian populace and other growth. The economy, thanks to the aggressive colonialism, continues to expand immensely and the Spanish economy becomes the most powerful in Europe passing the French economy by leaps and bounds with the massive influx of gold, silver and jewels contributing heavily and its administration preventing heavy inflation of the Spanish economy. The armed forces continue their push to remain the most modern and begins to build a host of new ships to replace older ones which are sold to its vassals, trade companies and other territories of the Empire. The integration of Aragon into Castile and the formation of Spain is seen as relatively popular and the now majority Spanish population shows overwhelming support for their Queen. The Queen of Spain on the direction of an adviser incorporates the title of King of Italy as an integral part of Spain as well ruling over it in a personal union in which the monarch of Spain may rule as the King of Italy in a personal union but the title may not pass to any other than the Spanish monarch. Queen Alexis begins to push toward consolidation of new territories acquired and begins to increase troop amounts in Italy, Genoa and Savoy. Spanish general Alejandro Cortez writes a book on Spanish military history and with this writes a detailed doctrine describing the brilliant general Carlos's tactic of  line infantry. The General manages to get "Carolingian Infantry" a force of men five-to-seven ranks deep rotating to keep a continuous volley of fire on the enemy pushing its adoption by the Spanish Army. Influential Spanish traders from the Spanish East India Company begin to asset economic influence over the disorganized states in the OTL Philippines (Turn Seven of Seven). The Spanish troops in Madagasikara are dismissed and the nation is given the right to retake Sofala at its own leisure. Hispania begins a notable development of a new larger kind of ship. an evolution of the carrack designed to be much stabler and faster and outclass any other ships the European world has to offer This ship known as the Galleon multiple new ones are constructed to remain ahead of other nations in regards to naval technology. Phillip has a child named Alejandro now age 4. Carlos of Spain is offered up to any inclined nation for a royal marriage. 
 * Kingdom of Italy: The Italian crown passes to Queen Alexis and is tied to the Crown of Spain. The Italian forces are immediately recruited to lightly aid Spanish coalition troops and the armed forces are expected to push 30,000 troops by the close of the decade. The Italian kingdom integrates Florence as an integral part and begins to push toward more movement toward involvement with the Spanish trade empire and Italian trade ships begin visiting Spain en masse. The Italian army is expanded moderately with some naval ships being purchased to replace losses. Queen Alexis is accepted as queen somewhat but some Italians remain disenfranchized with the Spanish due to the way in which the Spanish seized the throne. However, the Invulnerable Spanish army discourages any from speaking their mind and most deal with the relatively benevolent rule of the Spanish. The population of the Kingdom of Italy reaches about 13.1 million with growth falling short due to many men being killed in the war. The Italian navy is assessed as nearly 150 ships post war, many pressed into service. The Spanish begin to implement a system to allow for the expansion of the Italian navy from 150 ships to nearly 300 by the end of the next 50 years.
 * Savoy: Savoy is stabilized. The Savoyan people accept their new overlords as the increased trade has left traders and many other with much more money than they had before. The economy, thanks to trade with Spain, expands moderately but much is spent rebuilding Savoy from the conflict. Savoy agrees to cede portions of territory to France due to the war and many people in Savoy are angered but powerless. The rulers of Savoy - realizing that inclusion into the Spanish empire is much better than being a target of it - manage to pacify the populace and begin to rebuild raising a small force of about 10,000 to handle security. The people of Savoy begin to work toward building up a trade fleet now at 60 ships.
 * Genoa: Now being free of Italy, but now a vassal of Spain, Genoa looks to rebuild its trade empire under the rising Spanish empire. The Genoan people and traders widely consider this to be a turning point with their people and begin to push for the mass acquisition of trade ships to rebuild their trade empire. Genoa begins to expand its military moving up to nearly 8000 troops with 5000 Spanish troops housed in Genoa. The Genoan people more than not show welcoming attitudes toward the Spanish as they have felt relatively oppressed by the Italians. However, some Genoans remain disenfranchized with the Spanish but the reputation of invincibility of the Spanish army makes any attempt at independence a far cry from possibility. These people more than not decide to find ways to live under the Spanish empire in a more prosperous way, by establishing multiple trade companies. These companies begin to be common throughout Spanish lands as the Genoans begin to build up a Trade fleet of a sizable amount now at 60 ships
 * Kingdom of Morocco: The country begins the construction of various canals and cultivates trees farther inland to help increase arable farmland. The Moroccan economy continues to expand with greater trade coming from Spain and the Canaries all the way down to Capo Verde increasing the relative wealth. The Kingdom, with many canals having been completed, has vastly expanded its farmland among other things. Morocco's total population reaches one million with Christianity becoming dominant in the area. Calne-Vicuna is finished and is opened as a center for Christianity in North Africa with a library said to rival old Alexandria's. The Moroccan Assassins Guild forms and spreads keeping the peace and killing the corrupt as well as making Morocco much more peaceful for Spain. The Kingdom of Morocco officially enters into a personal union with Castile following the magistrates and princes deeming it unnecessary for the King to not have full control in the country. The Magistrates, however, are fully re-instated to continue as they were just under direction of the monarch of Spain The Kingdom of Morocco begins construction of a sizeable navy and adds nearly 30 ships, many purchased from private builders from abroad bringing its fleet up from 20 ships to nearly 50.
 * Kongo: The Kingdom begins to work toward a trade and production economy focusing on helping provide resources for Castile's burgeoning West African trade network. The King of the Kongo converting to Christianity and being baptised begins to call for the expansion of ports to the best of the Kongolese architects' abilities. The Kingdom of the Kongo in an attempt to increase economic output and trade begins to export a large amount of raw materials to Castile and begins to push toward heavy exploitation methods if possible. Kongo due to its backwardness in technology and administration puts itself in a protectorate/vassal situation in order to advance itself. The Kongolese population reaches about one million and beginning to grow much more rapidly. The King of the Kongo manages to calm down the people. The Kongo itself begins to see a noticeable improvement in the way of life. Kongo Adds the Former Oyo Gabonese colony to its domain. Kongo Expands 2500 sq km up the Congo River finally reaching supply and population levels to support this.
 * Mapuche: With the defeat by the Spanish a royal governor is appointed by the Castilians. These people are immediately transferred onto available ships and throughout the year are sent up the coast via Spanish ships to a location unknown to the Mapuche. The Mapuche also continue to see major issues from European contact are given orders to isolate themselves if they are sick to prevent further expansion of the disease. The Mapuche people begin to see the first mixed children between Spanish and Mapuche people. The Spanish institute the Ecomienda system. However, the Spanish governor, in order to keep control of the people, orders the Spanish heads of the system to treat the natives fairly in order to prevent mass deaths from overworking and resentment. Spanish farming techniques have definitely prevented starvation as the Mapuche continue to expand toward the coast building a road to connect it all. The Spanish governor, also using the local Mapuche as scouts, is able to expand much more than the Buenos Aires colony and uses this to his advantage to secure more land to be able to turn over to Spanish settlers. The Royal Governor ramps up expansion for some of the new plantation owners setting up expanding the the territory by 2500 sq km. The Mapuche Area begins to see a notable increase in Castilian settlers, mostly farmers who begin to build special areas to employ the Inca farming methods.
 * Morelia: The former Mayan kingdom is renamed Morelia by the royal governor to reflect its new Spanish culture as thousands of settlers have settled in the major cities beginning to displace the remaining Mayans which have decreased almost 75% from their original population of two million leaving barely 500,000 Mayans left. An insightful priest says that destroying the cities will result in long term resentment that could never be repaired and instead they should be made Spanish-Maya hybrid. The new Royal Governor seeing wisdom in this declares that the cities will not be ransacked and a moderate tribute of gold and silver is demanded by the Spanish. The 2000 troops remain in the country and begin to establish areas along the coast suitable for Spanish settlement. The military and economy of the Maya under Spain is developed and roads are upgraded to Spanish standards. The Spanish sponsor some colonists who wish to remove themselves from the remainder of the Indians and establish themselves on an island (OTL Havana) and name the island Cuba. (2500 sq km).
 * Aztecs: With full control of the Aztec now reverting to the Spanish the Spanish begin to implement their econmienda system from the Mapuche in the south to the Aztec areas to extract gold and silver. Along with this many of the remaining Aztec people become infected decreasing population further. The Economy of the Aztecs becomes entirely reliant on the Spanish Empire and the military remains non-existent with areas being occupied by Zapotec and remaining Spanish forces. However, its garrison is made up of Spanish forces who are settling the territory. Almost 5000 Spaniards come to the Aztec nation. The royal governor is appointed and after conversation with Morelias governor decides eventually he will embark on a large expansion campaign up the Mexican area. The Aztecs expand by 2500 sq km through disorganized territory just north of it with Spanish settlers paving the way.
 * Kingdom of Venezia: With the establishment of the Kingdom of Venezia following the previous war and with the loss of a large portion of the fleet the Venezian people seem to believe that much can be rebuilt through utilization of the dynamically rising Spanish empire for its own benefit. The businessmen and high level economists, bankers and multiple other fully knowledgeable individuals of Venezia remaining after the war go on a trip to Spain's vibrant trade cities and after careful negotiations many of these men take over one of Spain's newest rising trade companies, the Buenos Aires trade company, with some offices based out of the Buenos Aires colony in Hesperia. The Venezians, unable to select a king from their remaining nobles, delegate to the Queen of Spain (Castile and Aragon) who chooses a man named Antonio Lo Grato to rule as Prince of Venice in place of the Queen of Spain. A well acclaimed and respected man, he immediately enacts reforms. The Venezian economy with access to the Spanish economy begins to recover and for the first time in years due to this. The Venezians begins its long road to naval recovery and begins to use its vast knowledge to begin building ships not only for itself but acquires the blueprints to improve on Spanish ships to allow for sale back to the Queen. The Venezian military is also raised to a token force of about 10,000 due to its location but remains lightly armed and unable to project power or fight any unsupported offensives. The Prince of Venezia, Antonio, begins the drift toward Spanish culture.
 * Viceroyalty of New Spain: The Viceroyalty of new Spain is established with a massive amount of coastal territory secured begins to expand its major settlements seriously with Buenos Aires maintaining the most with nearly 27,000 people and growing The colony proper reaches nearly 160,000 in population seeing large amounts of Colonial immigration. The Viceroy implements the first cattle ranches (they are not modern ranches) in order to expand the food supply of the large colony. The Spanish inhabitants of the colonies form their first militia under command of a Spanish officer which is trained only to fight off native attacks. The Colony specifically expands the areas around its main settlements by 10 px especially up the Rio De Toro River (OTL Uruguay River.) and extends its borders south by 10 px intending to reach the Straits of Torez (OTL Straits of Magellan). The viceroyalty seems extremely happy with the colonial status and support its received from Castile as well as the massive re-investment for the betterment of the colony giving a huge boost to the construction of a few forts and a road system. The first ships begin to arrive from Spain African colonies bringing goods and a few slaves. Ranching is taken up by men previously accustomed to this in Spain.
 * Cape Ferdinand: The Cape Ferdinand colony expands by 10 px around existing settlements beginning to push toward making the area a larger more controlled area for Spanish habitation especially up the Orange River. The semi-hostile climate has left Cape Ferdinand with barely 17,000 colonists in comparison to New Spain in Hesperia. The area itself begins to show up as a trade hub. Zulu Africans in the area begin to be contacted with missionaries looking to speak to these people.
 * Philippines: The Vassalization of the Philippines concludes with the Spanish having established majority control over the area through trade and other means. The Spanish then begin to send in a royal governor who makes plans to expand the island nation, and begins work on its economy and military to do so. Gold, and Silver from Spain is sent to facilitate buying materials to build up the area as the Philippines are garrisoned by Mercenaries hired by Spain and nearly 300 of Spain's most well trained troops.
 * Fusahito Dip: The Emperor sends greetings to the Spanish govenor in the Philippines, suggesting free rights to trade and dock in ports between our nations.
 * Naijiria: Naijiria is outraged by the turn of events in Mali and Nijar. Public outcry for the blood of the traitors reaches the highest echelons of the Naijirian government, and Asaaju Ajani gives a speech to the public decrying the actions of the new government in Timbuktu. Volunteers to serve in the army are ready to lay down their lives to preserve the union, and are assembled with a full force of cavalry, artillery, and infantry to deal with those who would seek to divide the nation. Such is the outcry for action, that Ajani joins the campaign in person to deal with the traitors face-to-face, and bolster the morale of his people by taking a more "hands-on" approach with the troublesome nation that his forefathers had to suffer with. The coastline of Songhai is blockaded, and marines are quick to strike the port city of Mbour as it is still under construction. Angola is expanded by 500 km along the southern coast. Ilu Jamaica is expanded by 500 km.
 * Colonies in this regard can not be independent until 1775. -Feud
 * Benin: Answers the call to aid Naijiria in dealing with the Songhai traitors, and sends its own forces to aid the fight against them. The people of Benin contribute generously to the war chests of the nation, seeking to maintain the stability of the country as a whole.
 * That is NOT how it works. Colonies must remain colonies. They cannot be turned into vassals just to game the system and get more expansion. This madness must stop.
 * What rule said that? ~Viva
 * The rule that says colonies can-t be independent until 1775 - right in the independence section. It's pretty blatantly stated -Feud
 * That's for them to rebel. Colonies can't start breaking away from the motherland until then, and the rules give the player the option to play as the colony. Jamaica has self-government, not independence. Last time I checked, it was a vassal, not a nation-state. And there are no rules against that. ~Viva
 * Prussia: The Prussians begin to develop their economy. The Prussians continue to build their new navy. Prussia continues to Germanize their ethnic minorities.
 * Courland: The Curonians also continue developing their economy.
 * Estland: Estland also continues developing their economy.
 * France: Military, navy and economy are built up. The colony continues expanding and growing by 1000 among both colonies The colonies continue growing as expected. The navy begins a huge update in order to establish a stronger control over overseas territories such as the colonies and to have further control over Africa. While this, the king seeks the French influence to grow in unexpected territories. The colony of Nouvelle Rouen continues to expand eastward by 1000 px. The French government begins a measure to avoid the sweating disease attacking French domains, mostly by sending the infected back to their lands.We agree on the slave trade within the empire by the Dutch.
 * Naijirian D: Naijiria wishes to sign a non-aggression treaty with the French nation on behalf of peace and prosperity. We bear you no ill will, and we wish the same of France.
 * Burgundy: Military, economy and navy are built up.
 * Bourbon: Military and economy are built up.
 * Lorraine: Military and economy are built up.
 * Verdun: Military and economy are built up.
 * Saluzzo: Military and economy are built up.
 * Sardinia: Military and economy are built up.
 * Basel: Military and economy are built up.
 * Aargau: Military and economy are built up. The French presence begins to be felt. However, the attempts to establish a pro-Germanic government in order to avoid eventual uprisings, internal vassalization begins as well to fully convince German leadership.
 * Andorra: Military and economy are built up.
 * Africa: Military and economy are built up.
 * Trier: Military and economy are built up.
 * Julich: Military and economy are built up.
 * Zweibrucken: Military and economy are built up.
 * Aurienne: Military and economy are built up. The nation expands both west and east toward the colonies of the French.
 * Guaxirenne: The country expands southward and military and economy are built up.
 * Anjou: Military and economy are built up.
 * Vendome: Military and economy are built up.
 * Provence: Military navy and economy are built up.
 * Alencon: Military and economy are built up.
 * Narbonne: Military navy and economy are built up.
 * Avignon: Military and economy are built up.
 * The Kingdoms of Great Albion (Scotland and England) - member nation of the UKGA: Many ships are modernized and replaced to keep the Royal Albion Navy a powerful force on the high seas. Port Edmundburg continues to experience a growth in population. Albionic settlers continue to explore the surrounding areas. The dialect of English originally found in Scotland and the Eire grows so large that it covers most of the north of England. This new dialect is called Bythigish (portmanteau of Brython and English). English nobles begin to enjoy the Celtic myths of Eire and Scotland. The Templar Order continues to undercut the King's enemies and seeks ways to privately grow the power of the King and Albion as a whole. The Order buys up many smaller businesses and collectivizes some farms. The Order begins to expand into other areas of Europe, seeking to grow understanding as well as pushing Albionic ideals. Albion continues to explore farther west and south. A clockmaker from Cambridge becomes popular for his accurate timepieces and the exquisite wood housing. He creates a chime for the St Mary's Cathedral, the chimes are called the Cambridge Chimes (OTL Westminster Quarters AKA Big Ben's chime). The Chimes become so popular, other clockmakers incorporate the chimes into their clocks. The Crown Dominion of Hamburg does well this year, as an influx of trade begins to repair the wounds of several wars. The English Renaissance is born when several painters in London show off some impressive works. The pocket watch is invented by Peter Royce. James Graff invents the use of etching. The Crowns of Oldenburg and Albion officially enter Personal Union. Nobles are outraged at the appointment of a foreign German King, even though the real poltics is still done by the Queen. Several begin to openly conspire against the new regime. Tension rise as the treat of civil disobedience looms. Troubled, the Queen begins to build up loyal forces in the event of a clash. In the meantime, the Royal Government of Albion, hearing of the unrest in Europe, vows to not get involved. Queen Jacqueline considers the Hamburgian proposal and accepts the return to sovereignty. She explains to Parliament that the recent unrest makes it impractical for Albion to retain control in these lands. In Wales, a man named Phillip Charles claims that he is the first in line heir to the throne. Several nobles hear these claims and throw their support behind Phillip. The Albionic Civil war of England continues as rebel forces, uncoordinated and under trained, face off against loyalist forces, suffering heavy losses at the Battle of Canterbury. Due to the rebelling nobles, The King and Queen pass an act that severely limits the power of the nobility and grants more powers to Parliament. This also allows a sort of middle class to begin to develop in England.
 * Calais: Military and navy are expanded.
 * Dublin: Dublin undergoes another remodel and expansion to the ports due to the massive influx of trade from Castile and Venice as well as an increased Eire trade.
 * Scotland: Expands navy and military. Pan Albion sentiments grow, Trade increases. Whiskey is traded down to central Albion.
 * Wales: Wales expands its military and navy. Cardiff becomes a large centre of trade for Wales. The Welsh appoint Adam Cyrdger as Royal Minister. The first sessions of Parliament are held. Wales does not see as large a population boom as Albion or Scotland, but a minor one, centered around Cardiff and Swansea, does occur.
 * Port Edmundburg: Expands by 1000 sq km south and east down the coast. The African colonists begin looking toward mining and other ventures to generate profit.
 * New Cambridgeshire: New Cambridgeshire expands by 1000 sq km south and West. Colonists begin to explore around the region and begin to have a large fishing boom. The Port of New Rotham is expanded to handle excess ships from Albion and other European nations and is renamed by popular vote to New Oxford. The people of New Oxford also begin an attempt to gain knowledge of farming in Borealia from Native Peoples.
 * Poland: King Sigismund Szczuka continues to set his reforms into place, hoping to finish their implementation by the end of next year. The King happily accepts the Romanian offer and thanks their warning of possible Hungarian reprisal. The King sends an offer hoping to finalize there friendship in an official alliance, while also sending an offer of a trade pact between the two nations. The King also continues to reform the judicial system, implementing more modern ideas within the system. He also hopes the implementation of the reforms will be done by the end of next year. The King sends another offer of alliance and a trade pact to the Scandinavian Empire.
 * Scandinavian Empire: Queen Elsa accepts these deals. She looks forward to years of co-operation between the two nations.
 * Fusahito Theocracy: Private shipping and trade continues begins to boom with increased shipments of spice from the islands to the south and the benefits becoming apparent from the contracting out of Imperial shipyards to merchants. The Japanese Trade Association begin to assert a major economic presence in the East Indies, almost holding a monopoly over spice shipments to the Theocracy. Econ Turn As this association is financed by a number of nobles, many at the Imperial court begin to amass vast wealth, including the Emperor and his son. Shipyards continue to work toward building of new warships and trading ships, with trade benefiting from the opening up of China and new trade links with Korea.  Priests are sent to the Shimazu clan to begin to convert the Daimyo to belief in the divine status of the Emperor.  Year Four of Seven.
 * ​Hosokawa province:  Powers are handed over from the Daimyo to the Imperial government in Kyoto. Meanwhile, many new military ships are built in Saijō, taking advantage of the relatively calm waters of the Inland Sea. Mil. Turn.
 * County of Oldenburg: After a slow year last year, Oldenburg re-emerges onto the world stage. Countess Adelheid sends troops to Albion to assist her son and daughter-in-law. The "Albionnic Expeditionary Force" as it is known, is equipped with the new "uniform" first worn by the Comital Guard, and the "yellowcoats" look impressive when all in formation. She also sends a letter to Queen Jacqueline urging her and her son to be more active in the bedchamber so as to assure the continuation of the royal line. In other news, the outpost in Neu Norderney (Labrador) is given a proper name to celebrate a second season there: Buchtstadt.


 * ​Prince-Bishopric of Osnabruck: After a good length of time in Albion studying their universities, the Bisop returns full of ideas. He throws opwn the episcopal treasury, and comissions a grand university complex to be built in his capital. He vision: a new global centre of learning.
 * Hesse: We observe the events in Europe with interest. We continue to develop infrastructure. We continue to be neutral.
 * Duchy of Hamburg-Mecklenburg: Friedrich's armies prove competent in the war against France, assisting the imperial forces in the reclamation of imperial territory. Back home, the economy is improved, and new ships are built. The HTSC sends the government a report on the Neue Hamburg outpost, expecting the outpost to become more self-sufficient and ready for a permanent population in about ten years. Mean while, Hamburger ships return to the islands they discovered a few years ago. They land on one, apparently the largest, and establish a trade post there, naming it Neue Hannover (OTL Great Nicobar).
 * Stade: Troops return home. Economy expanded.
 * Bruchhausen: Military and economy expanded.
 * Williamsburg: Militia expanded.
 * Neue Lüneburg: Militia expanded.
 * Éire: The ever-glorious nation of Éire expands its economy further. Adventurous young nobles are supported to go to Nuaphail.
 * Nuaphail: An aristocratic circle is born in Nuaphail as it expands by another 20 px alongside the coast.
 * Banche Esterno: Expansion along the coast.
 * Nova Roma: Expansion along the coast toward the south.
 * Pskov: Expands its economic reach by founding more banks in more areas, and introducing their currency to whomever wants it. In the meantime, the knyaz decides to use the extra surplus to send another explorer to the New World, to attempt to do some meagre trade with the American natives. Pskov pursues closer relations with the North Sea trade alliance nations, especially Scandinavia, with whom they have developed a close relationship with over the years. Pskov begins work on refurbrishing its navy, as more merchants begin to buy more and more ships. The interest payments from Poland finally start coming in, booming the Pskovian economy, and giving the Veche more money to spend on public projects, such as acquiring more books for the library, funding education and also, the creation of a new school in Ozero and Nizhnigiorodsk-na-Narve. Pskov's artist continue to experiment with new styles of drawing. Pskov begins to expand culturally as well as scientifically, with Heliocentrism becoming the dominant school of astropnomical thinking not only in the University's Academy of natural Philosophy, but also in the general public, with the church not voicing many concerns(mostly because, in Russia, the Church is usualy subservient to the state). Pskov Veche begins to worry about the growing absolutism in their neighbours Novgorod, the ones that gave them the freedoms they know, the rule by Veche, slowly being transformed into nothing more than the servants of the Tyrant in moscow, who refuses to abide by the treaty written in part by Pskov to keep the people's rights. Pskov turns its attention to trying to increase the economic dependance of Moscow on Pskov, in turn in an attempt to avoid conquest or military action, and safeguard its people's rights and freedoms.
 * Scandinavian Empire: Construction of the Winter Palace continues. The military of Scandinavia expands, the nation improving its army and navy. The fourth and fifth fleets are updated and repaired. Scandinavia works on improving relations with its fellow Baltic states. The nation begins exploring areas of Borealia, seeking to establish a new colony. Supplies are sent to Vinland, along with a small detachment of ships from the navy. The militia is expected to make their own army.
 * Finland: We expand by 3500 sq km to the north. The military is expanded.
 * Iceland: The military is expanded.
 * Schleswig: The military is expanded.
 * Vinland: The military is expanded. We expand by 250 sq km through native land.
 * Austria: This turn in both our nation and the nations of Bohemia, Moravia, Luxembourg, Brandenburg, Pomerania, Silesia, Lusatia, Salzburg, Augsburg, Swabia,  Elsaß-Lothringen, Mainz, Palatinate, and our colonial territories and possessions is dedicated to economy. We train and expand our military using new experience from recent wars, and grow our nation economically. In Morocco our position in Melilla is fortified. All fortifications around the region are rebuilt and manned by stationed guards in case of an attack. To protect Melilla the construction of a fortress outside the city is considered, although postponed for now. The port of Melilla is rebuilt to begin operation as a trade port and military outpost. Construction continues on a shipyard in the Melilla port to facilitate the construction and repair of friendly ships. Melilla is granted a permanent naval garrison in the city’s port, to respond to dangers in the area, and to support the small garrison on land who mans the fortifications. Our position in Morocco is fortified by re-inforcements, bringing Melilla operational against attacks. For now a small fleet is stationed in its harbor, while its garrison continues to hold the north and its supply lines, supporting our Christian brethren. With much of the Muslim population of Melilla left dead after the war against Morocco, the local government attempts to entice settlers by offering large quantities of land to Christian settlers. Many Europeans, particularly of German descent and/or from Central Europe begin settling the area around Melilla. With finances from Augsburg-based banking establishments, the Trieste Company continues to launch expeditions to West Africa. Abrechtburg has grown to a decently sized settlement, supporting a population of farmers, traders, and a small garrison of soldiers. The town also houses a well furbished fort, armed with a small amount of cannons intended to defend the settlement and the harbor from any attack. Built out of necessity, the port at Abrechtburg is refurbished and expanded to support more trade ships, and allied countries are welcomed to trade and stay in the town. The second largest settlement in Westenland, Dominusburg, follows suit, finishing the construction of a port similar to Abrechtburg ‘s. Trade posts continue to be built and exploited, now numbering several dozen along the coast of Westenland and into allied territory. Our reliance on the Wolof becomes less so, but we sign a trade agreement with their nation to continue our positive relationship. Deals are made with the Wolof for slaves and other goods. Conversion of the natives begin around the settlement. Several bimereiches and caravels begin construction in Trieste, Melilla, Corfu, and other ports,  to further facilitate and protect overseas trade. Trade is increased with the Grand Duchy of Bavaria and other trade partners, bringing about new avenues of trade and commerce. Expeditions to the New World continue to increase trade with Spanish possessions, establishing a trade route between Westenland and colonies in the Yucatan. Trade posts in the Caribbean are expanded and grow as they become more frequently visited. After several explorations and expeditions along the coast north of the Imperial Sea, a third expedition is sent. A bay is explored (Chesapeake Bay), where a site for a possible future trade post is spotted, known as Schlossburg (Baltimore). In the war against France, our garrison in Luxembourg successfully repulses a French siege, costing heavy casualties for the French. By this time a large force of German soldiers is gathered from our territories, as well as the contingents of the Holy Roman Empire, making up the Reichsarmee, and our forces are able to take heavy gains in the Rhineland.
 * Safavid Empire: We build up our military and navy. Port cities are being rebuilt. More ships are being made for our navy. Our own version of guns is being made. Farming is becoming one of the most important industries, besides blacksmithy, trading and fishing. Guns are now mass produced in our country. We continue to make more woodblock printing presses for our libraries. Cannons at three feet long are being built for our military. Bigger cannons are also being built for our military. Cannon balls are made out of iron. A trade route from our home country to Oirat is mapped out. People are now trading with each other on this trade route. Foreign exchange banks are becoming popular in our country due to the ETA (Eurasian Trade Agreement). Trade has increased due to the ETA. A new art form is continuing to be drawn. It is a mix of Safavid, Oirat and Mughal art. Our art is continuing to be popular with all of the nation around us. Trade goes well with the Dutch merchants. All slaves that come from the Oyo nation are continuing to be converted to Shi'ite Islam. We continue to trade with the Roman Empire. Trade routes to Caliphate of Mecca are continuing to be drawn on maps. The 30 ships land in east Africa. We start to build a port city. The city is called رایگان بندر. (Free Port)
 * Khanate of Khiva: We improve our relations with the Safavid empire. We build up our military and navy. Trade routes are continuing to be mapped into the Safavid empire.
 * Ottoman Sultanate dip: We request admission into the ETA (Eurasian Trade Agreement).
 * Safavid Dip: Resquest in the ETA is granted.
 * Tawatinsuyu: As the population continues to pull out of the plague, the growth rate remains extremely low, with the population just climbing above 798,000. Military improves. Medical research continues. Peru, Chimu and Sican are developed. Anti-Spain riots settle down, though a strong anti-Europe sentiment remains in the empire. Population of Cuzco stands at 130,000 people, the largest in the nation. Chimu currently has a population of 87,000, making it a distant second to Cuzco. Third largest goes to Machu Picchu, with a population of 51,000. Fourth Largest is Peru, with 35,000 people. The smallest of the Golden Cities, Sican, has a population of 16,000. After Years of Westernization aid from the Spanish, the Inca decide to invade Chiribaya, saying that it is part of Tawatinsuyu from the First Empire. We also hope that this war will show the Spanish and Inca the might of Inca.
 * Burjid Sultanate: In the year 1513 the nation had a period of reconstruction under the Mosque Model and everything was going smoothly, until the Sultan suddenly died. Since the Sultan didn't declare a clear successor, the Sultan's son and Burjid's military leader Al-Adin Sayf ad-Din Tuman Bay and the Sultan's best friend and Burjid's religious leader Haddi went to war. Because Al-Adin had the military on his side, he quickly took over the capital, Aleppo and thus de jure succeeded as the Sultan. De facto however, Sultan Tummad only had control over Aleppo and the surrounding area while de facto, Hadi ruled since he was supported by the majority of the people. Because of this, Sultan Tumman had to deal with various pro-Hadi and anti-Government rebellions. Meanwhile, the Sultan  had a daughter named A'shadieeyah (Meaning Princess, cute, perfect) Tummad Bay. Over the past the 18 years Sultan Tummad Bay had to deal with rebellions while his daughter grew up into a woman. This year, the Religious Leader Hadi died and while many warlords have tried to succeed Hadi's greatness, they have failed to do so. In an attempt to recentralize and gain trust among the people once again, Sultan Bay Talmund goes declares war on the warlords. Unfortunately for the Sultan, however, his repetutation is already tarnished and many still distrust him. Instead, they seek a new Sultan, one who is great at everything from religion, to military, to adminstration. When news of the greatness of Suleiman the  Magnificent many begin to demand his leadership. After much consideration and news of vassalization, Sultan Tulman Bay offers A'shadieeyah's (the Sultan's daughter) hand in marriage with Sultan's Suleiman The Magnificent's eldest son, Sulimen. (Upon the Ottoman's acceptation I shall resign from the Burjid Sultanate and perhaps join as another nation if allowed.)
 * Ottoman Sultanate dip: Suleiman the Magnificent: So impressed and overjoyed by the proposition, the great Sultan himself, travels to Burjid to accept the proposal. Burjid will become a vassal of the Ottomans, and will be split between north and south. With two regions the north being the Damascan Regient, and the south being the state of Levant the new vassal of the Ottomans. The restoration of Damascus will be immediately underway next year. And set up as the subcapital for the time being, overlooking the new southern territories. The personal union between A'shadieeyah and Sulimen will make Sulimen the regent Sultan of Damacus as he rules over the subcapital under his father's orders.
 * Bengal Sultanate: The decrease in taxes on the landed elite does its job in most areas of the Sultanate, decreasing the tax load on the peasantry and earning him their support. The tax cuts on the merchant class allow for more trade to be conducted, and a recent lax on some of the quota laws allows for more goods to be shipped from Bengal, greatly increasing trade income. Cash crops continue to be grown in large amounts. With our merchants traveling to Ava, Kamarumpa and Arakan regularly, Islam continues to grow in their areas. Merchants also travel exclusively to Multan, Sind, Ladakh, and Kangra. Due to Bengal having control over lands of multiple ethnicities and religions, literary works in the form of poems continue to take influence from all three religions of the Sultanate. Urdu, also called Hindi by some, becomes more common in the Sultanate due to the mixing of Hindu and Islamic ideals. We continue to help finance the Plutocratic State of Jaunpur, Delhi Sultanate and Bahamani Sultanate by sending gifts directly to the nobles/sultans, offering loans from powerful trade bankers, and decreasing the trade taxes over all of Bengal, allowing more of our merchant goods to travel into those states. We also raise a portion of the Sultan's personal levy and then divide it to be sent out to the states' leaders, so that they can do with them what they wish in order to maintain order in their nation. The construction of schools and universities several years ago has led to an increase in scholars and literacy in our nation. Due to the removal of trade barriers among a majority of states in the Indian League, their merchants and ours begin to travel with increased mobility and goods, thereby increasing the trade income and output in the agreeing nations. Several Bengali merchants continue to sponsor gem mines in the Mogok area of Ava, due to the high concentration of gems such as rubies, sapphires, garnets and moonstones, and the first of many mines begin to return with more successes. Construction of ships based upon Castilian designs, granted to us by them, continues, in order to further our efforts to explore and trade. New crops continue to enter into several plantations, opium and cannabis. The increasing need for an anesthetic due to many more surgeries in Bengal, simply due to an increasing population, leads opium cultivation to become very lucrative and results in many plantations including it in their crops. Cannabis becomes more popular, not simply due to its cultural history in Muslim societies, but also because of its popular use in several poetic works. The coastlands gained by Bengal continue to receive excessive shipments of Bengali goods, nobles, people, religion, soldiers, and ideals. The Bengali tax cuts, as well as plantations begin to take effect in the newly acquired lands, and woodblock printing is spread to Bengal proper as its use and replication is more fully understood. We begin work on a grand and lavish new Mosque outside the large city of Pandua, named the Grēṭa-jaṅgabāza Grand Mosque  named after the previous Sultan of Bengal, in an Urdu translation of his name.
 * Rajya of Orissa: Kapilendra Deva continues to listen to his advisers and bring about several reforms to his nation that make it more Islamic friendly, one of which is new, and calls for the creation of one mosque for each Hindu temple in the name of tolerance, when in reality, his advisers have prescribed this to bring about larger Islamic influence. Kapilendra Deva passes away and his titles pass to Kalua Deva, who begins an expensive campaign of military modernization.
 * Swargadeo of Kamarupa: Now vassalized by Bengal, the Swargadeo of Ahom continues to receive extensive help in creating viable farmland. They do this by continuing a process of land reclamation in the northern part of the state, which is largely marshy and thinly populated. This process of reclamation begins by using dikes, embankments and irrigation systems. The land reclamation, having been going on for decades, is extremely successful in creating viable farmland for rice, grain and other staple crops, increasing Kamarupa's population and their yearly trade output.
 * Bengali Diplomacy: (Gimme dat mod response yo ... Just kidding, please provide me with a mod response to my diplomacy request to an NPC): The Regent-King of Bengal asks the Jalal Shah Suri for a trade agreement, as well as an alliance.
 * Mod Response: The accept both the alliance and the trade agreement.
 * In the Tartary, Alexander I falls injured in a hunting trip. Already aged over fifty years, he seems to make a remarkable recovery for his age, until a cut becomes infected. He falls very ill. However, this does not stop the Tatar impetus, which continues expanding eastward by 5000 sq km. The Tartary furthermore finishes its influencing of the Khanate of Bukhara, which becomes a Tatar puppet. The heir of the Tatar crown, Avvakum (Christian name: Julian), visits the new territories, and decides that the puppet in Almaty is to merge eventually with the new Khanate. The economy and military grow, as urbanisation continues.


 * ​Perm expands its economy. The military also grows. The population expands quickly. Islam, vestigial from converts from the first occupation of Perm by the Jochid Ulus, has by now been mostly sidelined, with Mastoravism being the prominent faith in the region. The King of Perm dies, and, after bitter competence between major families, it is agreed that Perm's King is to be elected by the nobility every seven years.
 * Adyghea grows in its population. Fortresses are established in Caucasus passageways to the south. These continue to grow as large cities. Adyghea begins to become heavily dependant upon the main government of the Tartary.
 * Azov expands its population and military. The construction of Özu-Cale, a massive fortress and port, is finally completed; thousands of carpenters, shipsmen, ironworkers and traders move or are moved to the port city extremely soon. However, the infrastructure of the nation still does not prepare for 100% efficiency in the port.
 * Kazakhstan begins to be integrated with the newly-acquired Emirate of Bukhara. The population of both Persified Tajiks and Turks grows, as does the city of Astana.
 * A pro-Tatar ruler in Bukhara rises to power. The ruler immediately begins to improve the economy, connecting the cities of Bukhara and Samarkand to the trade routes on the west. The population grows quickly, immediately as the leader rises to power. The economy grows, as Permic merchants for the first time begin to trade between the (actual) Silk Road and the West without a hitch.
 * Netherlands: Control over the spice islands trade continues to grow as Batavia grows into an ever expanding city and port in the region, the White population of the city also grows. Karl and his first wife Asha have their second child a girl named Shriya. Karl having spent more then half his life in the orient and the other half under the influence of his old mentor Mirza converts to Sunni Islam much to the shock of the his family and the Courts in The Hague and Brussels. However, due to his loyalty to his family and the large profits he has brought the Netherlands his brother and the ruling upper class turn a blind eye to the notion. Karl during his trip to the Bengali royal court takes an interest in the daughter of the Sultan, attempts to court her are made much to the anger of Asha and to the dismay of his family back home. The East India Company once more requests that Sunda accept the protecterate status promising to allow them internal autonomy as long as they go along Dutch guidelines. (mod response please). More troops are stationed in Batavia following the treaty established with the Sunda government years before, influence over the trade in Timor also grows due to treaties established with the emperor of the state. Trade with China and Japan also continue to grow. Infleunce over the South Sumatran states continue to grow. The slave trade continues to grow as more African slaves from the cameroon-nigerian region are collected through trade, and coercion. The slaves are sold to French, Spanish, Albionic colonies, imported to the Dutch settlements in the Guiana region, and also in increasing numbers to Bengal, and Persia. An offer to sell slaves to the Tartary, the Roman Empire and to the Ottoman Empire. The Guiana settlements continue to expand along the coasts 20 pixels in total toward the central settlement of Paramaribo which is increasing becoming the centre of the West India Company with the first sugar plantation being set up by a wealthy Dutch aristocrat from Amsterdam. The plant smoked by local natives starts becoming popular amongst settlers in the colony. The West  India Company names Frederick van de Bosch as its first governor of the settlements. The settlements become collectively known as Guiana. The population of the colony as a whole now stands at 900. Tensions with the natives continue to grow as more land is taking for settlement. The Netherlands continue to enjoy a rise in standards of living and cultural development as the arts and science flourish and money trickles down the social ladder due to the Kingdom's large and extensive economic activities. The blacksmithing industry of Wallonia continues to grow and deliver the best quality metal goods in Europe. Military expansion and reforms continue. The army now standing at 35,000 while small remains well trained and drilled. Naval expansion continues and the Dutch shipwrights near completion of their new ship design resembling OTL frigates specializing in speed and firepower while maintaining the durability necessary to contend with the other naval powers of Europe if necessary. The universities of Brussels and Amsterdam continue to be centres of learning and the arts. The Mirza family along with other prominent members of the literary community found the Society of Poets. Netherlander architecture continues to flourish as well as it develops further.
 * Mod response: The Sunda accept protectorate status, but they insist that a clause be added into the official document, stating that if the Dutch try to overly influence their internal affairs, the protectorate treaty will be null and void.
 * Roman Empire: The Empire continues to expand its trade to many different regions of the world in order to expand the Empire's influence and wealth. The trading post at Atlantis begins to see a wealthy profit as trade goods from all the New World are stored there before being shipped back to the Empire. Some merchants begin considering starting up businesses there and bringing their families, although this is not done yet. Leverlocks and Galleasses continue to be produced, and the Roman navy now has a formidable 20 galleasses at its disposal. With political intrigue in Alexandria, the Empire begins to extend its influence in that area using its trade, political influence, and the fact that most of Alexandrian law is based off of Roman law.
 * Albania: The nobles continue to debate back and forth the merits of joining the Roman Empire as an Archonate. The king ultimately decides that if Albania is to join, it must be completely united first.
 * Ragusa: The republic continues to profit from trade with the rest of Europe and beyond.
 * Lombardy: Work continues on the Certosa di Pavia, the Castle Visconteo, and on the extensive Milan Cathedral. We continue training a proper standing army, utilizing Swiss mercenaries and local recruits. With border disputes now settled between the nations of Austria and Switzerland, we continue opening friendly relations with both nations in hopes of repairing our diplomatic relations and protecting our northern border. We continue constructing cogs and galleys to strengthen our navy and protect our interests on the seas. Our turn is dedicated to economy in both our nation and our vassals. Wallis is declared a vassal of our nation, and we continue influencing them.
 * Novgorod: We continue the production of ships, cannons, muskets, advanced crossbows, swords, and composite bows, increasing our military capabilities in case of war. The nation’s training and advancement of military continues. The recent classes of Koch ships are being manufactured in Novgorod. The town of St Patriksburg’s population grows a bit more that last year. As the construction of the town improves, the Kremlin finishes, trade becoming more in demand, the town gains slightly. Because of the trade road built with Tver our economy increases. After seeing a great success with the private schools in the cities of Novgorod, St Patriksburg, Staraya Russa, and Nizhny Novgorod. We start building another private school in Rostov and Yaroslavl. We complete building private schools in Torzhok and a private school in Staraya Ladoga. We dedicate this turn to economy.
 * Tver: We complete the construction of the private school in Tver and we start the new one. We expand our economy because of the trade established between Yaroslavl, Rostov, Muscovy and Novgorod. We dedicate this turn to economy.
 * Yaroslavl: We complete the construction of the private school in Yaroslavl and we start the new one. We expand our economy because of the trade established between Tver, Rostov, Muscovy and Novgorod. We dedicate this turn to economy.
 * Rostov: We completed the construction of the private school in Rostov and start the new one. We expand our economy because of the trade established between Tver, Yaroslavl, Muscovy. We dedicate this turn to economy.
 * Karelia: We expand our economy because of the trade established between Tver, Rostov, Muscovy and Novgorod. We dedicate this turn to economy. As fur traders and hunters begin to move into Karelia, the land becomes more settled. We are pleased that peaceful terms have been met between us and Scandinavia, and we hope to improve relations in the future.
 * Romania: Stephen, now 55, continually guiding the country wisely and with the assistance of his son, pushes to grow the economy more this year. The Danube swells as a highway of commerce, thousands of barges travel up and down its length transporting people, materials, goods, and ideas. The spread of better sanitation systems, first introduced to Constanta by the Romans, causes a slow increase in the average lifespan. As much as 9.5% of the nation has reached basic literacy, and the Moralists promote education of commoners by priests, in order to give everyone the opportunity to read the bible. Education among the elite is becoming almost mandatory. The mining sector continues to expand; Iron, salt and coal mines dot the landscape. Coal is produced for metalworking and heating. These mines provide the resources required by the foundries and traders on the coast. The growing mines require more processing facilities, which spur more development along the coast. More large shipyards open and the lumber industry continues to expand to supply the shipbuilders. Leverlock muskets continue to grow as a major export. The gunsmiths of Romania begin to gain a reputation for good-quality, reliable weapons. This fame pushes the smiths to experiment and create better variations on leverlock muskets. The creation of many skilled jobs allows a small middle class to grow within the nation. Constantius, now 31, helps his father rule the nation. He and his wife Phillippa continues to raise their son Vladimir.
 * The Consulate of Bulgaria: Radu, now 30, ruling as a Consul in the Bulgarian government strengthens ties with Romania. He establishes a new system for immigration and allows thousands of Romanians move into the country, seeking cheap and productive land. Meanwhile, intermarriage becomes very common. Bulgarians also begin migrating to trade towns in Romania to seek more economic opportunities. The economy grows similarly to Romania.
 * In the Empire of Madagasikara, Emperor Esteban the Pious continues to oversee the growth of the use of Latinized Malagasy and practice of Christianity. Carlos Ralofoaro's developing epic is decided to be released as three separate books, one for each part of the epic poem. The first part, Los Austronesios, is released this year to massive critical acclaim. The story of a young man searching to find his own place to call his own and stumbling upon a virgin wilderness resonates with mainstream Madagasikaran society. New technology and research conducted by the University of Mahajanga improve output of the spices which have made Madagasikara so rich. After last year's census put the population of Madagasikara at 4,300,000, it is decided that a colony should be created in order to maximize economic potential. To this purpose, a group of settlers head to the mouth of the Orange River, north of Spanish South Africa, are sent to create Namibia, named for the Namib desert. Economic turn.
 * Mozambika expands toward Sofala in the south. Mozambika and Pembara are being integrated, a process which is expected to end by 1535. Pembara expands north around Kilwa and toward Dar es Salaam. Additionally, it develops closer to Madagasikaran culture.
 * Grand Duchy of Bavaria: Bavaria expands its economy. The population continues to rise. Grand Duke Heinrich XVII and his council continues to allow the training of new troops. Several markets are constructed in Landshut as well as trade houses for Austrian and Castilian traders. In Austria, several new ships begin being constructed, with twenty-five very large cogs being finished. We begin using an established trade route, with important stops in the trade route include Rome, Athens, Constantinople, Gibraltar, and the coasts of Brittany, due to a longstanding trade deal. Continuing in 1531, Heinrich commissions six cogs to sail around western Mediterranean coasts. The market center in Landshut continues to attract Bavarian and Venetian traders. In religious news, around 76% of the country adheres to the Western Church. Most adherents live around Munchen and Landshut. In other news, Bavaria continues implementing the Alliance and Merchant Act as well as the Militia and Navy Act. The Bavarian Court continues hosting a largely Venetian composition. However, many Bavarian families have intermingled with the Venetians, creating a distinct social class and gentry. In national news, the common courts continue to be implemented around Bavaria as several of the lower class make use of it. The serf laws begin to be used as well. Skeptics who theorized that the serf laws would mark no profound change in society begin to be proven wrong. In 1531, as many as three hundred serfs sue for their freedom. Heinrich begins to ponder a law that would fully abolish serfdom, seeing how it has more or less deteriorated in Bavaria. The wild unpopularity of these laws begin to wear off as well. Heinrich further incorporates the Collegiate Writs, allowing many more lower class men to enter college. In legal news, Heinrich continues implementing the Bavarian Commands. The war with Hesse has been ended, with Bavaria annexing a small section of Bremen to use as a port. In military news, Heinrich orders troops to stand-by (1500) in an attempt to quell unrest. Countess Elisabeth, aging and increasingly unwell, orders troops (1000) to stand-by. Her order is her last political action, as she resigns to her bedchamber by the end of the year. After winning the HRE chancellery, Heinrich XVII makes his way to Augsburg. His brother Charles is named Grand Duke Regent.
 * Munchen: By 1531, the total class of Queen Isabell University amounts to about 4500 men. Troops authorized by Heinrich continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. The Collegiate Writs begin to draw more men to college.
 * Straubing: Troops authorized by Heinrich continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * Ingolstadt: Troops authorized by Heinrich continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * Burgau: Troops authorized by Heinrich continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * Nurnburg: Troops authorized by Heinrich continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * Burggrafschaft: Troops authorized by Heinrich continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * Bamberg: Troops authorized by Heinrich continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * Wurzburg: Troops authorized by Heinrich continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. A religious change begins occurring in Wurzburg upon the ascension of Franz-Albert, where many more Western Christians begin inhabiting the bishopric. The clergy begins being alarmed and they fear displacement. An envoy dispatched by Franz-Albert attempts to quell their fears.
 * Thuringia: Troops authorized by Heinrich and Countess Elisabeth continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Countess Elisabeth normalizes taxes in an effort to subset any rebellion.
 * Saxony: Troops authorized by Heinrich and Countess Elisabeth continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Countess Elisabeth normalizes taxes in an effort to subset any rebellion.
 * Bremen Port: Troops authorized by Heinrich continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * Zapoteca: Zapotecan troops patrol captured Aztec territory. Zapoteca expands 100 px up the Gulf Coast. The Spanish aid is greatly appreciated. The Emperor continues financing Spanish settlers to come to the kingdom and marry into the population. Trade increases and continues with the Spanish. The Emperor expands roadways connecting cities in the alliance to help merchants and soldiers move freer between them. The military, which had been outdated for many years, continues to be upgraded. The economy booms with trade as a result of the roads. Naval technology is rapidly advanced under the Spanish. The Emperor orders more to be manufactured to bring in goods from the sea. Itzapam continues prospering under Zapotecan rule, improving their military.

1532
 '''The Spanish city of Gibraltar is attacked by a fleet of Barbary pirates under the command of a renegade in the service of the Ottoman Empire. Although the attack is repulsed, the citizens call for the creation of updated defenses, leading to the construction of the Muralla de San Benito, a defensive curtain wall.'''

I never commanded this attack? SwankyJ (talk) 05:54, June 13, 2014 (UTC)

The barbary pirates were kind of a scapegoat so the Ottomans could attack Christian powers without actually attacking Christian powers, you never needed to order it, they are essentially autonomous and you would only give them funding. This is an OTL thing. -Feud

Okay, good. I am not trying to start a war with Spain or anything. SwankyJ (talk) 16:03, June 13, 2014 (UTC)

''' After almost half a century of Madagasikaran migration to Sofala, the Madagasikaran population has officially doubled the Sofalan population. This leads to a young Madagasikaran noble leading a rebellion outside of the city calling for rule by a Madagasikaran leader. The noble points to Emperor Esteban Ralofoaro as the true king of Sofala. '''

 Clement X issues the Papal bull titled the Regimini militantis Ecclesiae, approving the Society of Jesus (Jesuits).


 * Portugal: Continues a notable buildup in military strength and allows for a vigorous training program on the existing military forces attempting to train them up heavily. Meanwhile, the administration continues to be reformed, and agriculture and commerce are encouraged. Meanwhile, Portugal continues to develop its navy. Meanwhile, the colony in Lenhame continues exporting wheat to Portugal. Meanwhile, trade intensifies in the African coast. The Açores continue to be settled. Meanwhile, the naus continue to be used. Naval explorations directed to the west continue. Meanwhile, Santa Cruz expands north by 2000 sq km. Meanwhile, sugarcane continues to be planted in Santa Cruz. Meanwhile, pau-brasil (brazilwood) starts to be extracted in the colony. Meanwhile, the colony of São Sebastião expands 2000 sq km.
 * Mansuriyya Caliphate: In 1474 the plague arrived Baghdad harshly and Caliph Fatih caught the plagued and battled with the illness for one year until the Caliph died. After his death, the Caliphate decended into chaos and eventually was fragmented by various warlords. 57 years later, a direct decendant of Caliph Fatih, Aashif ibn Nuquad declares himself the new Caliph and is able to control Baghdad. Like his Grandfather before him, (his father died in defending Baghdad from invaders) he builds up the New Caliphate's military and economic power with the blessing of an already well established city. With his new found power he calls upon his people to unite under his banner in order to restore greatness to the nation. Caliph Aashif is able to arise small groups of bandits and orders them to not attack merchants but those who opose the new Caliph, Any opposition, shall not be tolerated, whether clerical, civilian or military is brutally oppressed, until any challengers to his title are silenced.Caliph Aashif justifies this in order to bring law and order into a lawless and chaotic land. In order to strengthen the nation, trade offers are made to the Ottoman Empire and the Savafids.
 * Ottoman Sultanate dip: We accept, and we also extend our own further form of diplomatic holdings in our own governmental summary. (Look at my post).
 * China: Continues to chip away at the underlying isolation and "sloth" that Emperor Houcong feels has afflicted his great nation. China continues to aid the affected in the tsunami, and clean up continue along with the sending of food to the affected. Plans to rebuild the seawall continue to be made. The new trade policies continue to enrich the nation, and continues to convert followers to the cause of anti-isolationism, as the amount of gold flowing into China continues to be used by the government to pay for renovations of the cities of China, raising new walls, overhauling ports and ships, as well as a new road system started to cover every major town in China - expected to be completed by 1555. Meanwhile, China and its vassals Mongol Khanate, Khmer Empire, Lan Xang, and Pegu build up the military.
 * Korea: Korea continues to build up its military. Meanwhile, more Taoist, Neo-Confucian and Buddhist temples are built. Korea continues to send aid to China.
 * Naijiria: Naijirian forces crush all resistance to their rule in  Songhai, making sure to prove a point to those in the land who would dare defy the government in Oyo-Ile. Tens of thousands of Songhai rebels are captured, and their eyes poked out as punishment. Generals and leaders are captured and crucified by the Naijirian soldiers, and their bodies spread around the city of Timbuktu as a lasting reminder to the survivors within the city following a brutal siege. Hundreds of thousands of civilians who supported the Songhai government in rebelling are exterminated, and countless homes and residences burned to the ground. Men are drawn and quartered, and women handed out the Naijirian soldiers who were partook in the campaign. Every child between the ages of 5 and 13 is killed to wipe out the new generation of Mandinka who could potentially make the decision to rebel against Naijiria in the future.  Asaaju Ajani has made it clear no further forgiveness toward those who would abuse the goodwill of Naijiria will be given. Those who surrender are granted mercy, and allowed to return to their homes, however, those who fought against Naijiria, but laid down their arms, are captured and their right hand chopped off to prevent them from fighting in the future.  To ensure that no future rebellions by soldiers raised from the region occur in the future, 120,000 Yoruba soldiers from Naijiria proper are settled in the region permanently, both to defend the land and to expand the Yoruba population there.  The war has much support back home, where the Yoruba, delighted to see their empire maintained, seek to ensure that their nation remains powerful, and their political hegemony undisputed in the region.  With most of Songhai subdued, the government of Naijiria decides to further divide the recaptured land into three parts; Mali, Nijar and Senegal, ensuring that no one territory has the ability to pull any of the others away from the union. An all Yoruba government is set up in each, along with all-Yoruba military forces, relieving the overpopulation of Naijiria proper, and displacing the ethnic groups in Songhai with loyal members of the nation. Captured families fleeing the region are resettled in other parts of Naijiria, destroying the cultural link they held to Songhai, and ensuring that no one ethnic group outside of the Yoruba, have the ability to pull away a major territory of the union by weight of numbers.  Away from the carnage in Naijiria, Angola and Ilu Jamaica are expanded by 250 km each along the coastlines of their respective lands. The military, economy and infrastructure of Naijiria are expanded. In the heat of the conflict, the Naijirians decide that while they are reconquering Songhai, that while their military forces are fully mobilized, they might as well as Ghana to their empire, and put an end to the nation that withstood and defied their will since the age of Oranyan.
 * Benin: Benin continues to support Naijiria in its jihad against the Songhai traitors, sending additional forces to the fight to deal with the rebels. While this takes place, Benin continues to develop its resources, as well as its naval forces. Benin expands inland by 50 km, and 2500 km down its existing coastline. The military, economy and infrastructure of the nation are expanded.
 * The algorithm is skewered. When fixing it, you don't get the 33% capable to annex Songhai.
 * Ghana: The leader of Ghana, Kofi Gyan recived the threat from Naijiria and has started plans on a peace treaty to Naijiria in hope of no war. The plan of war starting would take shape, with law to have compulsory traning, with the guidance of the French to train the civiallians up with the more renowed France. Most of the population (84% of the 1,650,000 population) agree in terms of saying independent from Naijiria. The country is hoping for a war trade with France to give guidance.
 * Naijirian D: For many decades, the Akan people have defied the will of Naijiria and its righteous mission to prevent European conquest of the mother continent. Africa is for the Africans. Europe for the Europeans. However, we can not allow the Europeans to use the Akan homeland as a beachhead for further incursions into Africa. We shall not harm your people, as we too wish for peace. But we beseech you to come under our wing, and throw off the shackles of coming European oppression. We could bring you into the union by force, but if your people wish to purpose this folly then so be it. But if you should come to you senses, and realize the foolishness of serving the French and their European brethren, we shall be there waiting for you. They will turn on you dear neighbor, but we shall not. We hope you reconsider your decision, and know that you shall always have a friend in Naijiria.
 * The Kingdoms of Great Albion (Scotland and England) - member nation of the UKGA: Many ships are modernized and replaced to keep the Royal Albion Navy a powerful force on the high seas. Port Edmundburg continues to experience a growth in population. Albionic settlers continue to explore the surrounding areas. The pocket watch is invented by Peter Royce. James Graff invents the use of etching. The Crowns of Oldenburg and Albion officially enter Personal Union. Nobles are outraged at the appointment of a foreign German King, even though the real poltics is still done by the Queen. Several begin to openly conspire against the new regime. Tension rise as the treat of civil disobedience looms. Troubled, the Queen begins to build up loyal forces in the event of a clash. In the meantime, the Royal Government of Albion, hearing of the unrest in Europe, vows to not get involved. Queen Jacqueline considers the Hamburgian proposal and accepts the return to sovereignty. She explains to Parliament that the recent unrest makes it impractical for Albion to retain control in these lands. In Wales, a man named Phillip Charles claims that he is the first in line heir to the throne. Several nobles hear these claims and throw their support behind Phillip. The Albionic Civil war of England continues as rebel forces, uncoordinated and under trained, face off against loyalist forces, suffering heavy losses at the Battle of Canterbury last year, This year the Phillip manages to seize the city of Cambidge, but his victory is shortlived. Royal forces quickly retake the city and sent the Pretender to flee and regroup. Due to the rebelling nobles, The King and Queen pass an act that severely limits the power of the nobility and grants more powers to Parliament. This also allows a sort of middle class to begin to develop in England. The Albionic Navy commissions the construction of two Celt Galleons (a modified version of the OTL Indiaman, but with considerably more firepower. Plans to upgrade other parts of the navy are continued. Privateers, not flying Albionic colours, begin to assault Spanish shipping in hopes of greatly increasing profits in Albion.
 * Calais: Military and navy are expanded.
 * Dublin: Dublin undergoes another remodel and expansion to the ports due to the massive influx of trade from Castile and Venice as well as an increased Eire trade.
 * Scotland: Expands navy and military. Pan Albion sentiments grow, Trade increases. Whiskey is traded down to central Albion.
 * Wales: Wales expands its military and navy. Cardiff becomes a large centre of trade for Wales. The Welsh appoint Adam Cyrdger as Royal Minister. The first sessions of Parliament are held. Wales does not see as large a population boom as Albion or Scotland, but a minor one, centered around Cardiff and Swansea, does occur.
 * Port Edmundburg: Expands by 1000 sq km south and east down the coast. The African colonists begin looking toward mining and other ventures to generate profit.
 * New Cambridgeshire: New Cambridgeshire expands by 1000 sq km south and West. Colonists begin to explore around the region and begin to have a large fishing boom. The Port of New Rotham is expanded to handle excess ships from Albion and other European nations and is renamed by popular vote to New Oxford. The people of New Oxford also begin an attempt to gain knowledge of farming in Borealia from Native Peoples.
 * Oldenburger Diplomacy: Countess Adelheid, realising her subtle hints are not working, demand that Dietrich and Jacqueline have a child, and soon!
 * Albionic Dip: King Richard and Jacqueline send a letter detailing the possibility of Jacqueline being of child, but wanted to save the announcement until later this year.
 * Grand Duchy of Bavaria: Bavaria expands its economy. The population continues to rise. Grand Duke Regent Charles and his council continues to allow the training of new troops. Several markets are constructed in Landshut as well as trade houses for Austrian and Castilian traders. In Austria, several new ships begin being constructed, with twenty-five very large cogs being finished. We begin using an established trade route, with important stops in the trade route include Rome, Athens, Constantinople, Gibraltar, and the coasts of Brittany, due to a longstanding trade deal. Continuing in 1532, Heinrich commissions six cogs to sail around western Mediterranean coasts. The market center in Landshut continues to attract Bavarian and Venetian traders. In religious news, around 76% of the country adheres to the Western Church. Most adherents live around Munchen and Landshut. In other news, Bavaria continues implementing the Alliance and Merchant Act as well as the Militia and Navy Act. The Bavarian Court continues hosting a largely Venetian composition. However, many Bavarian families have intermingled with the Venetians, creating a distinct social class and gentry. In national news, the common courts continue to be implemented around Bavaria as several of the lower class make use of it. The serf laws begin to be used as well. Skeptics who theorized that the serf laws would mark no profound change in society begin to be proven wrong. In 1532, as many as three hundred serfs sue for their freedom. Charles begins to ponder a law that would fully abolish serfdom, seeing how it has more or less deteriorated in Bavaria. The wild unpopularity of these laws begin to wear off as well. Charles further incorporates the Collegiate Writs, allowing many more lower class men to enter college. In legal news, Heinrich continues implementing the Bavarian Commands. In sad news, Countess Elisabeth dies, and her son Albert succeeds her as Count of Saxony and Thuringia. In Augsburg, Heinrich enters his second year as Chancellor.
 * Munchen: By 1532, the total class of Queen Isabell University amounts to about 4500 men. Troops authorized by Heinrich continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. The Collegiate Writs begin to draw more men to college.
 * Straubing: Troops authorized by Heinrich continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * Ingolstadt: Troops authorized by Heinrich continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * Burgau: Troops authorized by Heinrich continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * Nurnburg: Troops authorized by Heinrich continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * Burggrafschaft: Troops authorized by Heinrich continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * Bamberg: Troops authorized by Heinrich continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * Wurzburg: Troops authorized by Heinrich continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. A religious change begins occurring in Wurzburg upon the ascension of Franz-Albert, where many more Western Christians begin inhabiting the bishopric. The clergy begins being alarmed and they fear displacement. An envoy dispatched by Franz-Albert attempts to quell their fears.
 * Thuringia: Troops authorized by Heinrich and Count Albert continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Countess Elisabeth normalizes taxes in an effort to subset any rebellion.
 * Saxony: Troops authorized by Heinrich and Count Albert continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Countess Elisabeth normalizes taxes in an effort to subset any rebellion.
 * Bremen Port: Troops authorized by Heinrich continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * Prussia: The Prussians continue to develop their economy. The Prussians continue to build their new navy. Prussia continues to Germanize their ethnic minorities.
 * Courland: The Curonians also continue developing their economy.
 * Estland: Ossel-Wiek also continues developing their economy
 * |onte: Continues to have a large surplus of grain. Though adopting "western farming", the idea of "the tribe" is still very much so alive, as people always share the crops they have grown, or the animals they have hunted amongst the community. Due to the policy of planting tree groves, desert reclamation has started taking serious effect in some parts of |onte. This year has resulted in twenty elephants being killed. An expansion to the elephant pen is begun. |onte is rich with money made from elephant hunting, as they have nothing to spend the money on. Mon II tours the country teaching children in their playtime how to read. Most of the recent generation can read. However, only a minority can write, but that number is growing. Mon II continues expanding the project that will be his life's work: the Kunene library, progress over the years has been slow, however, as Mon II insists that the library be built of ivory and marble. Mon II assembles his best students and begins translating many Dutch documents, and filling the completed section of the library with the translations. |onte's population rises to over 27,000. There is a population centre that is beginning to appear around the mouth of the Kunene, and is simply referred to as Kunene. Debarubo continues to consolidate recently acquired territories. Mon III continues combining the many narratives heard into one coherent story, called the Sahaka. Mon IX becomes a prominent figure after building a large temple in Kunene dedicated to God, and his wife.
 * Duchy of Hamburg-Mecklenburg: After the successful war against France, the armies of Hamburg return home to jubilant celebrations. Now that he is no longer distracted, Friedrich immediately begins sending aid and his own expeditionary force to support his brother and sister-in-law in the current civil war in Albion. Friedrich also pens a letter, saying whenever the Kingdom isn't busy, Hamburg is willing to sign the friendship treaty when it's drawn up. Back home, the military is built up and the losses sustained during the war. The particularly firearm-backing general uses the war as a case for increased research into the technology. Unlike the previous times, his requests are accepted.
 * Stade: Military and economy expanded.
 * Bruchhausen: Military and economy expanded.
 * Williamsburg: Militia expanded. Territory expanded by 4 px.
 * Neue Lüneburg: Militia expanded.
 * Oldenburger Diplomacy: Diplomats are sent to Hamburg to assist with writing up the Hamburg-Albion-Oldenburg Compact of Eternal Friendship.
 * Russia: The nation of Russia begins trading along routes routing through the nation of Novgorod and its vassals, and the nation of Pskov. Money collected through trade and taxation is saved this year in the Muscovite treasury in case of an emergency. Trade routes are established between the nations of Poland, Hungary, Romania, and the Roman Empire, and we promote friendly relations with all these nations. We become closer to Novgorod through trade, relying on Novgorod for safe land routes into our northern territory. The nations of the Ukraine continue to be vassalized. In case of attack we expand our military, recruiting free levies from our cities to protect local regions of our nation. Pikes and crossbows become common equipment in some units after they begin to be produced locally to outfit local regiments. Bowmen continue to be an essential part of our military to provide support for melee units, with some gunpowder weaponry being used. In major cities Kremlins are upgraded and outfitted with modern equipment and dedicated garrisons to combat any threat or invasion. The largest Kremlin, located in Moscow, is especially upgraded, with new walls being added that are wider and can hold cannons. Italian architects are also invited to our courts to design certain aspects of the city. This turn in our nation and vassals is dedicated to military. We delegate the rule of Novgorod to the tsar’s brother, placing the nation in a state of vassalge.
 * Lithuania: This turn is officially dedicated to military. Trade between Moscow, Prussia, and other nations helps to amass wealth, which is partially used to finance infrastructural projects and military fortifications.
 * Ukraine (Various): This turn is officially dedicated to military. Trade between Moscow, Prussia, and other nations helps to amass wealth, which is partially used to finance infrastructural projects and military fortifications.
 * Russian Vassals (Various): This turn is officially dedicated to military. Trade between Moscow, Prussia, and other nations helps to amass wealth, which is partially used to finance infrastructural projects and military fortifications.
 * France: Military, navy and economy are built up. The colony continues expanding and growing by 1000 among both colonies The colonies continue growing as expected. The navy begins a huge update in order to establish a stronger control over overseas territories such as the colonies and to have further control over Africa. While this, the king seeks the French influence to grow in unexpected territories. The colony of Nouvelle Rouen continues to expand eastward by 1000 px. The French government begins a measure to avoid the sweating disease attacking French domains, mostly by sending the infected back to their lands.We agree on the slave trade within the empire by the Dutch
 * Burgundy: Military, economy and navy are built up.
 * Bourbon: Military and economy are built up.
 * Lorraine: Military and economy are built up.
 * Saluzzo: Military and economy are built up.
 * Sardinia: Military and economy are built up.
 * Andorra: Military and economy are built up.
 * Africa: Military and economy are built up.
 * Aurienne: Military and economy are built up. The nation expands both west and east toward the colonies of the French.
 * Guaxirenne: The country expands southward and military and economy are built up.
 * Anjou: Military and economy are built up.
 * Vendome: Military and economy are built up.
 * Provence: Military navy and economy are built up.
 * Alencon: Military and economy are built up.
 * Narbonne: Military navy and economy are built up.
 * Avignon: Military and economy are built up.
 * Hispania: The Spanish populace reaches about 13.5 million and growing thanks to the addition of the Aragonian populace and other growth. The economy, thanks to the aggressive colonialism, continues to expand immensely and the Spanish economy becomes the most powerful in Europe passing the French economy by leaps and bounds with the massive influx of gold, silver and jewels contributing heavily and its administration preventing heavy inflation of the Spanish economy. The armed forces continue their push to remain the most modern and begins to build a host of new ships to replace older ones which are sold to its vassals, trade companies and other territories of the Empire. The integration of Aragon into Castile and the formation of Spain is seen as relatively popular and the now majority Spanish population shows overwhelming support for their Queen. The Queen of Spain on the direction of an adviser incorporates the title of King of Italy as an integral part of Spain as well ruling over it in a personal union in which the monarch of Spain may rule as the King of Italy in a personal union but the title may not pass to any other than the Spanish monarch. Queen Alexis begins to push toward consolidation of new territories acquired and begins to increase troop amounts in Italy, Genoa and Savoy. Spanish general Alejandro Cortez writes a book on Spanish military history and with this writes a detailed doctrine describing the brilliant general Carlos's tactic of  line infantry. The General manages to get "Carolingian Infantry" a force of men five-to-seven ranks deep rotating to keep a continuous volley of fire on the enemy pushing its adoption by the Spanish Army. Hispania begins a notable development of a new larger kind of ship. an evolution of the carrack designed to be much stabler and faster and outclass any other ships the European world has to offer This ship known as the Galleon multiple new ones are constructed to remain ahead of other nations in regards to naval technology. Phillip has a child named Alejandro now age 6. Carlos of Spain is offered up to any inclined nation for a royal marriage. The Spanish begin to escort major trade convoys with warships to increase likelyhood of surviving. and investigation into the criminal underworld is undertaken to find out who hired these privateers.
 * Kingdom of Italy: The Italian crown passes to Queen Alexis and is tied to the Crown of Spain. The Italian forces are immediately recruited to lightly aid Spanish coalition troops and the armed forces are expected to push 30,000 troops by the close of the decade. The Italian kingdom integrates Florence as an integral part and begins to push toward more movement toward involvement with the Spanish trade empire and Italian trade ships begin visiting Spain en masse. The Italian army is expanded moderately with some naval ships being purchased to replace losses.  However, the Invulnerable Spanish army discourages any from speaking their mind and most deal with the relatively benevolent rule of the Spanish. The population of the Kingdom of Italy reaches about 13.2 million with growth falling short due to many men being killed in the war. The Italian navy reaches nearly 170 ships and growing. The people of Italy begin to see Spain as much more benevolent than before and are more than happy with Spanish rule. However, this also may have to do with the fact that many dean nobles have been replaced with Spaniards or loyal Italians who helped Spanish forces in the invasion.
 * Savoy: Savoy is stabilized. The Savoyan people accept their new overlords as the increased trade has left traders and many other with much more money than they had before. The economy, thanks to trade with Spain, expands moderately but much is spent rebuilding Savoy from the conflict. Savoy agrees to cede portions of territory to France due to the war and many people in Savoy are angered but powerless. The rulers of Savoy - realizing that inclusion into the Spanish empire is much better than being a target of it - manage to pacify the populace and begin to rebuild raising a small force of about 10,000 to handle security. The people of Savoy begin to work toward building up a trade fleet now at 70 ships.
 * Genoa: Now being free of Italy, but now a vassal of Spain, Genoa looks to rebuild its trade empire under the rising Spanish empire. The Genoan people and traders widely consider this to be a turning point with their people and begin to push for the mass acquisition of trade ships to rebuild their trade empire. Genoa begins to expand its military moving up to nearly 8000 troops with 5000 Spanish troops housed in Genoa. The Genoan people more than not show welcoming attitudes toward the Spanish as they have felt relatively oppressed by the Italians. However, some Genoans remain disenfranchized with the Spanish but the reputation of invincibility of the Spanish army makes any attempt at independence a far cry from possibility. These people more than not decide to find ways to live under the Spanish empire in a more prosperous way, by establishing multiple trade companies. These companies begin to be common throughout Spanish lands as the Genoans begin to build up a Trade fleet of a sizable amount now at 80 ships
 * Kingdom of Morocco: The country begins the construction of various canals and cultivates trees farther inland to help increase arable farmland. The Moroccan economy continues to expand with greater trade coming from Spain and the Canaries all the way down to Capo Verde increasing the relative wealth. The Kingdom, with many canals having been completed, has vastly expanded its farmland among other things. Morocco's total population reaches one million with Christianity becoming dominant in the area. Calne-Vicuna is finished and is opened as a center for Christianity in North Africa with a library said to rival old Alexandria's. The Moroccan Assassins Guild forms and spreads keeping the peace and killing the corrupt as well as making Morocco much more peaceful for Spain. The Kingdom of Morocco officially enters into a personal union with Castile following the magistrates and princes deeming it unnecessary for the King to not have full control in the country. The Magistrates, however, are fully re-instated to continue as they were just under direction of the monarch of Spain The Kingdom of Morocco begins construction of a sizeable navy and adds nearly 30 ships, many purchased from private builders from abroad bringing its fleet up from 20 ships to nearly 50.
 * Kongo: The Kingdom begins to work toward a trade and production economy focusing on helping provide resources for Castile's burgeoning West African trade network. The King of the Kongo converting to Christianity and being baptised begins to call for the expansion of ports to the best of the Kongolese architects' abilities. The Kingdom of the Kongo in an attempt to increase economic output and trade begins to export a large amount of raw materials to Castile and begins to push toward heavy exploitation methods if possible. Kongo due to its backwardness in technology and administration puts itself in a protectorate/vassal situation in order to advance itself. The Kongolese population reaches about one million and beginning to grow much more rapidly. The King of the Kongo manages to calm down the people. The Kongo itself begins to see a noticeable improvement in the way of life. Kongo Adds the Former Oyo Gabonese colony to its domain. Kongo Expands 2500 sq km up the Congo River finally reaching supply and population levels to support this.
 * Mapuche: With the defeat by the Spanish a royal governor is appointed by the Castilians. These people are immediately transferred onto available ships and throughout the year are sent up the coast via Spanish ships to a location unknown to the Mapuche. The Mapuche also continue to see major issues from European contact are given orders to isolate themselves if they are sick to prevent further expansion of the disease. The Mapuche people begin to see the first mixed children between Spanish and Mapuche people. The Spanish institute the Ecomienda system. However, the Spanish governor, in order to keep control of the people, orders the Spanish heads of the system to treat the natives fairly in order to prevent mass deaths from overworking and resentment. Spanish farming techniques have definitely prevented starvation as the Mapuche continue to expand toward the coast building a road to connect it all. The Spanish governor, also using the local Mapuche as scouts, is able to expand much more than the Buenos Aires colony and uses this to his advantage to secure more land to be able to turn over to Spanish settlers. The Royal Governor ramps up expansion for some of the new plantation owners setting up expanding the the territory by 2500 sq km. The Mapuche Area begins to see a notable increase in Castilian settlers, mostly farmers who begin to build special areas to employ the Inca farming methods.
 * Morelia: The former Mayan kingdom is renamed Morelia by the royal governor to reflect its new Spanish culture as thousands of settlers have settled in the major cities beginning to displace the remaining Mayans which have decreased almost 75% from their original population of two million leaving barely 500,000 Mayans left. An insightful priest says that destroying the cities will result in long term resentment that could never be repaired and instead they should be made Spanish-Maya hybrid. The new Royal Governor seeing wisdom in this declares that the cities will not be ransacked and a moderate tribute of gold and silver is demanded by the Spanish. The 2000 troops remain in the country and begin to establish areas along the coast suitable for Spanish settlement. The military and economy of the Maya under Spain is developed and roads are upgraded to Spanish standards. The Spanish sponsor some colonists who wish to remove themselves from the remainder of the Indians and establish themselves on an island (OTL Havana) and name the island Cuba. (2500 sq km).
 * Aztecs: With full control of the Aztec now reverting to the Spanish the Spanish begin to implement their Ecomienda system from the Mapuche in the south to the Aztec areas to extract gold and silver. Along with this many of the remaining Aztec people become infected decreasing population further. The economy of the Aztecs becomes entirely reliant on the Spanish Empire and the military remains non-existent with areas being occupied by Zapotec and remaining Spanish forces. However, its garrison is made up of Spanish forces who are settling the territory. Almost 5000 Spaniards come to the Aztec nation. The royal governor is appointed and after conversation with Morelias governor decides eventually he will embark on a large expansion campaign up the Mexican area. The Aztecs expand by 2500 sq km through disorganized territory just north of it with Spanish settlers paving the way.
 * Kingdom of Venezia: With the establishment of the Kingdom of Venezia following the previous war and with the loss of a large portion of the fleet the Venezian people seem to believe that much can be rebuilt through utilization of the dynamically rising Spanish empire for its own benefit. The businessmen and high level economists, bankers and multiple other fully knowledgeable individuals of Venezia remaining after the war go on a trip to Spain's vibrant trade cities and after careful negotiations many of these men take over one of Spain's newest rising trade companies, the Buenos Aires trade company, with some offices based out of the Buenos Aires colony in Hesperia. The Venezians, unable to select a king from their remaining nobles, delegate to the Queen of Spain (Castile and Aragon) who chooses a man named Antonio Lo Grato to rule as Prince of Venice in place of the Queen of Spain. A well acclaimed and respected man, he immediately enacts reforms. The Venezian economy with access to the Spanish economy begins to recover and for the first time in years due to this. The Venezians begins its long road to naval recovery and begins to use its vast knowledge to begin building ships not only for itself but acquires the blueprints to improve on Spanish ships to allow for sale back to the Queen. The Venezian military is also raised to a token force of about 10,000 due to its location but remains lightly armed and unable to project power or fight any unsupported offensives. The Prince of Venezia, Antonio, begins the drift toward Spanish culture.
 * Viceroyalty of New Spain: The Viceroyalty of new Spain is established with a massive amount of coastal territory secured begins to expand its major settlements seriously with Buenos Aires maintaining the most with nearly 27,000 people and growing The colony proper reaches nearly 160,000 in population seeing large amounts of Colonial immigration. The Viceroy implements the first cattle ranches (they are not modern ranches) in order to expand the food supply of the large colony. The Spanish inhabitants of the colonies form their first militia under command of a Spanish officer which is trained only to fight off native attacks. The Colony specifically expands the areas around its main settlements by 10 px especially up the Rio De Toro River (OTL Uruguay River.) and extends its borders south by 10 px intending to reach the Straits of Torez (OTL Straits of Magellan). The viceroyalty seems extremely happy with the colonial status and support its received from Castile as well as the massive re-investment for the betterment of the colony giving a huge boost to the construction of a few forts and a road system. The first ships begin to arrive from Spain African colonies bringing goods and a few slaves. Ranching is taken up by men previously accustomed to this in Spain.
 * Cape Ferdinand: The Cape Ferdinand colony expands by 10 px around existing settlements beginning to push toward making the area a larger more controlled area for Spanish habitation especially up the Orange River. The semi-hostile climate has left Cape Ferdinand with barely 17,000 colonists in comparison to New Spain in Hesperia. The area itself begins to show up as a trade hub. Zulu Africans in the area begin to be contacted with missionaries looking to speak to these people.
 * Philippines: The Vassalization of the Philippines concludes with the Spanish having established majority control over the area through trade and other means. The Spanish then begin to send in a royal governor who makes plans to expand the island nation, and begins work on its economy and military to do so. Gold and silver from Spain is sent to facilitate buying materials to build up the area as the Philippines are garrisoned by mercenaries hired by Spain and nearly 300 of Spain's most well trained troops.
 * County of Oldenburg: The people are excited and proud of the feats of the Albion Expeditionary Force, and all are convinced that Dietrich will be the universally accepted King before long. Trade with Hamburg increases, as the OHG sells more North Sea products to them. Buchtstadt, the little outpost in Neu Norderney (Labrador) is expanded by another hut to accomodate more seasonal whalers, sealers and fishermen. The waters off the coast are especially bountiful, and the OHG gains the Countess' approval to establish a permanent settlement there in about a decade, give or take a year or two.
 * Prince-Bishopric of Osnabruck: The Bishop decides on a plan for the university, and work begins. It is slow at first, especially since some buildings have to be demolished for the new Eden of learning. However, since the Church owns all the buildings, there's not much the actual occupants can do but move to their replacement homes/shops.
 * Safavid Empire: We build up our military and navy. Port cities are being rebuilt. More ships are being made for our navy. Our own version of guns is being made. Farming is becoming one of the most important industries, besides blacksmithy, trading and fishing. Guns are now mass produced in our country. We continue to make more woodblock printing presses for our libraries. Cannons at three feet long are being built for our military. Bigger cannons are also being built for our military. Cannon balls are made out of iron. A trade route from our home country to Oirat is mapped out. People are now trading with each other on this trade route. Foreign exchange banks are becoming popular in our country due to the ETA (Eurasian Trade Agreement). Trade has increased due to the ETA. A new art form is continuing to be drawn. It is a mix of Safavid, Oirat and Mughal art. Our art is continuing to be popular with all of the nation around us. Trade goes well with the Dutch merchants. All slaves that come from the Oyo nation are continuing to be converted to Shi'ite Islam. We continue to trade with the Roman Empire. be awesomeTrade routes to Caliphate of Mecca are continuing to be drawn on maps. Our new colony of Free Port sends back a ship to our home lands with stuff found from this land. We continue to build up our new port city. At the age of 61 Roshan Shirazi dies in his sleep. Zadok Shirazi becomes the new leader of our nation at 45 years of age.
 * Khanate of Khiva: We improve our relations with the Safavid empire. We build up our military and navy. Trade routes are continuing to be mapped into the Safavid empire.
 * Éire: The military is expanded, primarily the navy which is being kept up to UKGA standard.
 * Nuaphail: The colony expands another 20 px toward the north-northwest. The creation of a larger port begins.
 * Banche Esterno: The protectorate expands into the mainland.
 * Nova Roma: The protectorate expands along the coast toward the south.
 * Bengal Sultanate: Cash crops continue to be grown in large amounts. With our merchants traveling to Ava, Kamarumpa and Arakan regularly, Islam continues to grow in their areas. Merchants also travel exclusively to Multan, Sind, Ladakh, and Kangra. Due to Bengal having control over lands of multiple ethnicities and religions, literary works in the form of poems continue to take influence from all three religions of the Sultanate. Urdu, also called Hindi by some, becomes more common in the Sultanate due to the mixing of Hindu and Islamic ideals. We continue to help finance the Plutocratic State of Jaunpur, Delhi Sultanate and Bahamani Sultanate by sending gifts directly to the nobles/sultans, offering loans from powerful trade bankers, and decreasing the trade taxes over all of Bengal, allowing more of our merchant goods to travel into those states. We also raise a portion of the Sultan's personal levy and then divide it to be sent out to the states' leaders, so that they can do with them what they wish in order to maintain order in their nation. The construction of schools and universities several years ago has led to an increase in scholars and literacy in our nation. Due to the removal of trade barriers among a majority of states in the Indian League, their merchants and ours begin to travel with increased mobility and goods, thereby increasing the trade income and output in the agreeing nations. Several Bengali merchants continue to sponsor gem mines in the Mogok area of Ava, due to the high concentration of gems such as rubies, sapphires, garnets and moonstones, and the first of many mines begin to return with more successes. Construction of ships based upon Castilian designs, granted to us by them, continues, in order to further our efforts to explore and trade. New crops continue to enter into several plantations, opium and cannabis. The increasing need for an anesthetic due to many more surgeries in Bengal, simply due to an increasing population, leads opium cultivation to become very lucrative and results in many plantations including it in their crops. Cannabis becomes more popular, not simply due to its cultural history in Muslim societies, but also because of its popular use in several poetic works. The coastlands gained by Bengal continue to receive excessive shipments of Bengali goods, nobles, people, religion, soldiers, and ideals. The Bengali tax cuts, as well as plantations begin to take effect in the newly acquired lands, and woodblock printing is spread to Bengal proper as its use and replication is more fully understood. We continue work on a grand and lavish new Mosque outside the large city of Pandua, named the Grēṭa-jaṅgabāza Grand Mosque.
 * Rajya of Orissa: Kapilendra Deva continues to listen to his advisers and bring about several reforms to his nation that make it more Islamic friendly, one of which is new, and calls for the creation of one mosque for each Hindu temple in the name of tolerance, when in reality, his advisers have prescribed this to bring about larger Islamic influence. Kapilendra Deva passes away and his titles pass to Kalua Deva, who begins an expensive campaign of military modernization.
 * Swargadeo of Kamarupa: Now vassalized by Bengal, the Swargadeo of Ahom continues to receive extensive help in creating viable farmland. They do this by continuing a process of land reclamation in the northern part of the state, which is largely marshy and thinly populated. This process of reclamation begins by using dikes, embankments and irrigation systems. The land reclamation, having been going on for decades, is extremely successful in creating viable farmland for rice, grain and other staple crops, increasing Kamarupa's population and their yearly trade output.
 * Ottoman Sultanate: Now ruling for 12 glorious years, Sultan Suleiman the Magnificent, begins centralizing the nation. Sporting a more passive Islamic state. The great Sultan continues to promote industry as the land sees much economic profit. The great militaristic unit, the Janissary, continues to be the backbone of the force, while more cannon and gunpowder units are implemented. Textiles begin to be produced on a larger scale, as well as glass making and asphalt mining. With the recent succession of Burjid, we begin to instead start vassalizing Jalay (Two of Seven). We accept trading rights with the Mansuriyya Caliphate, although we also wish to make them a propostition. If they agree to change their government to a Sultanate rather than a Caliphate, based solely on religious affairs, we will grant them claims in Middle East, as well as recognize them. We will also make them our number one ally and fight side by side with them.
 * Kara Koyunlu (vassal of the Ottoman Sultanate): A period of centralization is underway as the military is expanded, the vassal slowly begins to merge into the empire.
 * Ramazan (vassal of the Ottoman Sultanate): As the great city of Antioch sees much population growth, and a large throwout of any left over Christian characteristics, the great city of Antioch now numbers at 110,000. The population is still growing but not expected to climb too high. The infrastructure is expanded.
 * Karaman (vassal of the Ottoman Sultanate): A period of centralization is underway as the infrastructure is expanded, the vassal slowly begins to merge into the empire.
 * Ak Koyunlu (vassal of the Ottoman Sultanate): Janissaries are sent to establish bases in order to guard against any resistance from the Kingdom of Armenia. A period of centralization is underway as the military is expanded, the vassal slowly begins to merge into the empire.
 * Damascan Regent (vassal of the Ottoman Sultanate): As the Burjid Sultanate merges into the empire, Sulimen, the acting regent sultan, has a son with his new wife A'shad the son is named Suleiman II, and incorporates a tradition for all future sultan firstborns to be named Suleiman, after his father who has revived the Ottoman Empire into a booming powerhouse. Sulimen takes charge if the Damascan Regent in order to prove himself he can rule. He does exceedingly well with speeding the restoration of Damascus, and promoting much migration to the great city.  Damascus now numbers 82,000 and hopes to surpass Antioch one day.
 * Levant (vassal of the Ottoman Sultanate): As the Burjid Sultanate merges into the empire, the new vassal of the Ottoman Empire begins to grow. With the economy being fore fronted by the Sultanate's treasury, the money is spent on building roads, implementing large taxes on non-Christians, and building up the cities. The infrastructure is largely increased.
 * Netherlands: Control over the Spice Islands trade continues to grow as Batavia grows into an ever expanding city and port in the region, the White population of the city also grows. Karl and his first wife Asha have their second child a girl named Shriya. Karl having spent more then half his life in the orient and the other half under the influence of his old mentor Mirza converts to Sunni Islam much to the shock of the his family and the Courts in The Hague and Brussels. However, due to his loyalty to his family and the large profits he has brought the Netherlands his brother and the ruling upper class turn a blind eye to the notion. Karl during his trip to the Bengali royal court takes an interest in the daughter of the Sultan, attempts to court her are made much to the anger of Asha and to the dismay of his family back home. Ultimately Karl asks the sultan for her hand offering him riches and other gifts in exchange including animals and plants from the New World. More troops are stationed in Batavia following the treaty established with the Sunda government years before, influence over the trade in Timr also grows due to treaties established with the emperor of the state. Trade with China and Japan also continue to grow. Influence over the South Sumatran states continue to grow. The slave trade continues to grow as more African slaves from the cameroon-nigerian region are collected through trade, and coercion. The Slaves are sold to French, Spanish, Albionic colonies, imported to the Dutch settlements in the Guiana region, and also in increasing numbers to Bengal, and Persia. An offer to sell slaves to the Tartary, the Roman Empire and to the Ottoman Empire. The Guiana settlements continue to expand along the coasts 20 pixels in total toward the central settlement of Paramaribo which is increasing becoming the centre of the West India Company with the first sugar plantation being set up by a wealthy Dutch aristocrat from Amsterdam. The plant smoked by local natives starts becoming popular amongst settlers in the colony. The West India Company names Frederick van de Bosch as its first governor of the settlements. The settlements become collectively known as Guiana. The population of the colony as a whole now stands at 900. Tensions with the natives continue to grow as more land is taking for settlement. The Netherlands continue to enjoy a rise in standards of living and cultural development as the arts and science flourish and money trickles down the social ladder due to the Kingdom's large and extensive economic activities. The blacksmithing industry of Wallonia continues to grow and deliver the best quality metal goods in Europe. Wallon blacksmiths develop the Snaphance mechanism (snaphance the natural progression of firearms for the era and the predecessor to the flintlock developed in the 1540s-1570s OTL by the Dutch). Military expansion and reforms continue. The army now standing at 35,000 while small remains well trained and drilled. Naval expanison continues and the Dutch shipwrights near completion of their new ship design resembling OTL frigates specializing in speed and firepower while maintaining the durability necessary to contend with the other naval powers of Europe if necessary. The universities of Brussels and Amsterdam continue to be centres of learning and the arts. The Mirza family along with other prominent members of the literary community found the Society of Poets. Netherlander architecture continues to flourish as well as it develops further.
 * Bengali Diplomacy: The Sultan agrees to give Karl his niece's hand in marriage, and offers to pay for a lavish and expensive wedding for the two.
 * Dutch Dip: Honored by the offer Karl agrees and offers his eternal friendship to the Sultan.
 * Fusahito Theocracy: Private shipping and trade continues begins to boom with increased shipments of spice from the islands to the south and the benefits becoming apparent from the contracting out of Imperial shipyards to merchants. The Japanese Trade Association begin to assert a major economic presence in the East Indies, almost holding a monopoly over spice shipments to the Theocracy. Econ Turn As this association is financed by a number of nobles, many at the Imperial court begin to amass vast wealth, including the Emperor and his son. Shipyards continue to work toward building of new warships and trading ships, with trade benefiting from the opening up of China and new trade links with Korea.  Priests are sent to the Shimazu clan to begin to convert the Daimyo to belief in the divine status of the Emperor.  Year Five of Seven.
 * ​Hosokawa province:  Powers are handed over from the Daimyo to the Imperial government in Kyoto. Meanwhile, many new military ships are built in Saijō, taking advantage of the relatively calm waters of the Inland Sea. Mil. Turn.
 * Zapoteca: Zapotecan troops patrol captured Aztec territory. The Spanish aid is greatly appreciated. The Emperor continues financing Spanish settlers to come to the kingdom and marry into the population. Trade increases and continues with the Spanish. The Emperor expands roadways connecting cities in the alliance to help merchants and soldiers move freer between them. The military, which had been outdated for many years, continues to be upgraded. The economy booms with trade as a result of the roads. Naval technology is rapidly advanced under the Spanish. The Emperor orders more to be manufactured to bring in goods from the sea. Itzapam continues prospering under Zapotecan rule, improving their military.
 * Poland: King Sigismund Szczuka is filled with joy when he hears that the Scandinavians accepted his alliance and trade deal offers. The King, being interested in gaining territory and now being allied with Scandinavia, he starts planning to invade Russia, hoping to retake Lithuania. He raises his personal levies, and starts fortifying the border. The King also sends an offer of alliance and trade to the Tartar Empire, seeing them as a potential ally in the upcoming war. The King also finishes the implementation of his reforms in both the military and judicial system.
 * In the Empire of Madagasikara, Emperor Esteban the Pious begins to fall ill. The presence of many Spanish Christian monks and missionaries provides for many medically-inclined people in the court of Esteban, but it soon becomes apparent that Esteban will die within six months. His son, Ignacio, the heir presumptive, is officially named as Esteban's heir and becomes the Regent. Ignacio's first action as regent is to press Esteban's overlordship over Sofala. Ignacio is seen by most as a reclusive ruler without the same charisma as his father, but being much more organized. Ignacio then begins to use the Christian majority of Kilwa to begin vassalization. He also marries the heiress to al-Swahili, ensuring a potential inheritance of the Swahili Kingdom. Carlos Ralofoaro, Ignacio's cousin, continues developing part of Del Mar Grande, and Los Austronesios, is quickly an extremely popular book. New technology and research conducted by the University of Mahajanga improve output of the spices which have made Madagasikara so rich. Namibia, expands along the coast by the maximum amount. Military turn.
 * Mozambika finally touches Sofala through expansion southward. Integration with Pembara continues. Pembara develops closer to Madagasikaran culture and prepares for integration with Mozambika. Sofala, back under Madagasikaran control, is raised to the status of Personal Union but Ignacio permits the young prince to remain Viceroy of Sofala.
 * In the Tartary, Alexander I dies out of a gangrened limb, and the whole nation mourns as their great leader is lost. However, this does not stop the Tatar impetus, which continues expanding eastward by 5000 sq km. The Tartary, furthermore, finishes its influencing of the Khanate of Bukhara, which becomes a Tatar puppet. The heir of the Tatar crown, Avvakum (Christian name: Julian), visits the new territories, and decides that the puppet in Almaty is to merge eventually with the new Khanate. The economy and military grow, as urbanisation continues. Troops begin to be moved to the border with the Oirats, for some unknown purpose.
 * ​Perm expands its economy. The military also grows. The population expands quickly. Islam, vestigial from converts from the first occupation of Perm by the Jochid Ulus, has by now been mostly sidelined, with Mastoravism being the prominent faith in the region. The King of Perm dies, and, after bitter competence between major families, it is agreed that Perm's King is to be elected by the nobility every seven years.
 * Adyghea grows in its population. Fortresses are established in Caucasus passageways to the south. These continue to grow as large cities. Adyghea begins to become heavily dependant upon the main government of the Tartary.
 * Azov expands its population and military. The construction of Özu-Cale, a massive fortress and port, is finally completed; thousands of carpenters, shipsmen, ironworkers and traders move or are moved to the port city extremely soon. However, the infrastructure of the nation still does not prepare for 100% efficiency in the port.
 * Kazakhstan begins to be integrated with the newly-acquired Emirate of Bukhara. The population of both Persified Tajiks and Turks grows, as does the city of Astana. With the Oirats having always posed a silent threat to the East, Kazakhstan moves troops to the border.
 * A pro-Tatar ruler in Bukhara rises to power. The ruler immediately begins to improve the economy, connecting the cities of Bukhara and Samarkand to the trade routes on the west. The population grows quickly, immediately as the leader rises to power. The economy grows, as Permic merchants for the first time begin to trade between the (actual) Silk Road and the West without a hitch.
 * Lombardy: Work continues on the Certosa di Pavia, the Castle Visconteo, and on the extensive Milan Cathedral. We continue training a proper standing army, utilizing Swiss mercenaries and local recruits. With border disputes now settled between the nations of Austria and Switzerland, we continue opening friendly relations with both nations in hopes of repairing our diplomatic relations and protecting our northern border. We continue constructing cogs and galleys to strengthen our navy and protect our interests on the seas. Our turn is dedicated to military in both our nation and our vassals. Wallis is declared a vassal of our nation, and we continue influencing them.
 * Novgorod: We continue the production of ships, cannons, muskets, advanced crossbows, swords, and composite bows, increasing our military capabilities in case of war. The nation’s training and advancement of military continues. The recent classes of Koch ships are being manufactured in Novgorod. The town of St Patriksburg’s population grows a bit more that last year. As the construction of the town improves, the Kremlin finishes, trade becoming more in demand, the town gains slightly. Because of the trade road built with Tver our economy increases. After seeing a great success with the private schools in the cities of Novgorod, St Patriksburg, Staraya Russa, and Nizhny Novgorod. We start building another private school in Rostov and Yaroslavl. We complete building private schools in Torzhok and a private school in Staraya Ladoga. We dedicate this turn to military.
 * Tver: We complete the construction of the private school in Tver and we start the new one. We expand our economy because of the trade established between Yaroslavl, Rostov, Muscovy and Novgorod. We dedicate this turn to military.
 * Yaroslavl: We complete the construction of the private school in Yaroslavl and we start the new one. We expand our economy because of the trade established between Tver, Rostov, Muscovy and Novgorod. We dedicate this turn to military.
 * Rostov: We completed the construction of the private school in Rostov and start the new one. We expand our economy because of the trade established between Tver, Yaroslavl, Muscovy. We dedicate this turn to military.
 * Karelia: We expand our economy because of the trade established between Tver, Rostov, Muscovy and Novgorod. We dedicate this turn to military. As fur traders and hunters begin to move into Karelia, the land becomes more settled. We are pleased that peaceful terms have been met between us and Scandinavia, and we hope to improve relations in the future.
 * Hesse: We create the landsknecht, a band of mercenaries of around 1000 soldiers. They are mostly pikemen taken from the Hessian army. Grand Duke Phillip I begins sending messages to all his allies that if they need men, they can hire the 1st Landsknecht Battalion, for a price. Their base is in Castle Wolfenstein, on the Bavarian-Hamburger-Hessian border in the Harz mountains.
 * You can't create "The Landsknecht", when that is simply a general term. Not to mention ATL the landsknecht has existed for a good sixty years at least.
 * Roman Empire: The Empire continues to expand its trade and influence across the known reaches of the world. Trade in Asia, Europe, and the Middle East continues to be profitable. The first permenante inhabitant of Atlantis reaches the island and lives within the trading post. This causes some to think that the island has potential to be the Roman's first colony overseas. In the old world, influence in Alexandria continues with trade dominance, knowledge of the legal systems in place, and already a strong Roman prescence in the land. Leverlocks continue to be produced.
 * Albania: Military is improved.
 * Ragusa: Trade continues to expand and the Ragusan navy continues to be expanded for trade over large oceans.
 * Austria: This turn in both our nation and the nations of Bohemia, Moravia, Luxembourg, Brandenburg, Pomerania, Silesia, Lusatia, Salzburg, Augsburg, Swabia, Elsaß-Lothringen, Mainz, Palatinate, and our colonial territories and possessions is dedicated to economy. We train and expand our military using new experience from recent wars, and grow our nation economically. In Morocco our position in Melilla is fortified. All fortifications around the region are rebuilt and manned by stationed guards in case of an attack. To protect Melilla the construction of a fortress outside the city is considered, although postponed for now. The port of Melilla is rebuilt to begin operation as a trade port and military outpost. Construction continues on a shipyard in the Melilla port to facilitate the construction and repair of friendly ships. Melilla is granted a permanent naval garrison in the city’s port, to respond to dangers in the area, and to support the small garrison on land who mans the fortifications. Our position in Morocco is fortified by re-inforcements, bringing Melilla operational against attacks. For now a small fleet is stationed in its harbor, while its garrison continues to hold the north and its supply lines, supporting our Christian brethren. With much of the Muslim population of Melilla left dead after the war against Morocco, the local government attempts to entice settlers by offering large quantities of land to Christian settlers. Many Europeans, particularly of German descent and/or from Central Europe begin settling the area around Melilla. With finances from Augsburg-based banking establishments, the Trieste Company continues to launch expeditions to West Africa. Abrechtburg has grown to a decently sized settlement, supporting a population of farmers, traders, and a small garrison of soldiers. The town also houses a well furbished fort, armed with a small amount of cannons intended to defend the settlement and the harbor from any attack. Built out of necessity, the port at Abrechtburg is refurbished and expanded to support more trade ships, and allied countries are welcomed to trade and stay in the town. The second largest settlement in Westenland, Dominusburg, follows suit, finishing the construction of a port similar to Abrechtburg ‘s. Trade posts continue to be built and exploited, now numbering several dozen along the coast of Westenland and into allied territory. Our reliance on the Wolof becomes less so, but we sign a trade agreement with their nation to continue our positive relationship. Deals are made with the Wolof for slaves and other goods. Conversion of the natives begin around the settlement. Several bimereiches and caravels begin construction in Trieste, Melilla, Corfu, and other ports, to further facilitate and protect overseas trade. Trade is increased with the Grand Duchy of Bavaria and other trade partners, bringing about new avenues of trade and commerce. Expeditions to the New World continue to increase trade with Spanish possessions, establishing a trade route between Westenland and colonies in the Yucatan. Trade posts in the Caribbean are expanded and grow as they become more frequently visited. Expeditions north of Cuba continue.
 * Pskov does stuff to fund economy, makes much money from Polish Interest, and improves its Library and University.
 * Romania: Stephen, now 56, continually guiding the country wisely and with the assistance of his son, pushes to grow the economy more this year. The Danube swells as a highway of commerce, thousands of barges travel up and down its length transporting people, materials, goods, and ideas. The spread of better sanitation systems, first introduced to Constanta by the Romans, causes a slow increase in the average lifespan. As much as 9.5% of the nation has reached basic literacy, and the Moralists promote education of commoners by priests, in order to give everyone the opportunity to read the bible. Education among the elite is becoming almost mandatory. The mining sector continues to expand; Iron, salt and coal mines dot the landscape. Coal is produced for metalworking and heating. These mines provide the resources required by the foundries and traders on the coast. The growing mines require more processing facilities, which spur more development along the coast. More large shipyards open and the lumber industry continues to expand to supply the shipbuilders. Leverlock muskets continue to grow as a major export. The gunsmiths of Romania begin to gain a reputation for good-quality, reliable weapons. This fame pushes the smiths to experiment and create better variations on leverlock muskets. The creation of many skilled jobs allows a small middle class to grow within the nation. Constantius, now 32, helps his father rule the nation. He and his wife Phillippa continues to raise their son Vladimir. A second child, Juliana, is born.
 * The Consulate of Bulgaria: Radu, now 31, ruling as a Consul in the Bulgarian government, strengthens ties with Romania. He establishes a new system for immigration and allows thousands of Romanians move into the country, seeking cheap and productive land. Meanwhile, intermarriage becomes very common. Bulgarians also begin to migrate to trade towns in Romania to seek more economic opportunities. The economy grows similarly to Romania.
 * Tawatinsuyu: As the population continues to pull out of the plague, the growth rate remains extremely low, with the population just climbing above 804,000. Invasion continues. Medical research continues. Peru, Chimu and Sican are developed. Anti-Spain riots settle down, though a strong anti-Europe sentiment remains in the empire. Population of Cuzco stands at 130,000 people, the largest in the nation. Chimu currently has a population of 89,000, making it a distant second to Cuzco. Third largest goes to Machu Picchu, with a population of 56,000. Fourth Largest is Peru, with 37,000 people. The smallest of the Golden Cities, Sican, has a population of 18,000. After Years of Westernization aid from the Spanish, the Inca decide to invade Chiribaya, saying that it is part of Tawatinsuyu from the First Empire. We also hope that this war will show the Spanish and Inca the might of Inca.
 * Scandinavian Empire: Construction of the Winter Palace continues. The economy of Scandinavia expands. The fourth and fifth fleets are updated and repaired. Scandinavia works on improving relations with its fellow Baltic states. The nation begins exploring areas of Borealia, seeking to establish a new colony. Supplies are sent to Vinland, along with a small detachment of ships from the navy. The militia is expected to make their own army.
 * Finland: We expand by 3500 sq km to the north. The military is expanded.
 * Iceland: The military is expanded.
 * Schleswig: The military is expanded.
 * Vinland: The military is expanded. We expand by 250 sq km through native land.

1533
'''A heat wave hits Europe, causing a large drought lasting nearly seven months. Rivers such as the Rhine and Seine dry up, causing many people to die from dysentery and other illnesses caused by lack of safe drinking water.Vintage from Würzburger Stein and other vineyards created during the drought become popular. '''

Is this an OTL event? The Rhine has an average width of 1300 feet near its delta... This just seems a bit crazy. If it is an OTL event, can you show the link so we can read up on it?

It is indeed something that happened in OTL.

'''A Mayan rebellion is launched in the Spanish Yucatan against the Spanish inhabitants. Having been told by the local rulers that the Spanish were gods, the Mayans test this theory by forcefully drowning a Spanish soldier. Upon seeing the Spanish are not in fact immortal, the natives launch a full revolt, raiding several towns and killing Spanish settlers. '''

'''The removal of vassal limiting clause in the algo has been taken out of the algo for ambiguity and a lot of subjectiveness in that. All punishments are now in place for it and can not be circumvented. -Feud'''

'''Feud, you've over expanded and now are under revolt. Just deal with the revolt.'''

'''This has nothing to do with that. The vassal limiting removal thing was that the penalty can be lifted in times of great crisis (such as being dismantled). due to it being entirely subjective. We've agreed to remove it. The two are not similar. I'm not sure where you got this from. These two have no bearing on each other. Also, sign your posts and stop being so secretive about being a critic. Finally, OTL Spain controlled just as much if not more and had revolts which they put down. What I was told by the Mod who made my revolt was that this is like the Taino Rebellion. -Feud'''
 * Portugal: Continues a notable buildup in military strength and allows for a vigorous training program on the existing military forces attempting to train them up heavily. Meanwhile, the administration continues to be reformed, and agriculture and commerce are encouraged. Meanwhile, Portugal continues to develop its navy. Meanwhile, the colony in Lenhame continues exporting wheat to Portugal. Meanwhile, trade intensifies in the African coast. The Açores continue to be settled. Meanwhile, the naus continue to be used. Naval explorations directed to the west continue. Meanwhile, Santa Cruz expands north by 2000 sq km. Meanwhile, sugarcane continues to be planted in Santa Cruz. Meanwhile, pau-brasil (brazilwood) starts to be extracted in the colony. Meanwhile, the colony of São Sebastião expands 2000 sq km.
 * China: Continues to chip away at the underlying isolation and "sloth" that Emperor Houcong feels has afflicted his great nation. China continues to aid the affected in the tsunami, and clean up continues along with the sending of food to the affected. Plans to rebuild the seawall continue to be made. The new trade policies continue to enrich the nation, and continues to convert followers to the cause of anti-isolationism, as the amount of gold flowing into China continues to be used by the government to pay for renovations of the cities of China, raising new walls, overhauling ports and ships, as well as a new road system started to cover every major town in China - expected to be completed by 1555. Meanwhile, China and its vassals Mongol Khanate, Khmer Empire, Lan Xang, and Pegu build up the military. This quickly leads up to the Emperor's first aquisitive mood. Calling the existence of the Liao a disgrace to China, he quickly mobilizes the Royal Army, and sends his son Yunwen at the head of an army of 350,000 troops, while Chinese diplomats arrange for the Tartary to perform raids on the Liao's Western border, weakening them.
 * Korea: Korea continues to build up its military. Meanwhile, more Taoist, Neo-Confucian and Buddhist temples are built. Korea continues to send aid to China.
 * Ghana: The country of Ghana, has declared the offer of Naijiria to be agreed among. Declaring that they would cancel the alliance with France and agree among Naijiria offer. The people are confused in the change in alliance with the tensions of rebels starting to form. But they have been quiet down with the military stopping the protests.
 * Naijiria D: We shall send experts on engineering, economics, politics, and smithing to Ghana to assist in the modernization of the country. Any military assistance that Ghana shall need shall be provided by Naijiria in occordance with the charter of the Honorable Union of Naijiria. We thank you for your prudent decision.
 * Hispania: The Spanish populace reaches about 13.5 million and growing thanks to the addition of the Aragonian populace and other growth. The economy, thanks to the aggressive colonialism, continues to expand immensely and the Spanish economy becomes the most powerful in Europe passing the French economy by leaps and bounds with the massive influx of gold, silver and jewels contributing heavily and its administration preventing heavy inflation of the Spanish economy. The armed forces continue their push to remain the most modern and begins to build a host of new ships to replace older ones which are sold to its vassals, trade companies and other territories of the Empire. The integration of Aragon into Castile and the formation of Spain is seen as relatively popular and the now majority Spanish population shows overwhelming support for their Queen. The Queen of Spain on the direction of an adviser incorporates the title of King of Italy as an integral part of Spain as well ruling over it in a personal union in which the monarch of Spain may rule as the King of Italy in a personal union but the title may not pass to any other than the Spanish monarch. Queen Alexis begins to push toward consolidation of new territories acquired and begins to increase troop amounts in Italy, Genoa and Savoy. Spanish general Alejandro Cortez writes a book on Spanish military history and with this writes a detailed doctrine describing the brilliant general Carlos's tactic of  line infantry. The general manages to get "Carolingian Infantry" a force of men five-to-seven ranks deep rotating to keep a continuous volley of fire on the enemy pushing its adoption by the Spanish Army. Hispania begins a notable development of a new larger kind of ship. an evolution of the carrack designed to be much stabler and faster and outclass any other ships the European world has to offer This ship known as the Galleon multiple new ones are constructed to remain ahead of other nations in regards to naval technology. Phillip has a child named Alejandro now age 6. Carlos of Spain is offered up to any inclined nation for a royal marriage. The Spanish continue to escort major trade convoys with warships to increase likelyhood of surviving. and investigation into the criminal underworld is undertaken to find out who hired these privateers. The Spanish sent 1000 troops to quell the revolt in the Mayan territory planning to use troops that settled previously in the Aztec, Zapotec, and Maya territories.
 * Kingdom of Italy: The Italian crown passes to Queen Alexis and is tied to the Crown of Spain. The Italian forces are immediately recruited to lightly aid Spanish coalition troops and the armed forces are expected to push 30,000 troops by the close of the decade. The Italian kingdom integrates Florence as an integral part and begins to push toward more movement toward involvement with the Spanish trade empire and Italian trade ships begin visiting Spain en masse. The Italian army is expanded moderately with some naval ships being purchased to replace losses.  However, the Invulnerable Spanish army discourages any from speaking their mind and most deal with the relatively benevolent rule of the Spanish. The population of the Kingdom of Italy reaches about 13.2 million with growth falling short due to many men being killed in the war. The Italian navy reaches nearly 170 ships and growing. The people of Italy begin to see Spain as much more benevolent than before and are more than happy with Spanish rule. However, this also may have to do with the fact that many dean nobles have been replaced with Spaniards or loyal Italians who helped Spanish forces in the invasion.
 * Savoy: Savoy is stabilized. The Savoyan people accept their new overlords as the increased trade has left traders and many other with much more money than they had before. The economy, thanks to trade with Spain, expands moderately but much is spent rebuilding Savoy from the conflict. Savoy agrees to cede portions of territory to France due to the war and many people in Savoy are angered but powerless. The rulers of Savoy - realizing that inclusion into the Spanish empire is much better than being a target of it - manage to pacify the populace and begin to rebuild raising a small force of about 10,000 to handle security. The people of Savoy begin to work toward building up a trade fleet now at 70 ships.
 * Genoa: Now being free of Italy, but now a vassal of Spain, Genoa looks to rebuild its trade empire under the rising Spanish empire. The Genoan people and traders widely consider this to be a turning point with their people and begin to push for the mass acquisition of trade ships to rebuild their trade empire. Genoa begins to expand its military moving up to nearly 8000 troops with 5000 Spanish troops housed in Genoa. The Genoan people more than not show welcoming attitudes toward the Spanish as they have felt relatively oppressed by the Italians. However, some Genoans remain disenfranchized with the Spanish but the reputation of invincibility of the Spanish army makes any attempt at independence a far cry from possibility. These people more than not decide to find ways to live under the Spanish empire in a more prosperous way, by establishing multiple trade companies. These companies begin to be common throughout Spanish lands as the Genoans begin to build up a Trade fleet of a sizable amount now at 80 ships
 * Kingdom of Morocco: The country begins the construction of various canals and cultivates trees farther inland to help increase arable farmland. The Moroccan economy continues to expand with greater trade coming from Spain and the Canaries all the way down to Capo Verde increasing the relative wealth. The Kingdom, with many canals having been completed, has vastly expanded its farmland among other things. Morocco's total population reaches one million with Christianity becoming dominant in the area. Calne-Vicuna is finished and is opened as a center for Christianity in North Africa with a library said to rival old Alexandria's. The Moroccan Assassins Guild forms and spreads keeping the peace and killing the corrupt as well as making Morocco much more peaceful for Spain. The Kingdom of Morocco officially enters into a personal union with Castile following the magistrates and princes deeming it unnecessary for the King to not have full control in the country. The Magistrates, however, are fully re-instated to continue as they were just under direction of the monarch of Spain The Kingdom of Morocco begins construction of a sizeable navy and adds nearly 30 ships, many purchased from private builders from abroad bringing its fleet up from 20 ships to nearly 50.
 * Kongo: The Kingdom begins to work toward a trade and production economy focusing on helping provide resources for Castile's burgeoning West African trade network. The King of the Kongo converting to Christianity and being baptised begins to call for the expansion of ports to the best of the Kongolese architects' abilities. The Kingdom of the Kongo in an attempt to increase economic output and trade begins to export a large amount of raw materials to Castile and begins to push toward heavy exploitation methods if possible. Kongo due to its backwardness in technology and administration puts itself in a protectorate/vassal situation in order to advance itself. The Kongolese population reaches about one million and beginning to grow much more rapidly. The King of the Kongo manages to calm down the people. The Kongo itself begins to see a noticeable improvement in the way of life. Kongo Adds the Former Oyo Gabonese colony to its domain. Kongo Expands 2500 sq km up the Congo River finally reaching supply and population levels to support this.
 * Mapuche: With the defeat by the Spanish a royal governor is appointed by the Castilians. These people are immediately transferred onto available ships and throughout the year are sent up the coast via Spanish ships to a location unknown to the Mapuche. The Mapuche also continue to see major issues from European contact are given orders to isolate themselves if they are sick to prevent further expansion of the disease. The Mapuche people begin to see the first mixed children between Spanish and Mapuche people. The Spanish institute the Ecomienda system. However, the Spanish governor, in order to keep control of the people, orders the Spanish heads of the system to treat the natives fairly in order to prevent mass deaths from overworking and resentment. Spanish farming techniques have definitely prevented starvation as the Mapuche continue to expand toward the coast building a road to connect it all. The Spanish governor, also using the local Mapuche as scouts, is able to expand much more than the Buenos Aires colony and uses this to his advantage to secure more land to be able to turn over to Spanish settlers. The Royal Governor ramps up expansion for some of the new plantation owners setting up expanding the the territory by 2500 sq km. The Mapuche Area begins to see a notable increase in Castilian settlers, mostly farmers who begin to build special areas to employ the Inca farming methods.
 * Morelia: The former Mayan kingdom is renamed Morelia by the royal governor to reflect its new Spanish culture as thousands of settlers have settled in the major cities beginning to displace the remaining Mayans which have decreased almost 75% from their original population of two million leaving barely 500,000 Mayans left. An insightful priest says that destroying the cities will result in long term resentment that could never be repaired and instead they should be made Spanish-Maya hybrid. The new Royal Governor seeing wisdom in this declares that the cities will not be ransacked and a moderate tribute of gold and silver is demanded by the Spanish. The 2000 troops remain in the country and begin to establish areas along the coast suitable for Spanish settlement. The military and economy of the Maya under Spain is developed and roads are upgraded to Spanish standards. The Spanish sponsor some colonists who wish to remove themselves from the remainder of the Indians and establish themselves on an island (OTL Havana) and name the island Cuba. (2500 sq km). The Spanish troops are brought from all over the region equaling nearly 5000, with 1000 being regulars, 3000 being troops formerly used in the conflict, and another 1000 opportunist settlers looking to make more money are used against the Mayan revolters with great effect. The new massed firing tactic of Carolingian infantry is used with great effect against the revolters and cavalry is used to run down many more. However, some escape into the highlands of the area and defeat some of the less well trained troops forcing the Spanish to extend combat operations into the next year to clear out the highlands and other opportune hiding areas.
 * Aztecs: With full control of the Aztec now reverting to the Spanish the Spanish begin to implement their Ecomienda system from the Mapuche in the south to the Aztec areas to extract gold and silver. Along with this many of the remaining Aztec people become infected decreasing population further. The economy of the Aztecs becomes entirely reliant on the Spanish Empire and the military remains non-existent with areas being occupied by Zapotec and remaining Spanish forces. However, its garrison is made up of Spanish forces who are settling the territory. Almost 5000 Spaniards come to the Aztec nation. The royal governor is appointed and after conversation with Morelias governor decides eventually he will embark on a large expansion campaign up the Mexican area. The Aztecs expand by 2500 sq km through disorganized territory just north of it with Spanish settlers paving the way.
 * Kingdom of Venezia: With the establishment of the Kingdom of Venezia following the previous war and with the loss of a large portion of the fleet the Venezian people seem to believe that much can be rebuilt through utilization of the dynamically rising Spanish empire for its own benefit. The businessmen and high level economists, bankers and multiple other fully knowledgeable individuals of Venezia remaining after the war go on a trip to Spain's vibrant trade cities and after careful negotiations many of these men take over one of Spain's newest rising trade companies, the Buenos Aires trade company, with some offices based out of the Buenos Aires colony in Hesperia. The Venezians, unable to select a king from their remaining nobles, delegate to the Queen of Spain (Castile and Aragon) who chooses a man named Antonio Lo Grato to rule as Prince of Venice in place of the Queen of Spain. A well acclaimed and respected man, he immediately enacts reforms. The Venezian economy with access to the Spanish economy begins to recover and for the first time in years due to this. The Venezians begins its long road to naval recovery and begins to use its vast knowledge to begin building ships not only for itself but acquires the blueprints to improve on Spanish ships to allow for sale back to the Queen. The Venezian military is also raised to a token force of about 10,000 due to its location but remains lightly armed and unable to project power or fight any unsupported offensives. The Prince of Venezia, Antonio, begins the drift toward Spanish culture.
 * Viceroyalty of New Spain: The Viceroyalty of new Spain is established with a massive amount of coastal territory secured begins to expand its major settlements seriously with Buenos Aires maintaining the most with nearly 27,000 people and growing The colony proper reaches nearly 160,000 in population seeing large amounts of Colonial immigration. The Viceroy implements the first cattle ranches (they are not modern ranches) in order to expand the food supply of the large colony. The Spanish inhabitants of the colonies form their first militia under command of a Spanish officer which is trained only to fight off native attacks. The Colony specifically expands the areas around its main settlements by 10 px especially up the Rio De Toro River (OTL Uruguay River.) and extends its borders south by 10 px intending to reach the Straits of Torez (OTL Straits of Magellan). The viceroyalty seems extremely happy with the colonial status and support its received from Castile as well as the massive re-investment for the betterment of the colony giving a huge boost to the construction of a few forts and a road system. The first ships begin to arrive from Spain African colonies bringing goods and a few slaves. Ranching is taken up by men previously accustomed to this in Spain.
 * Cape Ferdinand: The Cape Ferdinand colony expands by 10 px around existing settlements beginning to push toward making the area a larger more controlled area for Spanish habitation especially up the Orange River. The semi-hostile climate has left Cape Ferdinand with barely 17,000 colonists in comparison to New Spain in Hesperia. The area itself begins to show up as a trade hub. Zulu Africans in the area begin to be contacted with missionaries looking to speak to these people.
 * Philippines: The Vassalization of the Philippines concludes with the Spanish having established majority control over the area through trade and other means. The Spanish then begin to send in a royal governor who makes plans to expand the island nation, and begins work on its economy and military to do so. Gold and silver from Spain is sent to facilitate buying materials to build up the area as the Philippines are garrisoned by Mercenaries hired by Spain and nearly 300 of Spain's most well trained troops.
 * Polish Diplomacy: King Sigismund Szczuka offers his daughter, Princess Anya of Poland's, hand in marriage to Carlos.
 * Spanish Dip: We agree to this.
 * Romania: Stephen, now 57, continually guiding the country wisely and with the assistance of his son, pushes to grow the economy more this year. The Danube swells as a highway of commerce, thousands of barges travel up and down its length transporting people, materials, goods, and ideas. The spread of better sanitation systems, first introduced to Constanta by the Romans, causes a slow increase in the average lifespan. As much as 9.5% of the nation has reached basic literacy, and the Moralists promote education of commoners by priests, in order to give everyone the opportunity to read the bible. Education among the elite is becoming almost mandatory. The mining sector continues to expand; Iron, salt and coal mines dot the landscape. Coal is produced for metalworking and heating. These mines provide the resources required by the foundries and traders on the coast. The growing mines require more processing facilities, which spur more development along the coast. More large shipyards open and the lumber industry continues to expand to supply the shipbuilders. Leverlock muskets continue to grow as a major export. The gunsmiths of Romania begin to gain a reputation for good-quality, reliable weapons. This fame pushes the smiths to experiment and create better variations on leverlock muskets. The creation of many skilled jobs allows a small middle class to grow within the nation. Constantius, now 33, helps his father rule the nation. He and his wife Phillippa continues to raise their son Vladimir. A second child, Juliana, is born. The drought causes some issues and the Olt runs nearly dry. However, the Danube still flows freely. Several thousand die from bad water, but the majority of the population is not severely affected. Unfortunately crops across Romania are poor and food exports are non-existent.
 * The Consulate of Bulgaria: Radu, now 32, ruling as a Consul in the Bulgarian government, strengthens ties with Romania. He establishes a new system for immigration and allows thousands of Romanians move into the country, seeking cheap and productive land. Meanwhile, intermarriage becomes very common. Bulgarians also begin to migrate to trade towns in Romania to seek more economic opportunities. The economy grows similarly to Romania. The drought affects Bulgaria less than Romania. However, agricultural production is low.
 * Vorlayacor: The economy of the western part of the nation, due to international trade and the increasing demand for lumber in the urbanized east, grows exponentially this year; as a result, our western borders expand by 20 pixels.  Plans are on track for a second attempt at the trans-Atlantic voyage next year.
 * Safavid Empire: We build up our military and navy. Port cities are being rebuilt. More ships are being made for our navy. Our own version of guns is being made. Farming is becoming one of the most important industries, besides blacksmithy, trading and fishing. Guns are now mass produced in our country. We continue to make more woodblock printing presses for our libraries. Cannons at three feet long are being built for our military. Bigger cannons are also being built for our military. Cannon balls are made out of iron. A trade route from our home country to Oirat is mapped out. People are now trading with each other on this trade route. Foreign exchange banks are becoming popular in our country due to the ETA (Eurasian Trade Agreement). Trade has increased due to the ETA. A new art form is continuing to be drawn. It is a mix of Safavid, Oirat and Mughal art. Our art is continuing to be popular with all of the nation around us. Trade goes well with the Dutch merchants. All slaves that come from the Oyo nation are continuing to be converted to Shi'ite Islam. We continue to trade with the Roman Empire. The awesome trade routes to Caliphate of Mecca are continuing to be drawn on maps. Our new colony of Free Port sends back a ship to our home lands with stuff found from this land. We continue to build up our new port city. We ask the leader of the Mughals if he can spare a daughter for Rahman can marry. (Can a mod please respond to this?)
 * Mod Response: They decline.
 * Ottoman Sultanate dip: We withdraw our recent membership in the ETA based on the current display of decisions being made by your nation.
 * Khanate of Khiva: We improve our relations with the Safavid empire. We build up our military and navy. Trade routes are continuing to be mapped into the Safavid empire.
 * Caliphate of Mecca: We are continuing to build trenches and walls. By now, our three-metre and ten-metre high walls are almost finished. It is estimated that they will be done by 1837. We continue to trade with the Safavid Empire. The tension has gone down between Yemen and us. However, we are continuing to add more defenses and build up our army. There are about one million soldiers at the border and we are planning to attack Yemen in a few years time. We build the fourth trench after the third one at the border. We ask if we could trade with Egypt and other countries ...
 * The bulk of this turn is implausible. One million soldiers? That's not even your population. And if the walls are almost finished how are they going to be finished in 300 years? That's not close to being finished. Also, if the tensions are dying down with Yemen, why would you be planning to attack them? You're very small and Yemen is much larger. What's the point of building trenches? This isn't WWI. Also, there is no way you could be able to fund these massive walls you are constructing, either. SwankyJ (talk) 04:37, June 14, 2014 (UTC)
 * I can confirm one thing, you don't have a million man army. You would be lucky if you had a million people at all right now. "This is not your grave  but you are welcome in it. " 04:46, June 14, 2014 (UTC)
 * Prussia: The Prussians continue to develop their economy. The Prussians continue to build their new navy. Prussia continues to Germanize their ethnic minorities.
 * Courland: The Curonians also continue developing their economy.
 * Estland: Estland also continues developing their economy.
 * Scandinavian Empire: Construction of the Winter Palace continues. The military of Scandinavia expands, the nation improving its army and navy. The fourth and fifth fleets are updated and repaired. Scandinavia works on improving relations with its fellow Baltic states. The nation begins exploring areas of Borealia, seeking to establish a new colony. Supplies are sent to Vinland, along with a small detachment of ships from the navy. The militia is expected to make their own army.
 * Finland: We expand by 3500 sq km to the north. The military is expanded.
 * Iceland: The military is expanded.
 * Schleswig: The military is expanded.
 * Vinland: The military is expanded. We expand by 250 sq km through native land.
 * France: Military, navy and economy are built up. The colony continues expanding and growing by 1000 among both colonies The colonies continue growing as expected. The navy begins a huge update in order to establish a stronger control over overseas territories such as the colonies and to have further control over Africa. While this, the king seeks the French influence to grow in unexpected territories. The colony of Nouvelle Rouen continues to expand eastward by 1000 px. The French government begins a measure to avoid the sweating disease attacking French domains, mostly by sending the infected back to their lands.We agree on the slave trade within the empire by the Dutch
 * Burgundy: Military, economy and navy are built up.
 * Bourbon: Military and economy are built up.
 * Lorraine: Military and economy are built up.
 * Saluzzo: Military and economy are built up.
 * Sardinia: Military and economy are built up.
 * Andorra: Military and economy are built up.
 * Africa: Military and economy are built up.
 * Aurienne: Military and economy are built up. The nation expands both west and east toward the colonies of the French.
 * Guaxirenne: The country expands southward and military and economy are built up.
 * Anjou: Military and economy are built up.
 * Vendome: Military and economy are built up.
 * Provence: Military navy and economy are built up.
 * Alencon: Military and economy are built up.
 * Narbonne: Military navy and economy are built up.
 * Avignon: Military and economy are built up.
 * Roman Empire: The Roman Empire continues to expand its trade far and wide in the known reaches of the world. Trade ships bearing the Roman flag reach as far as the Far Indies and China while also making dock at Zapotec and Mapuche ports. Influence continues on Alexandria, and submission to Rome and Roman interests has been achieved thanks to Roman knowledge of the Alexandrian legal system, co-ordinated influence of Alexandrian nobles, and already close relations between Imperial Rome and Alexandria. The 10,000 troops used to pacify Cyprus are removed now that the Cypriot militias are loyal to Rome and the remaining government has little urge for independence or rebellion. The 10,000 are expected to be moved to Alexandria in the near future to solidify the new vassalage. Leverlocks continue to be produced, despite the apparent invention of a superior invention up in Holland. In order to test the idea of an Archonate, the Exarchate of Montenegro is turned into the Archonate (or Kingdom) of Montenegro under the Balšić family. The Kings of Montenegro will have broad influence in their realm, but must obey the Roman Emperor as he sees fit. The system seems to do well, as Emperor Theodore III has little to ask of the Balšićs right now outside of taxes trade goods, and as such there are few problems. Atlantis continues to prosper as a trade post between the New World and the Old.
 * ​Albania: The military is expanded. With the success of the Archonate of Montenegro, the likiehood of Albania doing likewise increases, although it still needs to be unified first.
 * Ragusa: Trade continues to expand far and wide as the Ragusan trade fleet travels with the Roman trade ships. More ships are built to expand such trade.
 * Ottoman Sultanate: As the great and aging sultan, Suleiman the Magnificent, continues to further centralize the empire, he also continues the vassalization of Jalay (Three of Seven). As the passive state of Islam has seemed somewhat worthy, his son, now leading the armies, Sulimen, wishes to make the nation more aggressive. After years of debating and a new outlook on the growing world, aggression may be the answer to swift conquest. We attack OTL Iraq (the dark grey region aboveMansuriyya Caliphate). The new region becomes a vassal, and begins to be slowly annexed into the empire. The great Sultan continues to promote industry as the land sees much economic profit. The great militaristic unit, the Janissary, continues to be the backbone of the force, while more cannon and gunpowder units are implemented. We begin vassalizing Medina (One of Nine) Textiles begin to be produced on a larger scale, as well as glass making and asphalt mining. With the recent succession of Burjid, we begin to instead start vassalizing Jalay (Three of Seven). We accept trading rights with the Mansuriyya Caliphate, although we also wish to make them a propostition. If they agree to change their government to a Sultanate rather than a Caliphate, based solely on religious affairs, we will grant them claims in Middle East, as well as recognize them. We will also make them our number one ally and fight side by side with them. With the great growth of the Sultanate, Suleiman the Magnificent sets his sight on a new prize, one much more different from his own, a Christian nation which has for a long time pervaded his nation's advances, and stole their land. Although the Sultan must wait a few years before is allowed to attack this rivaled nation.
 * Kara Koyunlu (vassal of the Ottoman Sultanate): A period of centralization is underway as the military is expanded, the vassal slowly begins to merge into the empire.
 * Ramazan (vassal of the Ottoman Sultanate): As the great city of Antioch sees much population growth, and a large "throw out" of any left over Christian characteristics, the great city of Antioch now numbers at 120,000. The population is still growing but not expected to climb too high. The infrastructure is expanded.
 * Karaman (vassal of the Ottoman Sultanate): A period of centralization is underway as the infrastructure is expanded, the vassal slowly begins to merge into the empire.
 * Ak Koyunlu (vassal of the Ottoman Sultanate): Janissaries are sent to establish bases in order to guard against any resistance from the Kingdom of Armenia. A period of centralization is underway as the military is expanded, the vassal slowly begins to merge into the empire.
 * Damascan Regent (vassal of the Ottoman Sultanate): As the Burjid Sultanate merges into the empire, Sulimen, the acting regent sultan, has a son with his new wife A'shad the son is named Suleiman II, and incorporates a tradition for all future sultan firstborns to be named Suleiman, after his father who has revived the Ottoman Empire into a booming powerhouse. Sulimen takes charge if the Damascan Regent in order to prove himself he can rule. He does exceedingly well with speeding the restoration of Damascus, and promoting much migration to the great city.  Damascus now numbers 98,000 and hopes to surpass Antioch one day.
 * Levant (vassal of the Ottoman Sultanate): As the Burjid Sultanate merges into the empire, the new vassal of the Ottoman Empire begins to grow. With the economy being fore fronted by the Sultanate's treasury, the money is spent on building roads, implementing large taxes on non-Christians, and building up the cities. The infrastructure is largely increased.
 * Iraq (vassal of the Ottoman Sultanate): With the disorganized state being invaded successfully by the Ottomans, the Sultanic ways are quickly incorporated into the quickly established government. Much Turkic culture is implemented into the region although Arabic culture still wavers proudly, and the two seem to sink in together like puzzle pieces. Infrastructure is expanded as the region is being rebuilt and repaired to become an organized vassal. Centralization begins, as the region is to join the great Damascan Regent a handful of years later.
 * County of Oldenburg: The army is given its usual updates, and many regiments are now equipped with the new, "uniform" clothing. Oldenburger troops in Albion continue to do well. Trade with Albion and Hamburg continues to increase.
 * Prince-Bishopric of Osnabruck: Work continues on the new university. The Bishop establishes a Board of the university and appoints a chancellor. Their jobs whilst the construction continues is to find professors of the highest quality for the new institution.
 * Netherlands: The Snaphaunce proves a much safer and accurate weapon then the previous muskets made, and The military leaders of the Netherlands in a live demonstration agree that larger numbers of these weapons could prove very effective when combined with the new doctrines being developed by their Spanish allies and with some tactics being developed by military leaders in the Lowlands. Large numbers of the weapon are commissioned though it'll take at least five years to start producing the weapon en masse. Building on the rising Spanish doctrines Netherlander military leaders begin developing a similar tactic of line infantry building onto the previous tactics of revolving lines. With Sunda now a protectorate of the Netherlands and subject to the East India Company, Batavia requests that the sunda government raise two regiments to be trained and led by Company officials and they request that the Sultanate put greater emphasis on spice production. Karl, a promoter of culture and learning, decides to found the first western university in Asia, commissioning in Batavia the construction of a university to rival that of Brussels. He also offers to teach the ruling elites of Asia in the ways of Western culture, and in turn have them teach westerners about the Orient's culture and society. He invites members of China, Bengal and Japan's ruling elite positions in the university should they be interested. Karl and his second wife have their first child - a girl named Neya, while his first wife, Asha, gives him a third child. Tensions rise in their household as Karl is forced to build a second living quarters for his second wife as neither of his wives tolerates the other, and her European upbringing shows in her attitude toward Muslim traditions. Influence over the Sumatran states, and over the people of Sulawesi continue to grow. Trade continues to grow. The continued encroachment on their slave trade by the Oyo Empire angers many in Amsterdam and the Hague, and pressure for the government to do something about it increases. Naval and military expansion continue. William and Charllote have their eighth child - a boy named William after his father. Cultural and scientific development continue. The Guiana colony continues to grow as the three settlements expand and more settlements are established along the coastline toward Paramaribo. More sugar plantations are set up. The total expansion is 20 pixels. Relations with the natives continue to deteriorate.
 * Bengali Diplomacy: The Sultan of Bengal is most certainly interested in this proposal and would love to participate as soon as possible.
 * The Kingdoms of Great Albion (Scotland and England) - member nation of the UKGA: Many ships are modernized and replaced to keep the Royal Albion Navy a powerful force on the high seas. Port Edmundburg continues to experience a growth in population. Albionic settlers continue to explore the surrounding areas. The pocket watch is invented by Peter Royce. James Graff invents the use of etching. The Crowns of Oldenburg and Albion officially enter Personal Union. Nobles are outraged at the appointment of a foreign German King, even though the real poltics is still done by the Queen. Several begin to openly conspire against the new regime. Tension rise as the treat of civil disobedience looms. Troubled, the Queen begins to build up loyal forces in the event of a clash. In the meantime, the Royal Government of Albion, hearing of the unrest in Europe, vows to not get involved. Queen Jacqueline considers the Hamburgian proposal and accepts the return to sovereignty. Phillip the Pretender is cornered in North Wales, with supplies low and support dwendling the future of the rebellion looks slim. A former supporter of Phillip discovers a document in Scotland proving the Phillip is NOT and heir to the throne, outraged, he and a large group of supports meet with King Richard in London and discuss the official end of the war, in return for the Pretender's head. The Albionic Navy commissions the construction of two Celt Galleons (a modified version of the OTL Indiaman, but with considerably more firepower. Plans to upgrade other parts of the navy are continued. Privateers, not flying Albionic colours, begin to assault Spanish shipping in hopes of greatly increasing profits in Albion. In other news, The King and Queen announce that the Queen is with child and might have twins. Celebrations of the news go out throughout the land. Port Katrina is asked to be purchased. (mod response)
 * Calais: Military and navy are expanded.
 * Dublin: Dublin undergoes another remodel and expansion to the ports due to the massive influx of trade from Castile and Venice as well as an increased Eire trade.
 * Scotland: Expands navy and military. Pan Albion sentiments grow, Trade increases. Whiskey is traded down to central Albion.
 * Wales: Wales expands its military and navy. Cardiff becomes a large centre of trade for Wales. The Welsh appoint Adam Cyrdger as Royal Minister. The first sessions of Parliament are held. Wales does not see as large a population boom as Albion or Scotland, but a minor one, centered around Cardiff and Swansea, does occur.
 * Port Edmundburg: Expands by 1000 sq km south and east down the coast. The African colonists begin looking toward mining and other ventures to generate profit.
 * New Cambridgeshire: New Cambridgeshire expands by 1000 sq km south and West. Colonists begin to explore around the region and begin to have a large fishing boom. The Port of New Rotham is expanded to handle excess ships from Albion and other European nations and is renamed by popular vote to New Oxford. The people of New Oxford also begin an attempt to gain knowledge of farming in Borealia from Native Peoples.
 * Éire: The economy expands while it becomes clearly obvious that crown prince Tomas is mentally retarded. Princess Moira is because of this seen as the possible heiress of the Éiric crown, however, knowing that it shouldn't fall to someone who will not respect the culture, Brann is seen as a possible husband for the young princess.
 * Nuaphail: Colonial expansion by 20 px.
 * Banche Esterno (Sat's): Expansion northward alongside the coast.
 * Nova Roma: Expansion into the mainland.
 * |onte: Continues to have a large surplus of grain. Though adopting "western farming", the idea of "the tribe" is still very much so alive, as people always share the crops they have grown, or the animals they have hunted amongst the community. Due to the policy of planting tree groves, desert reclamation has started taking serious effect in some parts of |onte. This year has resulted in twenty elephants being killed. An expansion to the elephant pen is begun. |onte is rich with money made from elephant hunting, as they have nothing to spend the money on. Mon II tours the country teaching children in their playtime how to read. Most of the recent generation can read. However, only a minority can write, but that number is growing. Mon II continues expanding the project that will be his life's work: the Kunene library, progress over the years has been slow, however, as Mon II insists that the library be built of ivory and marble. Mon II assembles his best students and begins translating many Dutch documents, and filling the completed section of the library with the translations. |onte's population rises to over 29,000. There is a population centre that is beginning to appear around the mouth of the Kunene, and is simply referred to as Kunene. Debarubo continues to consolidate recently acquired territories, and orders the most recent snaphaunce from the Netherlands, and equips the Eheresitu hu Kunene with them. Mon III continues combining the many narratives heard into one coherent story, called the Sahaka. Mon IX becomes a prominent figure after building a large temple in Kunene dedicated to God, and God's wife, and asks funding to replace the basic structure, and replace it with marble and ivory. Mon IX dreams of making the Kunene completely out of marble and ivory.
 * Cahokian Empire: The Cahokian Civilization, after a long while of slowly centralizing, officially elects its first Emperor, from the Grand Council. The Emperor is to head the Executive branch of Cahokia, while the Council will continue to run the legislature, creating the Constitutional Monarchy. Emperor Antinanco begins to build up the military, ordering the latest technology, such as pikes and swords to be equipped to all his forces, as well as sheilds. The Empire's forges continue to work nonstop to arm the Empire's troops. We expand eastward by 2 0,000 sq km into the Cahokian territory (area filled with Cahokian culture), shown on map in grey area)  The vassals all become Duchies of the state, with Etowah begining to integrate with the Empire. We use our vassals ports to begin creation of the Cahokian Navy, and we begin testing out new ships that can stand the waves of the Great Ocean.
 * Eastern Moundville Duchy: We expand eastward by 15,000 sq km into the Cahokian territory (area filled with Cahokian culture), shown on map in grey area)
 * Etowah Duchy:  We expand eastward by 15,000 sq km. Integration into the Empire begins into the Cahokian territory (area filled with Cahokian culture), shown on map in grey area)
 * Parkin Duchy:  We expand eastward by 15,000 sq km  into the Cahokian territory (area filled with Cahokian culture), shown on map in grey area)
 * Western Moundville Duchy:  We expand eastward by 15,000 sq km into the Cahokian territory (area filled with Cahokian culture), shown on map in grey area)
 * You cant expand by that much per turn with all your vassals it is highly uneconomicaly and would collapse you and its implausible to highly expand that much -Feud
 * Mansurryia Caliphate: Caliph Aashif accepts the Ottoman Empire's generous offer of an alliance in return of changing the Mansurryia  Caliphate to the Mansurryia Sultanate and thus Aashif is now longer Caliph Aashif, but Sultan Asashif. As a result of the government change, there are more revolts in Mansurryia. While this leads to temporary instability, the positive side of the rebellions is that Sultan Aashif now knows those who are truly loyal to him  and those who are considered with pesky politics. In order to deal with the rebellions, Sultan Aashif selects the most loyal of his court and the most loyal citizens in order to be members of the Grand Mansurryian Council and those with more military training he sets them up as leaders of the newly formed Mansurryian Army. The Sultan then orders the army  to swiftly and harshly put down the rebellions. Historians record the two year supressing of rebellions as the "Great Mansurryian Purge". Meanwhile, the Grand Mansurryian Council discusses what to do after the events of the Great Purge.
 * ​Poland: King Sigismund Szczuka is pleased with the marriage of his daughter Anya to Carlos of Spain, wishing them a happy marriage. The King continues to build fortifications along the border. He also continues to plan out his campaign. The King also sends an offer of alliance and trade to the Tartar Empire, seeing them as a potential ally in the upcoming war against Russia.
 * ​Romanian Dip: We enquire as to Poland's feelings of a joint invasion of Hungary, with possible Roman support.
 * The Tartary launches an invasion of the Oirats with the forty thousand troops it moved last year. Kazakhstan does the same, while Perm, Azov and Adyghea remain improving their economy. Bukhara sends military support and improves its military. The Polish alliance is accepted.
 * Duchy of Hamburg-Mecklenburg: after years of internal peace, it is broken. The House of Mecklenburg, usurped in Mecklenburg after Duke Williams successful claim to its throne, begins gathering support to reclaim the throne of Mecklenburg for themselves. The head of the House, Heinrich IV, titles himself as Duke of Mecklenburg. In Hamburg proper, Duke Friedrich II gathers his forces to put down the threat. The mobilization shakes up many Mecklenburger troops, and most defect to the rebel leaders, though the loyalist who recognize the House of Hamburg as the true rulers. The Mecklenburger army makes a thrust toward Lauenburg, but it is stopped by the recently arrived Hamburger army. The much larger Navy of Hamburg escorts transport ships into the Mesklenburger ports, securing them. But progress on land slows, as the rebel armies prove resilient. The Hamburg Civil War has begun.
 * Bengal Sultanate: Cash crops continue to be grown in large amounts. With our merchants traveling to Ava, Kamarumpa and Arakan regularly, Islam continues to grow in their areas. Merchants also travel exclusively to Multan, Sind, Ladakh, and Kangra. Due to Bengal having control over lands of multiple ethnicities and religions, literary works in the form of poems continue to take influence from all three religions of the Sultanate. Urdu, also called Hindi by some, becomes more common in the Sultanate due to the mixing of Hindu and Islamic ideals. We continue to help finance the Plutocratic State of Jaunpur, Delhi Sultanate and Bahamani Sultanate by sending gifts directly to the nobles/sultans, offering loans from powerful trade bankers, and decreasing the trade taxes over all of Bengal, allowing more of our merchant goods to travel into those states. We also raise a portion of the Sultan's personal levy and then divide it to be sent out to the states' leaders, so that they can do with them what they wish in order to maintain order in their nation. The construction of schools and universities several years ago has led to an increase in scholars and literacy in our nation. Due to the removal of trade barriers among a majority of states in the Indian League, their merchants and ours begin to travel with increased mobility and goods, thereby increasing the trade income and output in the agreeing nations. Several Bengali merchants continue to sponsor gem mines in the Mogok area of Ava, due to the high concentration of gems such as rubies, sapphires, garnets and moonstones, and the first of many mines begin to return with more successes. Construction of ships based upon Castilian designs, granted to us by them, continues, in order to further our efforts to explore and trade. New crops continue to enter into several plantations, opium and cannabis. The increasing need for an anesthetic due to many more surgeries in Bengal, simply due to an increasing population, leads opium cultivation to become very lucrative and results in many plantations including it in their crops. Cannabis becomes more popular, not simply due to its cultural history in Muslim societies, but also because of its popular use in several poetic works. The coastlands gained by Bengal continue to receive excessive shipments of Bengali goods, nobles, people, religion, soldiers, and ideals. The Bengali tax cuts, as well as plantations begin to take effect in the newly acquired lands, and woodblock printing is spread to Bengal proper as its use and replication is more fully understood. We continue work on a grand and lavish new Mosque outside the large city of Pandua, named the Grēṭa-jaṅgabāza Grand Mosque.
 * Rajya of Orissa: Kapilendra Deva continues to listen to his advisers and bring about several reforms to his nation that make it more Islamic friendly, one of which is new, and calls for the creation of one mosque for each Hindu temple in the name of tolerance, when in reality, his advisers have prescribed this to bring about larger Islamic influence. Kapilendra Deva passes away and his titles pass to Kalua Deva, who begins an expensive campaign of military modernization.
 * Swargadeo of Kamarupa: Now vassalized by Bengal, the Swargadeo of Ahom continues to receive extensive help in creating viable farmland. They do this by continuing a process of land reclamation in the northern part of the state, which is largely marshy and thinly populated. This process of reclamation begins by using dikes, embankments and irrigation systems. The land reclamation, having been going on for decades, is extremely successful in creating viable farmland for rice, grain and other staple crops, increasing Kamarupa's population and their yearly trade output.
 * In the Empire of Madagasikara, Emperor Esteban dies this year, and his son, Ignacio, is coronated by the Bishop of Madagasikara. Ignacio continues to focus on consolidating Christian control through his more charismatic officials and generals. The vassalization of Kilwa continues without a hitch. His father-in-law, King of al-Swahili, also begins to expand, annexing Malindi and starting to vassalize Dar es Salaam. Carlos Ralofoaro, Ignacio's cousin, publishes his second part of Del Mar Grande, entitled Los Musulmanes, which focuses on a highly embellished story of Halil bin Sana, the mythic voyager who rediscovered Madagasikara after centuries without contact with the outside world. Much more of an adventure tale than its predecessor, Los Muslmanes sells equally well. The spice trade continues to fuel the economy of Madagasikara. In addition to using Spanish merchants to transport the goods, a rising field is becoming a merchant. Madagasikaran merchants begin to use the Philadelphi Canal to trade with other nations in the Eastern Mediterranean. Namibia, expands along the coast by the maximum amount. Economy turn.
 * Mozambika and Pembara develop closer to Madagasikaran culture and prepares for integration into the nation of Mozambika, which is a concession made to the smaller state after the Viceroy of Pembara was chosen to lead the new nation. Sofala continues to develop closer to Madagasikaran culture. Ignacio and his cadre of advisers work tirelessly to ensure that Sofala will never leave Madagasikara again.
 * Austria: This turn in both our nation and the nations of Bohemia, Moravia, Luxembourg, Brandenburg, Pomerania, Silesia, Lusatia, Salzburg, Augsburg, Swabia,  Elsaß-Lothringen, Mainz, Palatinate, and our colonial territories and possessions is dedicated to military. We train and expand our military using new experience from recent wars, and grow our nation economically. In Morocco our position in Melilla is fortified. All fortifications around the region are rebuilt and manned by stationed guards in case of an attack. To protect Melilla the construction of a fortress outside the city is considered, although postponed for now. The port of Melilla is rebuilt to begin operation as a trade port and military outpost. Construction continues on a shipyard in the Melilla port to facilitate the construction and repair of friendly ships. Melilla is granted a permanent naval garrison in the city’s port, to respond to dangers in the area, and to support the small garrison on land who mans the fortifications. Our position in Morocco is fortified by re-inforcements, bringing Melilla operational against attacks. For now a small fleet is stationed in its harbor, while its garrison continues to hold the north and its supply lines, supporting our Christian brethren. With much of the Muslim population of Melilla left dead after the war against Morocco, the local government attempts to entice settlers by offering large quantities of land to Christian settlers. Many Europeans, particularly of German descent and/or from Central Europe begin settling the area around Melilla. With finances from Augsburg-based banking establishments, the Trieste Company continues to launch expeditions to West Africa. Abrechtburg has grown to a decently sized settlement, supporting a population of farmers, traders, and a small garrison of soldiers. The town also houses a well furbished fort, armed with a small amount of cannons intended to defend the settlement and the harbor from any attack. Built out of necessity, the port at Abrechtburg is refurbished and expanded to support more trade ships, and allied countries are welcomed to trade and stay in the town. The second largest settlement in Westenland, Dominusburg, follows suit, finishing the construction of a port similar to Abrechtburg ‘s. Trade posts continue to be built and exploited, now numbering several dozen along the coast of Westenland and into allied territory. Our reliance on the Wolof becomes less so, but we sign a trade agreement with their nation to continue our positive relationship. Deals are made with the Wolof for slaves and other goods. Conversion of the natives begin around the settlement. Several bimereiches and caravels begin construction in Trieste, Melilla, Corfu, and other ports,  to further facilitate and protect overseas trade. Trade is increased with the Grand Duchy of Bavaria and other trade partners, bringing about new avenues of trade and commerce. Expeditions to the New World continue to increase trade with Spanish possessions, establishing a trade route between Westenland and colonies in the Yucatan. Trade posts in the Caribbean are expanded and grow as they become more frequently visited. Expeditions north of Cuba continue.
 * Zapoteca: Zapotecan troops patrol captured Aztec territory. Colonists expand up the Gulf Coast by 100 px. The Spanish aid is greatly appreciated. The Emperor continues financing Spanish settlers to come to the kingdom and marry into the population. Trade increases and continues with the Spanish. The Emperor expands roadways connecting cities in the alliance to help merchants and soldiers move freer between them. The military, which had been outdated for many years, continues to be upgraded. The economy booms with trade as a result of the roads. Naval technology is rapidly advanced under the Spanish. The Emperor orders more to be manufactured to bring in goods from the sea. Itzapam continues prospering under Zapotecan rule, improving their military.

1534
''' Christian reformers from the nation of the Netherlands living in northern France create the Anabaptist Movement, when over a dozen men baptize each other, breaking a thousand-year tradition of church-state union. The movement is, however, met with hostility, with one of the reformist leaders being drowned in a river. '''

''' In Rome, Pope Clement X dies, and in the subsequent conclave, the Spanish Alonso Manrique de Lara is elected Pope, taking the Papal name of Telesphorus II. '''
 * Portugal: Continues a notable buildup in military strength and allows for a vigorous training program on the existing military forces attempting to train them up heavily. Meanwhile, the administration continues to be reformed, and agriculture and commerce are encouraged. Meanwhile, Portugal continues to develop its navy. Meanwhile, the colony in Lenhame continues exporting wheat to Portugal. Meanwhile, trade intensifies in the African coast. The Açores continue to be settled. Meanwhile, the naus continue to be used. Naval explorations directed to the west continue. Meanwhile, Santa Cruz expands north by 2000 sq km. Meanwhile, sugarcane continues to be planted in Santa Cruz. Meanwhile, pau-brasil (brazilwood) starts to be extracted in the colony. Meanwhile, the colony of São Sebastião expands 2000 sq km.
 * Prussia: The Prussians continue to develop their economy. The Prussians continue to build their new navy. Prussia continues to Germanize their ethnic minorities.
 * Courland: The Curonians also continue developing their economy.
 * Estland: Estland also continues developing their economy.
 * Russia: The nation of Russia begins trading along routes routing through the nation of Novgorod and its vassals, and the nation of Pskov. Money collected through trade and taxation is saved this year in the Muscovite treasury in case of an emergency. Trade routes are established between the nations of Poland, Hungary, Romania, and the Roman Empire, and we promote friendly relations with all these nations. We become closer to Novgorod through trade, relying on Novgorod for safe land routes into our northern territory. The nations of the Ukraine continue to be vassalized. In case of attack we expand our military, recruiting free levies from our cities to protect local regions of our nation. Pikes and crossbows become common equipment in some units after they begin to be produced locally to outfit local regiments. Bowmen continue to be an essential part of our military to provide support for melee units, with some gunpowder weaponry being used. In major cities Kremlins are upgraded and outfitted with modern equipment and dedicated garrisons to combat any threat or invasion. The largest Kremlin, located in Moscow, is especially upgraded, with new walls being added that are wider and can hold cannons. Italian architects are also invited to our courts to design certain aspects of the city. This turn in our nation and vassals is dedicated to military.
 * Lithuania: This turn is officially dedicated to military. Trade between Moscow, Prussia, and other nations helps to amass wealth, which is partially used to finance infrastructural projects and military fortifications.
 * Ukraine (Various): This turn is officially dedicated to military. Trade between Moscow, Prussia, and other nations helps to amass wealth, which is partially used to finance infrastructural projects and military fortifications.
 * Russian Vassals (Various): This turn is officially dedicated to military. Trade between Moscow, Prussia, and other nations helps to amass wealth, which is partially used to finance infrastructural projects and military fortifications.
 * Safavid Empire: We build up our military and navy. Port cities are being rebuilt. More ships are being made for our navy. Our own version of guns is being made. Farming is becoming one of the most important industries, besides blacksmithy, trading and fishing. Guns are now mass produced in our country. We continue to make more woodblock printing presses for our libraries. Cannons at three feet long are being built for our military. Bigger cannons are also being built for our military. Cannon balls are made out of iron. A trade route from our home country to Oirat is mapped out. People are now trading with each other on this trade route. Foreign exchange banks are becoming popular in our country due to the ETA (Eurasian Trade Agreement). Trade has increased due to the ETA. A new art form is continuing to be drawn. It is a mix of Safavid, Oirat and Mughal art. Our art is continuing to be popular with all of the nation around us. Trade goes well with the Dutch merchants. All slaves that come from the Oyo nation are continuing to be converted to Shi'ite Islam. We continue to trade with the Roman Empire. The awesome trade routes to Caliphate of Mecca are continuing to be drawn on maps. Our new colony of Free Port sends back a ship to our home lands with stuff found from this land. We continue to build up our new port city. Rahman marries a women called Yami.
 * Éiric diplomacy: Éire wishes to lease a strip of Safavid land for 75 years according to the terms of the Treaty of Gwadar
 * Khanate of Khiva: We improve our relations with the Safavid empire. We build up our military and navy. Trade routes are continuing to be mapped into the Safavid empire.
 * Korea: Korea continues to build up its military. Meanwhile, more Taoist, Neo-Confucian and Buddhist temples are built.
 * |onte: Continues to have a large surplus of grain. Though adopting "western farming", the idea of "the tribe" is still very much so alive, as people always share the crops they have grown, or the animals they have hunted amongst the community. Due to the policy of planting tree groves, desert reclamation has started taking serious effect in some parts of |onte. This year has resulted in twenty elephants being killed. An expansion to the elephant pen is begun. |onte is rich with money made from elephant hunting, as they have nothing to spend the money on. Mon II tours the country teaching children in their playtime how to read. Most of the recent generation can read. However, only a small majority. Mon II continues expanding the project that will be his life's work: the Kunene library, progress over the years has been slow, however, as Mon II insists that the library be built of ivory and marble. Mon II assembles his best students and begins translating many Dutch documents, and filling the completed section of the library with the translations. |onte's population rises to over 30,000. There is a population centre that is beginning to appear around the mouth of the Kunene, and is simply referred to as Kunene. Debarubo continues to consolidate recently acquired territories, and orders the most recent snaphaunce from the Netherlands, and equips the Eheresitu hu Kunene with them. Mon III continues combining the many narratives heard into one coherent story, called the Sahaka. Mon IX travels to Brussels.
 * William I personally comes to welcome Mon IX to the nethelrands and offers him accomodations. 
 * Netherlands: The Snaphaunce proves a much safer and accurate weapon then the previous muskets made, and The military leaders of the Netherlands in a live demonstration agree that larger numbers of these weapons could prove very effective when combined with the new doctrines being developed by their Spanish allies and with some tactics being developed by military leaders in the Lowlands. Large numbers of the weapon are commissioned though it'll take at least five years to start producing the weapon en masse. Building on the rising Spanish doctrines Netherlander military leaders begin developing a similar tactic of line infantry building onto the previous tactics of revolving lines. With Sunda now a protectorate of the Netherlands and subject to the East India Company, Batavia requests that the sunda government raise two regiments to be trained and led by Company officials and they request that the Sultanate put greater emphasis on spice production. Karl, a promoter of culture and learning, decides to found the first western university in Asia, commissioning in Batavia the construction of a university to rival that of Brussels. He also offers to teach the ruling elites of Asia in the ways of Western culture, and in turn have them teach westerners about the Orient's culture and society. He invites members of China, Bengal and Japan's ruling elite positions in the university should they be interested. Karl and his second wife have their first child - a girl named Neya, while his first wife, Asha, gives him a third child. Tensions rise in their household as Karl is forced to build a second living quarters for his second wife as neither of his wives tolerates the other, and her European upbringing shows in her attitude toward Muslim traditions. Influence over the Sumatran states, and over the people of Sulawesi continue to grow. Trade continues to grow. The continued encroachment on their slave trade by the Oyo Empire angers many in Amsterdam and the Hague, and pressure for the government to do something about it increases. Naval and military expansion continue. William and Charllote have their eighth child - a boy named William after his father. Cultural and scientific development continue. The Guiana colony continues to grow as the three settlements expand and more settlements are established along the coastline toward Paramaribo. More sugar plantations are set up. The total expansion is 20 pixels. Relations with the natives continue to deteriorate. The Anabaptists as radicals are denounced by the leaders of the Reformed Church (OTL Protestants also denounced them as heritics and my reformed church is an offshot of the OTL Protestant movement) and they are forbidden from entering the Netherlands while those caught practising them will be expelled from Netherlands soil. 
 * Fusahito Dip: The Emperor accepts the Dutch offer of study at the Batavia university, sending his son, the Governor of the Yamana Province to the Dutch colony.
 * China, following the collapse of the Liao, and their reannexation unto the Empire, rejoices. The grand army marches back to Beijing under the Prince, Yunwen, amid widespread celebration. As they pass through Lanzhou, they are showered in petals. Buddhism continues to spread in the Empire. The army now goes back to training exercises, working jointly with the navy to prepare for possible overseas fights, and training with large siege guns and an emphasis on light, quick manuvers as opposed to the previous tactics involving revolving lines, which are more vunerable to fire. The road system across China continues to be built, being completed in 1555. Now popularly called the "Grand Road", in the spirit of the Grand Canal, which sparks a movement to extend the Grand Canal as well; this is agreed to by the Emperor, who orders them to be sent across China, as far as Lanzhou, expected to be completed by 1590. We trade largely with Rome, the Netherlands, with India, and with Spain, resulting in a giant trade Empire stretching from the ports of Western Europe to the distant islands of polynesia. A new system of pike-and-shot is developed. All vassals improve their militaries. Meanwhile, Emperor Houcong uses the easy Chinese victory in the Liao as proof that China was meant to save the barbarians from themselves, repeating his slogans that "one million dogs may fell a dragon", and that "we must save the barbarians from doom".
 * Scandinavian Empire: Construction of the Winter Palace continues. The economy of Scandinavia expands. The fourth and fifth fleets are updated and repaired. Scandinavia works on improving relations with its fellow Baltic states. The nation begins exploring areas of Borealia, seeking to establish a new colony. Supplies are sent to Vinland, along with a small detachment of ships from the navy. The militia is expected to make their own army.
 * Finland: We expand by 3500 sq km to the north. The military is expanded.
 * Iceland: The military is expanded.
 * Schleswig: The military is expanded.
 * Vinland: The military is expanded. We expand by 250 sq km through native land.
 * Romania: Stephen, now 58, suffers a major injury after falling from a horse. The fall fractures his pelvis, the break causes massive internal bleeding as an artery is cut. The doctors are unable to save the Grand Prince. The Grand Prince, immediately before death, instructs his sons to open a chest he had kept locked in his chambers for several years. Within the Chest are plans to rebuild the government of Romania, splitting power between the two.. The brothers Radu and Constantius will rule as Consuls, as will their two first born sons. To aid in decision making a council of Boyars, elected by their peers, will serve as a senate. However, more pressing matters force a postponement of the government change. Constantius, now 34, and his brother, Radu, now 33, Take control of Romania and immediately declare war upon Hungary. The whole army is mobilized and marches into Transylvania. Constantius and his wife Phillippa continues to raise their son Vladimir. Juliana, continues to grow. Radu takes a wife, the daughter of a prominent Boyar in Transylvania, who is of Romanian descent.
 * The Consulate of Bulgaria: Thousands of Romanians move into the country, seeking cheap and productive land. Meanwhile, intermarriage becomes very common. Bulgarians also begin migrating to trade towns in Romania to seek more economic opportunities. The economy grows similarly to Romania. Food is sent north to Romania to prevent famine during the war. The Bulgarian Legion patrols the Serbian-Bulgarian border, but does not actively attack Hungary, or declare war.
 * Polish Diplomacy: King Sigismund Szczuka takes up on Romania's offer of last year, and raises his levies to attack Hungary.
 * Cahokian Empire: Emperor Antinanco conintues to build up the military, and the army is now armed with the latest technology of pikes, swords, and other weaponry. The Empire's forges continue to work nonstop to arm the Empire's troops.  We expand eastward by 20,000 sq km into the Cahokian territory (area filled with Cahokian culture), shown on map in grey area)  The vassals all become Duchies of the state, with Etowah conintuing to integrate with the Empire. Construction conintues on the Cahokian navy. Etowah joins with the main state of Cahokia and becomes a semi-autonomous province of the Empire, and complete integration will take roughly one or two more years.
 * Eastern Moundville Duchy: We expand eastward by 15,000 sq km into the Cahokian territory (area filled with Cahokian culture), shown on map in grey area)
 * Etowah Duchy: We join the Empire as a semi autonomous province.
 * Parkin Duchy: We expand eastward by 15,000 sq km into the Cahokian territory (area filled with Cahokian culture), shown on map in grey area)
 * Western Moundville Duchy: We expand eastward by 15,000 sq km into the Cahokian territory (area filled with Cahokian culture), shown on map in grey area)
 * You can't expand by that much. The limit is 5000 for main nation and 2500 for vassals and PU's which expanding them all at the same time is also highly implausible -Feud
 * Austria: This turn in both our nation and the nations of Bohemia, Moravia, Luxembourg, Brandenburg, Pomerania, Silesia, Lusatia, Salzburg, Augsburg, Swabia,  Elsaß-Lothringen, Mainz, Palatinate, and our colonial territories and possessions is dedicated to military. We train and expand our military using new experience from recent wars, and grow our nation economically. In Morocco our position in Melilla is fortified. All fortifications around the region are rebuilt and manned by stationed guards in case of an attack. To protect Melilla the construction of a fortress outside the city is considered, although postponed for now. The port of Melilla is rebuilt to begin operation as a trade port and military outpost. Construction continues on a shipyard in the Melilla port to facilitate the construction and repair of friendly ships. Melilla is granted a permanent naval garrison in the city’s port, to respond to dangers in the area, and to support the small garrison on land who mans the fortifications. Our position in Morocco is fortified by re-inforcements, bringing Melilla operational against attacks. For now a small fleet is stationed in its harbor, while its garrison continues to hold the north and its supply lines, supporting our Christian brethren. With much of the Muslim population of Melilla left dead after the war against Morocco, the local government attempts to entice settlers by offering large quantities of land to Christian settlers. Many Europeans, particularly of German descent and/or from Central Europe begin settling the area around Melilla. With finances from Augsburg-based banking establishments, the Trieste Company continues to launch expeditions to West Africa. Abrechtburg has grown to a decently sized settlement, supporting a population of farmers, traders, and a small garrison of soldiers. The town also houses a well furbished fort, armed with a small amount of cannons intended to defend the settlement and the harbor from any attack. Built out of necessity, the port at Abrechtburg is refurbished and expanded to support more trade ships, and allied countries are welcomed to trade and stay in the town. The second largest settlement in Westenland, Dominusburg, follows suit, finishing the construction of a port similar to Abrechtburg‘s. Trade posts continue to be built and exploited, now numbering several dozen along the coast of Westenland and into allied territory. Our reliance on the Wolof becomes less so, but we sign a trade agreement with their nation to continue our positive relationship. Deals are made with the Wolof for slaves and other goods. Conversion of the natives begin around the settlement. Several bimereiches and caravels begin construction in Trieste, Melilla, Corfu, and other ports,  to further facilitate and protect overseas trade. Trade is increased with the Grand Duchy of Bavaria and other trade partners, bringing about new avenues of trade and commerce. Expeditions to the New World continue to increase trade with Spanish possessions, establishing a trade route between Westenland and colonies in the Yucatan. Trade posts in the Caribbean are expanded and grow as they become more frequently visited. Expeditions north of Cuba continue.
 * Vorlayacor:  The voyage to Hispania is successfully completed this year, marking Vorlayacor's emerging ability to access the globe through its own means.  There are ten doraks which are used for international trade, all of which except one are owned by the government; more will likely be manufactured in coming years.  The western and northern borders of the nation expand by 20 pixels each.
 * France: Military, navy and economy are built up. The colony continues expanding and growing by 1000 among both colonies The colonies continue growing as expected. The navy begins a huge update in order to establish a stronger control over overseas territories such as the colonies and to have further control over Africa. While this, the king seeks the French influence to grow in unexpected territories. The colony of Nouvelle Rouen continues to expand eastward by 1000 px. The French government begins a measure to avoid the sweating disease attacking French domains, mostly by sending the infected back to their lands.We agree on the slave trade within the empire by the Dutch
 * Burgundy: Military, economy and navy are built up.
 * Bourbon: Military and economy are built up.
 * Lorraine: Military and economy are built up.
 * Saluzzo: Military and economy are built up.
 * Sardinia: Military and economy are built up.
 * Andorra: Military and economy are built up.
 * Africa: Military and economy are built up.
 * Aurienne: Military and economy are built up. The nation expands both west and east toward the colonies of the French.
 * Guaxirenne: The country expands southward and military and economy are built up.
 * Anjou: Military and economy are built up.
 * Vendome: Military and economy are built up.
 * Provence: Military navy and economy are built up.
 * Alencon: Military and economy are built up.
 * Narbonne: Military navy and economy are built up.
 * Avignon: Military and economy are built up.
 * County of Oldenburg: With the Albionic War of Succession wrapping up, the Oldenburger Expeditionary Force begins returning home. They are met by jubilant celebrations and their commander is knighted by Countess Adelheid. The OHG ramps up operations in Borealia. Small-scale trade with the native inhabitants of Neu Norderney and Neu Juist begins. A very small group of hunters visits the shore of the Adelheid Sea (Hudson Bay) and catch a large number of furry animals for the OHG to test the market. The premium-quality pelts are lapped up by the tailors of Oldenburg and Osnabruck. The increase in economic activity in the New World creates more public interest in setting up a permanent outpost some time in the near future. Sir Conrad, son of Adelheid's cousin and a rising star in the OHG, is seen by many as a possible leader of any settlement. Trade with Hamburg and Albion increases.
 * Prince-Bishopric of Osnabruck: Work continues on the University. The Chancellor and his Board have already selected many of Europe's leading theologans, astronomers, mathemeticians and historians to be proffessors in the new institution. The buildings themselves are slowly beginning to take shape. In other news, The Prince-Bishop sends a letter of congratulations and devotion to Pope Telesphorus II.
 * Fusahito Theocracy: Private shipping and trade continues begins to boom with increased shipments of spice from the islands to the south and the benefits becoming apparent from the contracting out of Imperial shipyards to merchants. The Japanese Trade Association begin to assert a major economic presence in the East Indies, almost holding a monopoly over spice shipments to the Theocracy. As this association is financed by a number of nobles, many at the Imperial court begin to amass vast wealth, including the Emperor and his son. Shipyards continue to work toward building of new warships and trading ships, with trade benefiting from the opening up of China and new trade links with Korea. However, at the same time, the military is not forgotten, with continued training of Imperial troops and the recruiting of 500 new troops. Mil turn. Priests are sent to the Shimazu clan to begin to convert the Daimyo to belief in the divine status of the Emperor. Year Six of Seven. The Hosokawa Province is fully integrated into the Empire, with a governor appointed to oversee the implementation of rule from Kyoto. Meanwhile, tensions continue to rise between the Emperor and the Uesugi Daimyo, with the Emperor demanding the reduction of the Uesugi armed forces, seeing recent military buildup as a potential threat to Fusahito dominance. Mod response, please. This military buildup is seen as proof of Uesugi aggression and the Emperor mobilises troops and sends them to the border in an attempt to put pressure on the Daimyo.
 * Éire: Following the trend of interest in Central Asian and Indian trade, Éire offers to lease land from the Safavid Empire. Because of this, the economy expands as well as the merchant fleet.
 * Nuaphail: Colonial expansion into the mainlands in the direction west-northwest
 * Nova Roma: Expansion along the coastline southward.
 * Banche Esterno: Expansion along the coastline northward.
 * Safavid Dip: We except the treaty.
 * Tawatinsuyu: As the population continues to pull out of the plague, the growth rate remains extremely low, with the population just climbing above 816,000. Military improves. Medical research continues. Peru, Chimu and Sican are developed. Anti-Spain riots settle down, though a strong anti-Europe sentiment remains in the empire. Population of Cuzco stands at 137,000 people, the largest in the nation. Chimu currently has a population of 96,000, making it a distant second to Cuzco. Third largest goes to Machu Picchu, with a population of 61,000. Fourth Largest is Peru, with 42,000 people. The smallest of the Golden Cities, Sican, has a population of 20,000.
 * Roman Empire: The Empire continues to solidify its influence in Egypt, and Emperor Theodore III travels to Alexandria to assure the people there that the historic Roman oppression will not happen again. This is done to prevent expending resources in potential Egyptian rebellions as well as safegaurd the new resources available to the Romans. Trade continues to expand in the various regions of the world, and Atlantis continues to expand as a trading post. Leverlocks continue to be produced. Faced with the war between Hungary and Romania, the Romans are forced to make a choice, and seeing a possible chance to gain even more land and already drunk with confidence from the recent success in Egypt, Imperial Rome joins its ally.
 * Albania: The military is expanded. Albania makes a formal request to Austria to purchase the Austrian lands in Albania to ensure a united Albanian nation. 
 * Ragusa: The nation joins in with Imperial Rome and Romania in order to gain some lands back from the Hungarians. The trade fleet and military are expanded for this task.
 * Alexandria: The King of Alexandria askes for the leaders of Aiguyptia and Ethiopia to reaffirm their oaths of service to him. (Mod Response Please) The military is expanded to help the Roman forces in policing the country and keeping the authority of the king strong. Expansion into the rural Sinai peninsula continues by 200 sq km. With the loss of Ethiopia, Port Katrina is sold to the British, noting a greater vulerability to overseas territories. Bahrain and Socotra are kept due to their isolation, lack of interest to other nations, and their defense capabilites.
 * Aiguyptia Dip (mod response): We acknowledge and re-affirm our commitments to Alexandria.
 * Ethiopia Dip (mod response): We declare that we have had enough of foreign rule and decided to sever ties with Alexandria. Alexandrian forces are asked to leave.
 * Cyrenaicia: The military is built up. With the war in Hungary breaking out, the government of Cyrencaicia expressed interest in gaining the rest of Banu Salym.
 * Ethiopia: The Alexandrian forces are evicted from the country by the Ethiopian nobles, even thougbh the clergy support the Alexandrians. The nobles put a member of the Solomon dynsaty on the throne.
 * The Kingdoms of Great Albion (Scotland and England) - member nation of the UKGA: Many ships are modernized and replaced to keep the Royal Albion Navy a powerful force on the high seas. Port Edmundburg continues to experience a growth in population. Albionic settlers continue to explore the surrounding areas. The pocket watch is invented by Peter Royce. James Graff invents the use of etching. The Crowns of Oldenburg and Albion officially enter Personal Union. Nobles are outraged at the appointment of a foreign German King, even though the real politics is still done by the Queen. Several begin to openly conspire against the new regime. Tension rise as the threat of civil disobedience looms. Troubled, the Queen begins to build up loyal forces in the event of a clash. In the meantime, the Royal Government of Albion, hearing of the unrest in Europe, vows to not get involved. Queen Jacqueline considers the Hamburgian proposal and accepts the return to sovereignty. Phillip the Pretender is cornered in North Wales, with supplies low and support dwendling the future of the rebellion looks slim. A former supporter of Phillip discovers a document in Scotland proving the Phillip is NOT and heir to the throne, outraged, he and a large group of supports meet with King Richard in London and discuss the official end of the war, in return for the Pretender's head. The Albionic Navy commissions the construction of two Celt Galleons (a modified version of the OTL Indiaman, but with considerably more firepower. Plans to upgrade other parts of the navy are continued. Privateers, not flying Albionic colours, begin to assault Spanish shipping in hopes of greatly increasing profits in Albion. In other news, The King and Queen announce that the Queen is with child and might have twins. Celebrations of the news go out throughout the land. Port Katrina is asked to be purchased from Alexandria
 * Calais: Military and navy are expanded.
 * Dublin: Dublin undergoes another remodel and expansion to the ports due to the massive influx of trade from Castile and Venice as well as an increased Eire trade.
 * Scotland: Expands navy and military. Pan Albion sentiments grow, Trade increases. Whiskey is traded down to central Albion.
 * Wales: Wales expands its military and navy. Cardiff becomes a large centre of trade for Wales. The Welsh appoint Adam Cyrdger as Royal Minister. The first sessions of Parliament are held. Wales does not see as large a population boom as Albion or Scotland, but a minor one, centered around Cardiff and Swansea, does occur.
 * Port Edmundburg: Expands by 1000 sq km south and east down the coast. The African colonists begin looking toward mining and other ventures to generate profit.
 * New Cambridgeshire: New Cambridgeshire expands by 1000 sq km south and West. Colonists begin to explore around the region and begin to have a large fishing boom. The Port of New Rotham is expanded to handle excess ships from Albion and other European nations and is renamed by popular vote to New Oxford. The people of New Oxford also begin an attempt to gain knowledge of farming in Borealia from Native Peoples.
 * Hispania: The Spanish populace reaches about 13.5 million and growing thanks to the addition of the Aragonian populace and other growth. The economy, thanks to the aggressive colonialism, continues to expand immensely and the Spanish economy becomes the most powerful in Europe passing the French economy by leaps and bounds with the massive influx of gold, silver and jewels contributing heavily and its administration preventing heavy inflation of the Spanish economy. The armed forces continue their push to remain the most modern and begins to build a host of new ships to replace older ones which are sold to its vassals, trade companies and other territories of the Empire. The integration of Aragon into Castile and the formation of Spain is seen as relatively popular and the now majority Spanish population shows overwhelming support for their Queen. The Queen of Spain on the direction of an adviser incorporates the title of King of Italy as an integral part of Spain as well ruling over it in a personal union in which the monarch of Spain may rule as the King of Italy in a personal union but the title may not pass to any other than the Spanish monarch. Queen Alexis begins to push toward consolidation of new territories acquired and begins to increase troop amounts in Italy, Genoa and Savoy. Spanish general Alejandro Cortez writes a book on Spanish military history and with this writes a detailed doctrine describing the brilliant general Carlos's tactic of  line infantry. The general manages to get "Carolingian Infantry" a force of men five-to-seven ranks deep rotating to keep a continuous volley of fire on the enemy pushing its adoption by the Spanish Army. Hispania begins a notable development of a new larger kind of ship. an evolution of the carrack designed to be much stabler and faster and outclass any other ships the European world has to offer This ship known as the Galleon multiple new ones are constructed to remain ahead of other nations in regards to naval technology. Phillip has a child named Alejandro now age 7.  The Spanish continue to escort major trade convoys with warships to increase likelyhood of surviving. and investigation into the criminal underworld is undertaken to find out who hired these privateers. The Spanish sent 1000 troops to quell the revolt in the Mayan territory planning to use troops that settled previously in the Aztec, Zapotec, and Maya territories.
 * Kingdom of Italy: The Italian crown passes to Queen Alexis and is tied to the Crown of Spain. The Italian forces are immediately recruited to lightly aid Spanish coalition troops and the armed forces are expected to push 30,000 troops by the close of the decade. The Italian kingdom integrates Florence as an integral part and begins to push toward more movement toward involvement with the Spanish trade empire and Italian trade ships begin visiting Spain en masse. The Italian army is expanded moderately with some naval ships being purchased to replace losses.  However, the Invulnerable Spanish army discourages any from speaking their mind and most deal with the relatively benevolent rule of the Spanish. The population of the Kingdom of Italy reaches about 13.2 million with growth falling short due to many men being killed in the war. The Italian navy reaches nearly 170 ships and growing. The people of Italy begin to see Spain as much more benevolent than before and are more than happy with Spanish rule. However, this also may have to do with the fact that many dean nobles have been replaced with Spaniards or loyal Italians who helped Spanish forces in the invasion.
 * Savoy: Savoy is stabilized. The Savoyan people accept their new overlords as the increased trade has left traders and many other with much more money than they had before. The economy, thanks to trade with Spain, expands moderately but much is spent rebuilding Savoy from the conflict. Savoy agrees to cede portions of territory to France due to the war and many people in Savoy are angered but powerless. The rulers of Savoy - realizing that inclusion into the Spanish empire is much better than being a target of it - manage to pacify the populace and begin to rebuild raising a small force of about 10,000 to handle security. The people of Savoy begin to work toward building up a trade fleet now at 70 ships.
 * Genoa: Now being free of Italy, but now a vassal of Spain, Genoa looks to rebuild its trade empire under the rising Spanish empire. The Genoan people and traders widely consider this to be a turning point with their people and begin to push for the mass acquisition of trade ships to rebuild their trade empire. Genoa begins to expand its military moving up to nearly 8000 troops with 5000 Spanish troops housed in Genoa. The Genoan people more than not show welcoming attitudes toward the Spanish as they have felt relatively oppressed by the Italians. However, some Genoans remain disenfranchized with the Spanish but the reputation of invincibility of the Spanish army makes any attempt at independence a far cry from possibility. These people more than not decide to find ways to live under the Spanish empire in a more prosperous way, by establishing multiple trade companies. These companies begin to be common throughout Spanish lands as the Genoans begin to build up a Trade fleet of a sizable amount now at 80 ships
 * Kingdom of Morocco: The country begins the construction of various canals and cultivates trees farther inland to help increase arable farmland. The Moroccan economy continues to expand with greater trade coming from Spain and the Canaries all the way down to Capo Verde increasing the relative wealth. The Kingdom, with many canals having been completed, has vastly expanded its farmland among other things. Morocco's total population reaches one million with Christianity becoming dominant in the area. Calne-Vicuna is finished and is opened as a center for Christianity in North Africa with a library said to rival old Alexandria's. The Moroccan Assassins Guild forms and spreads keeping the peace and killing the corrupt as well as making Morocco much more peaceful for Spain. The Kingdom of Morocco officially enters into a personal union with Castile following the magistrates and princes deeming it unnecessary for the King to not have full control in the country. The Magistrates, however, are fully re-instated to continue as they were just under direction of the monarch of Spain The Kingdom of Morocco begins construction of a sizeable navy and adds nearly 30 ships, many purchased from private builders from abroad bringing its fleet up from 20 ships to nearly 50.
 * Kongo: The Kingdom begins to work toward a trade and production economy focusing on helping provide resources for Castile's burgeoning West African trade network. The King of the Kongo converting to Christianity and being baptised begins to call for the expansion of ports to the best of the Kongolese architects' abilities. The Kingdom of the Kongo in an attempt to increase economic output and trade begins to export a large amount of raw materials to Castile and begins to push toward heavy exploitation methods if possible. Kongo due to its backwardness in technology and administration puts itself in a protectorate/vassal situation in order to advance itself. The Kongolese population reaches about one million and beginning to grow much more rapidly. The King of the Kongo manages to calm down the people. The Kongo itself begins to see a noticeable improvement in the way of life. Kongo Adds the Former Oyo Gabonese colony to its domain. Kongo Expands 2500 sq km up the Congo River finally reaching supply and population levels to support this.
 * Mapuche: With the defeat by the Spanish a royal governor is appointed by the Castilians. These people are immediately transferred onto available ships and throughout the year are sent up the coast via Spanish ships to a location unknown to the Mapuche. The Mapuche also continue to see major issues from European contact are given orders to isolate themselves if they are sick to prevent further expansion of the disease. The Mapuche people begin to see the first mixed children between Spanish and Mapuche people. The Spanish institute the Ecomienda system. However, the Spanish governor, in order to keep control of the people, orders the Spanish heads of the system to treat the natives fairly in order to prevent mass deaths from overworking and resentment. Spanish farming techniques have definitely prevented starvation as the Mapuche continue to expand toward the coast building a road to connect it all. The Spanish governor, also using the local Mapuche as scouts, is able to expand much more than the Buenos Aires colony and uses this to his advantage to secure more land to be able to turn over to Spanish settlers. The Royal Governor ramps up expansion for some of the new plantation owners setting up expanding the the territory by 2500 sq km. The Mapuche Area begins to see a notable increase in Castilian settlers, mostly farmers who begin to build special areas to employ the Inca farming methods.
 * Morelia: The former Mayan kingdom is renamed Morelia by the royal governor to reflect its new Spanish culture as thousands of settlers have settled in the major cities beginning to displace the remaining Mayans which have decreased almost 75% from their original population of two million leaving barely 500,000 Mayans left. An insightful priest says that destroying the cities will result in long term resentment that could never be repaired and instead they should be made Spanish-Maya hybrid. The new Royal Governor seeing wisdom in this declares that the cities will not be ransacked and a moderate tribute of gold and silver is demanded by the Spanish. The 2000 troops remain in the country and begin to establish areas along the coast suitable for Spanish settlement. The military and economy of the Maya under Spain is developed and roads are upgraded to Spanish standards. The Spanish sponsor some colonists who wish to remove themselves from the remainder of the Indians and establish themselves on an island (OTL Havana) and name the island Cuba. (2500 sq km). The Spanish troops are brought from all over the region equaling nearly 5000, with 1000 being regulars, 3000 being troops formerly used in the conflict, and another 1000 opportunist settlers looking to make more money are used against the Mayan revolters with great effect. The Spanish troops continue to push through and wipe out remaining rebels clearing out the highlands by the end of the year.
 * Aztecs: With full control of the Aztec now reverting to the Spanish the Spanish begin to implement their Ecomienda system from the Mapuche in the south to the Aztec areas to extract gold and silver. Along with this many of the remaining Aztec people become infected decreasing population further. The economy of the Aztecs becomes entirely reliant on the Spanish Empire and the military remains non-existent with areas being occupied by Zapotec and remaining Spanish forces. However, its garrison is made up of Spanish forces who are settling the territory. Almost 5000 Spaniards come to the Aztec nation. The royal governor is appointed and after conversation with Morelias governor decides eventually he will embark on a large expansion campaign up the Mexican area. The Aztecs expand by 2500 sq km through disorganized territory just north of it with Spanish settlers paving the way.
 * Kingdom of Venezia: With the establishment of the Kingdom of Venezia following the previous war and with the loss of a large portion of the fleet the Venezian people seem to believe that much can be rebuilt through utilization of the dynamically rising Spanish empire for its own benefit. The businessmen and high level economists, bankers and multiple other fully knowledgeable individuals of Venezia remaining after the war go on a trip to Spain's vibrant trade cities and after careful negotiations many of these men take over one of Spain's newest rising trade companies, the Buenos Aires trade company, with some offices based out of the Buenos Aires colony in Hesperia. The Venezians, unable to select a king from their remaining nobles, delegate to the Queen of Spain (Castile and Aragon) who chooses a man named Antonio Lo Grato to rule as Prince of Venice in place of the Queen of Spain. A well acclaimed and respected man, he immediately enacts reforms. The Venezian economy with access to the Spanish economy begins to recover and for the first time in years due to this. The Venezians begins its long road to naval recovery and begins to use its vast knowledge to begin building ships not only for itself but acquires the blueprints to improve on Spanish ships to allow for sale back to the Queen. The Venezian military is also raised to a token force of about 10,000 due to its location but remains lightly armed and unable to project power or fight any unsupported offensives. The Prince of Venezia, Antonio, begins the drift toward Spanish culture.
 * Viceroyalty of New Spain: The Viceroyalty of new Spain is established with a massive amount of coastal territory secured begins to expand its major settlements seriously with Buenos Aires maintaining the most with nearly 27,000 people and growing The colony proper reaches nearly 160,000 in population seeing large amounts of Colonial immigration. The Viceroy implements the first cattle ranches (they are not modern ranches) in order to expand the food supply of the large colony. The Spanish inhabitants of the colonies form their first militia under command of a Spanish officer which is trained only to fight off native attacks. The Colony specifically expands the areas around its main settlements by 10 px especially up the Rio De Toro River (OTL Uruguay River.) and extends its borders south by 10 px intending to reach the Straits of Torez (OTL Straits of Magellan). The viceroyalty seems extremely happy with the colonial status and support its received from Castile as well as the massive re-investment for the betterment of the colony giving a huge boost to the construction of a few forts and a road system. The first ships begin to arrive from Spain African colonies bringing goods and a few slaves. Ranching is taken up by men previously accustomed to this in Spain.
 * Cape Ferdinand: The Cape Ferdinand colony expands by 10 px around existing settlements beginning to push toward making the area a larger more controlled area for Spanish habitation especially up the Orange River. The semi-hostile climate has left Cape Ferdinand with barely 17,000 colonists in comparison to New Spain in Hesperia. The area itself begins to show up as a trade hub. Zulu Africans in the area begin to be contacted with missionaries looking to speak to these people.
 * Philippines: The Vassalization of the Philippines concludes with the Spanish having established majority control over the area through trade and other means. The Spanish then begin to send in a royal governor who makes plans to expand the island nation, and begins work on its economy and military to do so. Gold and silver from Spain is sent to facilitate buying materials to build up the area as the Philippines are garrisoned by Mercenaries hired by Spain and nearly 300 of Spain's most well trained troops.
 * Duchy of Hamburg-Mecklenburg: the civil war rages on. In a vicious counterattack, the Hamburger marines in Rostock were overwhelmed, and the city fell back into rebel hands. The main Hamburg army launches an offensive into Mecklenburg, but it stalled in an inconclusive battle outside Schwerin, Mecklenburg. Stadian and Bruchhausener armies begin arriving to assist.
 * In the Empire of Madagasikara, Emperor Ignacio continues to focus on the full integration of all of his states as fully Madagasikaran lands. Sofala and Pembara are the best examples of cultural unity in Madagasikara, but Mozambika is still growing to be more culturally united with Madagasikara. Ignacio, noting that all preparations are in place for the combination of Pembara and Mozambika, pushes the integration of the two nations one year early. The vassalization of Kilwa is also completed this year, while his father-in-law, the King of al-Swahili, also begins to expand,continues vassalization of Dar es Salaam. Carlos Ralofoaro, Ignacio's cousin, publishes his third part of Del Mar Grande, entitled Los Españoles, which focuses on the tale of the discovery of Madagasikara by accident. Also an epic adventure,Los Españoles focuses largely on the vicious storms recorded upon the ship that discovered Madagasikara. Del Mar Grande, having been written in Latinized Malagasy, is soon translated into Spanish proper and is sold to Spanish priests and some upper-class Spaniards. The spice trade continues to fuel the economy of Madagasikara. In addition to using Spanish merchants to transport the goods, a rising field is becoming a merchant. Madagasikaran merchants begin to use the Philadelphi Canal to trade with other nations in the Eastern Mediterranean. Namibia, expands along the coast by the maximum amount. Military turn.
 * Mozambika and Pembara develop are combined into Mozambika, and Madagasikaran culture begans to pour into former Mozambikan lands from former Pembaran lands. Sofala continues to develop closer to Madagasikaran culture. Ignacio and his cadre of advisers work tirelessly to ensure that Sofala will never leave Madagasikara again.
 * Bengal Sultanate: Cash crops continue to be grown in large amounts. With our merchants traveling to Ava, Kamarumpa and Arakan regularly, Islam continues to grow in their areas. Merchants also travel exclusively to Multan, Sind, Ladakh, and Kangra. Due to Bengal having control over lands of multiple ethnicities and religions, literary works in the form of poems continue to take influence from all three religions of the Sultanate. Urdu, also called Hindi by some, becomes more common in the Sultanate due to the mixing of Hindu and Islamic ideals. We continue to help finance the Plutocratic State of Jaunpur, Delhi Sultanate and Bahamani Sultanate by sending gifts directly to the nobles/sultans, offering loans from powerful trade bankers, and decreasing the trade taxes over all of Bengal, allowing more of our merchant goods to travel into those states. We also raise a portion of the Sultan's personal levy and then divide it to be sent out to the states' leaders, so that they can do with them what they wish in order to maintain order in their nation. The construction of schools and universities several years ago has led to an increase in scholars and literacy in our nation. Due to the removal of trade barriers among a majority of states in the Indian League, their merchants and ours begin to travel with increased mobility and goods, thereby increasing the trade income and output in the agreeing nations. Several Bengali merchants continue to sponsor gem mines in the Mogok area of Ava, due to the high concentration of gems such as rubies, sapphires, garnets and moonstones, and the first of many mines begin to return with more successes. Construction of ships based upon Castilian designs, granted to us by them, continues, in order to further our efforts to explore and trade. New crops continue to enter into several plantations, opium and cannabis. The increasing need for an anesthetic due to many more surgeries in Bengal, simply due to an increasing population, leads opium cultivation to become very lucrative and results in many plantations including it in their crops. Cannabis becomes more popular, not simply due to its cultural history in Muslim societies, but also because of its popular use in several poetic works. The coastlands gained by Bengal continue to receive excessive shipments of Bengali goods, nobles, people, religion, soldiers, and ideals. The Bengali tax cuts, as well as plantations begin to take effect in the newly acquired lands, and woodblock printing is spread to Bengal proper as its use and replication is more fully understood. We finish work on a grand and lavish new Mosque outside the large city of Pandua, named the Grēṭa-jaṅgabāza Grand Mosque, and open it to its first worship service this year. Due to a change in the flow of the river near Gaur, plans are concieved for a new palace within Pandua, and plans to move the capital to Pandua away from a dying Gaur are also planned.
 * Rajya of Orissa: Kapilendra Deva continues to listen to his advisers and bring about several reforms to his nation that make it more Islamic friendly, one of which is new, and calls for the creation of one mosque for each Hindu temple in the name of tolerance, when in reality, his advisers have prescribed this to bring about larger Islamic influence. Kapilendra Deva passes away and his titles pass to Kalua Deva, who begins an expensive campaign of military modernization.
 * Swargadeo of Kamarupa: Now vassalized by Bengal, the Swargadeo of Ahom continues to receive extensive help in creating viable farmland. They do this by continuing a process of land reclamation in the northern part of the state, which is largely marshy and thinly populated. This process of reclamation begins by using dikes, embankments and irrigation systems. The land reclamation, having been going on for decades, is extremely successful in creating viable farmland for rice, grain and other staple crops, increasing Kamarupa's population and their yearly trade output.
 * Poland: King Sigismund Szczuka raises all other levies that are not guarding the Russian border. He personally leads the newly formed army to attack Hungary. Meanwhile, while he is commanding the army, His son, Prince Aleksy of Poland who is of 20 years is appointed Regent. Regent Aleksy is a very pious man, and he decides to give funding to the clergy. He also starts the building of a massive cathedral in Krakow. Meanwhile, in Hungary, King Sigismund leads his army to combine with the Romanian army.
 * Russia: The nation of Russia begins trading along routes routing through the nation of Novgorod and its vassals, and the nation of Pskov. Money collected through trade and taxation is saved this year in the Muscovite treasury in case of an emergency. Trade routes are established between the nations of Poland, Hungary, Romania, and the Roman Empire, and we promote friendly relations with all these nations. We become closer to Novgorod through trade, relying on Novgorod for safe land routes into our northern territory. The nations of the Ukraine continue to be vassalized. In case of attack we expand our military, recruiting free levies from our cities to protect local regions of our nation. Pikes and crossbows become common equipment in some units after they begin to be produced locally to outfit local regiments. Bowmen continue to be an essential part of our military to provide support for melee units, with some gunpowder weaponry being used. In major cities Kremlins are upgraded and outfitted with modern equipment and dedicated garrisons to combat any threat or invasion. The largest Kremlin, located in Moscow, is especially upgraded, with new walls being added that are wider and can hold cannons. Italian architects are also invited to our courts to design certain aspects of the city. This turn in our nation and vassals is dedicated to economy.
 * Lithuania: This turn is officially dedicated to economy. Trade between Moscow, Prussia, and other nations helps to amass wealth, which is partially used to finance infrastructural projects and military fortifications.
 * Ukraine (Various): This turn is officially dedicated to economy. Trade between Moscow, Prussia, and other nations helps to amass wealth, which is partially used to finance infrastructural projects and military fortifications.
 * Russian Vassals (Various): This turn is officially dedicated to economy. Trade between Moscow, Prussia, and other nations helps to amass wealth, which is partially used to finance infrastructural projects and military fortifications.
 * In the northern 20% of the Liao, the Tartary is completely victorious, annexing it into the realm as a new territory. Troops and settlers remain there, hoping to maintain the Dzunghars under control while they accept Tatar overlordship. However, realising the Chinese will not accept "barbarians killing each other"; the Dzunghar population is treated quite well by the occupying forces. This territory begins to be integrated with the rest, as the kingdom expands 5000 sq km north in the area. The population grows everywhere, and the military and economy improve.
 * Perm, Adyghea and Azov improve their military, while Kazakhstan and Bukhara improve their economy. Adyghea becomes increasingly dependant on the Tartary; Kazakhstan does in Bukhara.
 * Lel, Feddy. Scared of wee little Guns, are we?
 * Lombardy: Work continues on the Certosa di Pavia, the Castle Visconteo, and on the extensive Milan Cathedral. We continue training a proper standing army, utilizing Swiss mercenaries and local recruits. With border disputes now settled between the nations of Austria and Switzerland, we continue opening friendly relations with both nations in hopes of repairing our diplomatic relations and protecting our northern border. We continue constructing cogs and galleys to strengthen our navy and protect our interests on the seas. Our turn is dedicated to economy in both our nation and our vassals. Wallis is declared a vassal of our nation, and we continue influencing them.
 * Novgorod: We continue the production of ships, cannons, muskets, advanced crossbows, swords, and composite bows, increasing our military capabilities in case of war. The nation’s training and advancement of military continues. The recent classes of Koch ships are being manufactured in Novgorod. The town of St Patriksburg’s population grows a bit more that last year. As the construction of the town improves, the Kremlin finishes, trade becoming more in demand, the town gains slightly. Because of the trade road built with Tver our economy increases. After seeing a great success with the private schools in the cities of Novgorod, St Patriksburg, Staraya Russa, and Nizhny Novgorod. We start building another private school in Rostov and Yaroslavl. We complete building private schools in Torzhok and a private school in Staraya Ladoga. We dedicate this turn to economy.
 * Tver: We complete the construction of the private school in Tver and we start the new one. We expand our economy because of the trade established between Yaroslavl, Rostov, Muscovy and Novgorod. We dedicate this turn to economy.
 * Yaroslavl: We complete the construction of the private school in Yaroslavl and we start the new one. We expand our economy because of the trade established between Tver, Rostov, Muscovy and Novgorod. We dedicate this turn to economy.
 * Rostov: We completed the construction of the private school in Rostov and start the new one. We expand our economy because of the trade established between Tver, Yaroslavl, Muscovy. We dedicate this turn to economy.
 * Karelia: We expand our economy because of the trade established between Tver, Rostov, Muscovy and Novgorod. We dedicate this turn to economy. As fur traders and hunters begin to move into Karelia, the land becomes more settled. We are pleased that peaceful terms have been met between us and Scandinavia, and we hope to improve relations in the future.
 * Mansurryia Sultanate: With the Great Mansurryian purge finally over, all those who are disloyal to Sultan Aashif have been removed from society. Now that Sultan Aashif's rule is questioned by no one, he can finally focus on his main goal, to restore the Mansurryian Sultanate, especially the capital Baghdad, to its former glory. The Sultan's mission is for Baghdad to once again become a centre of art, learning, culture, religion, science, trade, and innovation. With trade floursihing from the Ottoman Empire, we use this new money to improve the infrastructure of the Sultanate. As a result of the trade, we also learn of the Burjid Sultanate and their key contribution to Muslim Society, the Mosque Model. Under the mosque model, mosques are the centre of each town  and thus markets and homes are built around the mosques and in order to build more mosques roads must be constructed between the mosques. With more roads, there is more trade, and with more trade there is more money to build into mosques and with more mosques there is more support for the Mosque Model. Because of the benefits of the Mosque Model, Sultan Aashif adopts this and funding is put into the Mosque Model. As a result of the funding into the Mosque Model, this is an infra turn. Because of the benefit of the trade with the Ottomans, we request a trade agreement with the Savafids and The Mansurryian Trade Convoy is organized and sent to the Holy City of Mecca. Meanwhile, the Sultan and the Grand Sultan is discussing what to do for next year.
 * Austria: This turn in both our nation and the nations of Bohemia, Moravia, Luxembourg, Brandenburg, Pomerania, Silesia, Lusatia, Salzburg, Augsburg, Swabia,  Elsaß-Lothringen, Mainz, Palatinate, and our colonial territories and possessions is dedicated to economy. We train and expand our military using new experience from recent wars, and grow our nation economically. In Morocco our position in Melilla is fortified. All fortifications around the region are rebuilt and manned by stationed guards in case of an attack. To protect Melilla the construction of a fortress outside the city is considered, although postponed for now. The port of Melilla is rebuilt to begin operation as a trade port and military outpost. Construction continues on a shipyard in the Melilla port to facilitate the construction and repair of friendly ships. Melilla is granted a permanent naval garrison in the city’s port, to respond to dangers in the area, and to support the small garrison on land who mans the fortifications. Our position in Morocco is fortified by re-inforcements, bringing Melilla operational against attacks. For now a small fleet is stationed in its harbor, while its garrison continues to hold the north and its supply lines, supporting our Christian brethren. With much of the Muslim population of Melilla left dead after the war against Morocco, the local government attempts to entice settlers by offering large quantities of land to Christian settlers. Many Europeans, particularly of German descent and/or from Central Europe begin settling the area around Melilla. With finances from Augsburg-based banking establishments, the Trieste Company continues to launch expeditions to West Africa. Abrechtburg has grown to a decently sized settlement, supporting a population of farmers, traders, and a small garrison of soldiers. The town also houses a well furbished fort, armed with a small amount of cannons intended to defend the settlement and the harbor from any attack. Built out of necessity, the port at Abrechtburg is refurbished and expanded to support more trade ships, and allied countries are welcomed to trade and stay in the town. The second largest settlement in Westenland, Dominusburg, follows suit, finishing the construction of a port similar to Abrechtburg ‘s. Trade posts continue to be built and exploited, now numbering several dozen along the coast of Westenland and into allied territory. Our reliance on the Wolof becomes less so, but we sign a trade agreement with their nation to continue our positive relationship. Deals are made with the Wolof for slaves and other goods. Conversion of the natives begin around the settlement. Several bimereiches and caravels begin construction in Trieste, Melilla, Corfu, and other ports,  to further facilitate and protect overseas trade. Trade is increased with the Grand Duchy of Bavaria and other trade partners, bringing about new avenues of trade and commerce. Expeditions to the New World continue to increase trade with Spanish possessions, establishing a trade route between Westenland and colonies in the Yucatan. Trade posts in the Caribbean are expanded and grow as they become more frequently visited. Expeditions north of Cuba continue.
 * Zapoteca: Zapotecan troops patrol captured Aztec territory. The Spanish aid is greatly appreciated. The Emperor continues financing Spanish settlers to come to the kingdom and marry into the population. Trade increases and continues with the Spanish. The Emperor expands roadways connecting cities in the alliance to help merchants and soldiers move freer between them. The military, which had been outdated for many years, continues to be upgraded. The economy booms with trade as a result of the roads. Naval technology is rapidly advanced under the Spanish. The Emperor orders more to be manufactured to bring in goods from the sea. Itzapam continues prospering under Zapotecan rule, improving their military.

1535
'''Austrian explorers in the Imperial Sea (Caribbean) traveling between trade posts in North America and the colony of Cuba explore a river north of the Spanish Yucatan (Mississippi). The explorers travel inland a few miles before returning south, naming the river the Caliginosa River, for its murky color.'''

'''A revolt breaks out in the African mainland against the nation of Madagasikara. The predominantly Muslim city states around Mombasa and Mogadishu refuse to be ruled by Christian foreigners from Madagascar, and begin attacking Malagasy people.'''


 * This really only applies to one city, Kilwa, which was just vassalized. The rest of the coast is not Muslim (only nobles were really Muslim, and they have since converted [by force or choice] and the regular folks were paganistic) and therefore has been easily converted or adopted into the mainstream. Just letting you know.
 * Second update: Half of my military is now located in and around Kilwa (30k troops). Using half of its modern-day population, Kilwa has 80k citizens. If 20% are Christian (area to the north was settled by Christian Pembarans), then we have 64,000 Muslims (32,000 males of all ages) vs. 46,000 Christians in the area now (35k males of fighting age). No possibility of future armed revolt.
 * There is always possibility of armed revolt. Deal with it and stop complaining everytime you get a revolt that doesnt even have scores to it. The complaining is giving me a headache at this point. -Feud


 * Portugal: Continues a notable buildup in military strength and allows for a vigorous training program on the existing military forces attempting to train them up heavily. Meanwhile, the administration continues to be reformed, and agriculture and commerce are encouraged. Meanwhile, Portugal continues to develop its navy. Meanwhile, the colony in Lenhame continues exporting wheat to Portugal. Meanwhile, trade intensifies in the African coast. The Açores continue to be settled. Meanwhile, the naus continue to be used. Naval explorations directed to the west continue. Meanwhile, Santa Cruz expands north by 3000 sq km. Meanwhile, sugarcane continues to be planted in Santa Cruz. Meanwhile, pau-brasil (brazilwood) starts to be extracted in the colony. Meanwhile, the colony of São Sebastião expands 1000 sq km.
 * Korea: Korea continues to build up its military. Meanwhile, more Taoist, Neo-Confucian and Buddhist temples are built.
 * Fusahito Dip: The Emperor sends gifts of silver and spice to the monarch Yi Yeok to strengthen the bond of friendship between the two states. Also, the Emperor asks the King to allow the free movement of Shinto priests and the building of Shinto shrines throughout Korea.
 * Korean Diplomacy: Monarch Yi Yeok accepts and allows Shinto into the nation.
 * Tawatinsuyu: As the population continues to pull out of the plague, the growth rate remains extremely low, with the population just climbing above 822,000.Economy improves. Medical research continues. Peru, Chimu and Sican are developed. Anti-Spain riots settle down, though a strong anti-Europe sentiment remains in the empire. Population of Cuzco stands at 144,000 people, the largest in the nation. Chimu currently has a population of 99,000, making it a distant second to Cuzco. Third largest goes to Machu Picchu, with a population of 66,000. Fourth Largest is Peru, with 45,000 people. The smallest of the Golden Cities, Sican, has a population of 23,000. Occupied Chiribaya is established as an interm government in the conquered territories. As the Sapa Inca's son, Apeac, has hit the age of 14, we send him to Spain to learn about the culutre and history of Spain, making him the first Inca to willing go to Europe. The Sapa Inca's palace is attacked by workers, who align themselves with the Anti-Spain rioters ... He suffers a broken arm and cracked rib. The Census is set to resume later this year (I don't feel like posting it now).
 * Occupied Chiribaya: With the war two years behind us, we begin the process of rebuilding and reworking the teitory to bring it up to Incan standards. The occupied territory has a population of 45,000.
 * The Kingdoms of Great Albion (Scotland and England) - member nation of the UKGA: Many ships are modernized and replaced to keep the Royal Albion Navy a powerful force on the high seas. Port Edmundburg continues to experience a growth in population. Albionic settlers continue to explore the surrounding areas. The pocket watch is invented by Peter Royce. James Graff invents the use of etching. The Crowns of Oldenburg and Albion officially enter Personal Union. Nobles are outraged at the appointment of a foreign German King, even though the real politics is still done by the Queen. Several begin to openly conspire against the new regime. The Queen begins to build up loyal forces in the event of a clash. In the meantime, the Royal Government of Albion, hearing of the unrest in Europe, vows to not get involved. Queen Jacqueline considers the Hamburgian proposal and accepts the return to sovereignty. The Albionic Civil war comes to an end as Phillip the Pretender is captured and executed publically for his crimes. After this, King Richard authors the Parliamentary expansion act of 1535, the act takes further power from nobles and redistributes it to a Parliament, limiting the influence any one noble has. Parliament also inacts the Acts of Centralisation 1535 that folds Wales into England and renames both Brittannia. The New name for the whole of Albion is the United Kingdoms of Brittannia, Eire and Scotland.  The Albionic Navy commissions the construction of two Celt Galleons (a modified version of the OTL Indiaman, but with considerably more firepower. Plans to upgrade other parts of the navy are continued. Privateers, not flying Albionic colours, begin to assault Spanish shipping in hopes of greatly increasing profits in Albion. In other news, The King and Queen announce that the Queen is with child and might have twins. Celebrations of the news go out throughout the land. Port Katrina becomes a holding of the Crown, troops and settlers arive to the new locale.
 * Calais: Military and navy are expanded.
 * Dublin: Dublin undergoes another remodel and expansion to the ports due to the massive influx of trade from Castile and Venice as well as an increased Eire trade.
 * Scotland: Expands navy and military. Pan Albion sentiments grow, Trade increases. Whiskey is traded down to central Albion.
 * Port Edmundburg: Expands by 1000 sq km south and east down the coast. The African colonists begin looking toward mining and other ventures to generate profit.
 * New Cambridgeshire: New Cambridgeshire expands by 1000 sq km south and West. Colonists begin to explore around the region and begin to have a large fishing boom. The Port of New Rotham is expanded to handle excess ships from Albion and other European nations and is renamed by popular vote to New Oxford. The people of New Oxford also begin an attempt to gain knowledge of farming in Borealia from Native Peoples.
 * Cahokian Empire: Emperor Antinanco continues to build up the military, and the army is now armed with the latest technology of pikes, swords, and other weaponry. The Empire's forges continue to work nonstop to arm the Empire's troops. Construction continues on the Cahokian navy. Etowah is nearing its integration. CAN I GET A MAP OF THE CAHOKIAN SPHERE SO I KNOW WHICH NATION IS WHICH. Thank you
 * Eastern Moundville Duchy: We begin to reintigrate with the WesternMoundville.
 * Etowah Duchy: We are finishing up our integration into the Empire.
 * Parkin Duchy: We expand eastward by 2500 sq km into the Cahokian territory (area filled with Cahokian culture), shown on map in grey area)
 * Western Moundville Duchy: We begin to reinigrate with the Eastern Moundville.
 * Roman Empire: The Empire continues to expand its trade, as well as its influence in the Eastern Mediterranian and other areas. War with the Hungarians continues, and Roman troops begin operating in Serbia, where they are largely received well thanks to the cruel punishment performed on the Serbs by the Hungarians. Leverlocks continue to be produced for the war effort. With the newfound capabilities of the Archonate of Montenegro proven in the war against Hungary, Taurica is moved up to Archonate status thanks to its relation to the ruling family and its diligent service to the Empire.
 * Albania: The war against Hungary draws attention, but Albania decides to not get involved in such a war, and receives Roman acknowledgement of this neutrality. The military is built up just in case Hungary does not approve.
 * Ragusa: The Ragusan military helps the campaign against Hungary, and the few hundred men of the military fight with honor and dignity. The trade fleet is largely evacuated from the city and the surrouding waters, but continues trading outside of the Mediterranean.
 * Egypt: The new Kingdom of Egypt comes into shape this year as Alexandria completes the long-planned unification of Alexandria and Aiguptia. The military is built up to help Roman forces maintain order in the country. At the behest of Roman authorities and following standard Alexandrian laws, mosques and other non-Christian holy places remain unharmed. Expansion into the rural Sinai Peninsula continues at a 200 sq km pace.
 * Cyreniacia: The war against Hungary comes as a surprise, yet the military and government is supportive of the war. Troops pour into the Hungarian land, intent on reclaiming it and revenging the defeats suffered in years past.
 * Netherlander Dip: The East Indias Company convinces William to request the purchase of Singapore from the Roman Empire offering them a large amount of the new Snaphaunce musket, along a large sum of money and spices, for the island.
 * |onte: Continues to have a large surplus of grain. Though adopting "western farming", the idea of "the tribe" is still very much so alive, as people always share the crops they have grown, or the animals they have hunted amongst the community. Due to the policy of planting tree groves, desert reclamation has started taking serious effect in some parts of |onte. This year has resulted in twenty elephants being killed. An expansion to the elephant pen is begun. |onte is rich with money made from elephant hunting, as they have nothing to spend the money on. Mon II tours the country teaching children in their playtime how to read. Most of the recent generation can read. However, only a small majority. Mon II continues expanding the project that will be his life's work: the Kunene library, progress over the years has been slow, however, as Mon II insists that the library be built of ivory and marble. Mon II assembles his best students and begins translating many Dutch documents, and filling the completed section of the library with the translations. |onte's population rises to over 32,000. There is a population centre that is beginning to appear around the mouth of the Kunene, and is simply referred to as Kunene. Debarubo continues to consolidate recently acquired territories, and orders the most recent snaphaunce from the Netherlands, and equips the Eheresitu hu Kunene with them. Mon III continues combining the many narratives heard into one coherent story, called the Sahaka. Mon IX enrolls at the University of Brussels and begins taking all possible courses related to literature, the classics (Greeks and the Romans), languages (French and German) and architecture.
 * Prussia: The Prussians continue to develop their economy. The Prussians continue to build their new navy. Prussia continues to Germanize their ethnic minorities.
 * Courland: The Curonians also continue developing their economy.
 * Estland: Ossel-Wiek also continues developing their economy.
 * France: Military, navy and economy are built up. The colony continues expanding and growing by 1000 among both colonies The colonies continue growing as expected. The navy begins a huge update in order to establish a stronger control over overseas territories such as the colonies and to have further control over Africa. While this, the king seeks the French influence to grow in unexpected territories. The colony of Nouvelle Rouen continues to expand eastward by 1000 px. The French government begins a measure to avoid the sweating disease attacking French domains, mostly by sending the infected back to their lands. We agree on the slave trade within the empire by the Dutch. While this, the lake just in front of the colony of Nouvelle Rouen is called Rouenelle after the colony, and OTL Maracaibo Lake is called the Lake of Sableville.
 * Burgundy: Military, economy and navy are built up.
 * Bourbon: Military and economy are built up.
 * Lorraine: Military and economy are built up.
 * Saluzzo: Military and economy are built up.
 * Sardinia: Military and economy are built up.
 * Andorra: Military and economy are built up.
 * Africa: Military and economy are built up.
 * Aurienne: Military and economy are built up. The nation expands both west and east toward the colonies of the French.
 * Guaxirenne: The country expands southward and military and economy are built up.
 * Anjou: Military and economy are built up.
 * Vendome: Military and economy are built up.
 * Provence: Military navy and economy are built up.
 * Alencon: Military and economy are built up.
 * Narbonne: Military navy and economy are built up.
 * Avignon: Military and economy are built up.
 * In the Empire of Madagasikara, Emperor Ignacio is seen ravingly mad at the rebellion in Kilwa. Completely irrate that his empire he just inherited is already starting to fall apart because of Muslim radicals, Ignacio, acting out of rash anger, mobilizes a large majority of his army and ships them to Kilwa, the only territory in rebellion, along with the contingent of Spanish troops stationed in Madagasikara. In total, about 30,000 men are in the small city-state, which already is about 20% Christian. With the arrival of the huge number of troops, the murders cease. Ignacio decides then that the military presence will remain for three years, and will then be cut in half, and will be fully removed in nine years, although the military will rotate every three years so no individual remains in Kilwa for over six years. Ignacio also continues to focus on the full integration of all of his states as fully Madagasikaran lands. al-Swahili finalizes vassalization of Dar es Salaam. The spice trade continues to fuel the economy of Madagasikara. In addition to using Spanish merchants to transport the goods, a rising field is becoming a merchant. Madagasikaran merchants begin to use the Philadelphi Canal to trade with other nations in the Eastern Mediterranean. Namibia expands along the coast by the maximum amount. Economic turn.
 * Mozambika sees Madagasikaran culture pour into former Mozambikan lands from former Pembaran lands. Sofala continues to develop closer to Madagasikaran culture. Ignacio and his cadre of advisers work tirelessly to ensure that Sofala will never leave Madagasikara again.
 * County of Oldenburg: Upon hearing of the devastating civil war in Hamburg, the Expeditionary Force, recently returned from Albion, is sent to neighbouring Hamburg by Countess Adelheid to assist her eldest son, Frederich II, maintain the throne. Her Illustriusness also moves a motion that the HRE condemn the Hamburger rebels and fund the forces loyal to Frederich II: the rightful Grand Duke. In other news, the OHG sets up a very small outpost in Neu Juist (Avelon Peninsula of Newfoundland) for the fisherman who commune there every year. The company Board is now split on whether to establish a permanent settlement in Neu Norderney or in Neu Juist. Sir Conrad doesn't mind either way.
 * Prince-Bishopric of Osnabruck: One of the buildings of the new university is completed! Hooray! Work continues on the work, and some of the professors begin gathering in Osnabruck awaiting their new positions.
 * Safavid Empire: We build up our military and navy. Port cities are being rebuilt. More ships are being made for our navy. Our own version of guns is being made. Farming is becoming one of the most important industries, besides blacksmithy, trading and fishing. Guns are now mass produced in our country. We continue to make more woodblock printing presses for our libraries. Cannons at three feet long are being built for our military. Bigger cannons are also being built for our military. Cannon balls are made out of iron. A trade route from our home country to Oirat is mapped out. People are now trading with each other on this trade route. Foreign exchange banks are becoming popular in our country due to the ETA (Eurasian Trade Agreement). Trade has increased due to the ETA. A new art form is continuing to be drawn. It is a mix of Safavid, Oirat and Mughal art. Our art is continuing to be popular with all of the nation around us. Trade goes well with the Dutch merchants. All slaves that come from the Oyo nation are continuing to be converted to Shi'ite Islam. We continue to trade with the Roman Empire. The awesome trade routes to Caliphate of Mecca are continuing to be drawn on maps. Our new colony of Free Port sends back a ship to our home lands with stuff found from this land. We continue to build up our new port city. Ships continue to go back and forth from our new colony sending resources to our homeland and people to our colony. We expand our colony 10 px north, west and south.
 * Khanate of Khiva: We improve our relations with the Safavid empire. We build up our military and navy. Trade routes are continuing to be mapped into the Safavid empire.
 * Netherlands: As military reforms continue the first new model army regiment - as its being called - is established outfifted exclusively out of pikemen and musketeers. with cavalry supporting them. More Snaphaunce muskets are produced and they are distributed for large scale usage. Naval development continues with the proto-frigrate nearing completion. Cultural and scientific development continue. Trade and commerce continue to grow. Influence over the East indies trading routes continue to grow. The slave trade dominated by Dutch traders grows but is threatened by Oyo and tensions with the African empire grow. The Guiana colony continues to grow along the coast by 20 pixels. More plantations are established. The University of Brussels continues to grow in importance. Persecution of the so called Anabaptists begins in earnest as Reformist preachers and catholic priests alike speak out against the heresy preached by the radical reformists. Many are expelled while others who are less fortunate are lynched or burned. Even the Moderate majority speak out against the group (once more Anabaptists and radical reformists were looked down upon by OTL Calvinists, Protestants and Catholics alike).
 * Grand Duchy of Bavaria: Bavaria expands its economy. The population continues to rise. Grand Duke Heinrich XVII and his council continues to allow the training of new troops. Several markets are constructed in Landshut as well as trade houses for Austrian and Castilian traders. In Austria, several new ships begin being constructed, with twenty-five very large cogs being finished. We begin using an established trade route, with important stops in the trade route include Rome, Athens, Constantinople, Gibraltar, and the coasts of Brittany, due to a longstanding trade deal. Continuing in 1535, Heinrich commissions six cogs to sail around western Mediterranean coasts. The market center in Landshut continues to attract Bavarian and Venetian traders. In religious news, around 76% of the country adheres to the Western Church. Most adherents live around Munchen and Landshut. In other news, Bavaria continues implementing the Alliance and Merchant Act as well as the Militia and Navy Act. The Bavarian Court continues hosting a largely Venetian composition. However, many Bavarian families have intermingled with the Venetians, creating a distinct social class and gentry. In national news, the common courts continue to be implemented around Bavaria as several of the lower class make use of it. The serf laws begin to be used as well. Skeptics who theorized that the serf laws would mark no profound change in society begin to be proven wrong. In 1535, as many as three hundred serfs sue for their freedom. Heinrich begins to ponder a law that would fully abolish serfdom, seeing how it has more or less deteriorated in Bavaria. The wild unpopularity of these laws begin to wear off as well. Heinrich further incorporates the Collegiate Writs, allowing many more lower class men to enter college. In legal news, Heinrich continues implementing the Bavarian Commands. The war with Hesse has been ended, with Bavaria annexing a small section of Bremen to use as a port.
 * Munchen: By 1535, the total class of Queen Isabell University amounts to about 4500 men. Troops authorized by Heinrich continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. The Collegiate Writs begin to draw more men to college.
 * Straubing: Troops authorized by Heinrich continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * Ingolstadt: Troops authorized by Heinrich continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * Burgau: Troops authorized by Heinrich continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * Nurnburg: Troops authorized by Heinrich continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * Burggrafschaft: Troops authorized by Heinrich continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * Bamberg: Troops authorized by Heinrich continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * Wurzburg: Troops authorized by Heinrich continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. A religious change begins occurring in Wurzburg upon the ascension of Franz-Albert, where many more Western Christians begin inhabiting the bishopric. The clergy begins being alarmed and they fear displacement. An envoy dispatched by Franz-Albert attempts to quell their fears.
 * Thuringia: Troops authorized by Heinrich and Count Albert continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Countess Elisabeth normalizes taxes in an effort to subset any rebellion.
 * Saxony: Troops authorized by Heinrich and Count Albert continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Countess Elisabeth normalizes taxes in an effort to subset any rebellion.
 * Bremen Port: Troops authorized by Heinrich continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * Duchy of Hamburg-Mecklenburg: Countess Adelheid is thanked for her assistance. With the Oldenburger re-inforcements, progress begins to be made. Schwerin is taken in April, and the army pushes for Rostock, Mecklenburg. The city is take in the fall, and an eastward offensive is launched soon after. Duke Pretender Heinrich IV desperately tries to rally hi forces, but the morale of the rebels has taken a massive hit. The eastern side of Mecklenburg begin to be fortified against the Hamburg-Oldenburg armies. With the threat withdrawing, people in the Duchy celebrate the one hundredth anniversary of the consolidation of the Free and Hanseatic City of Hamburg and the Duchy of Brunswick-Lüneburg into the Duchy of Hamburg under Duke William I. An envoy is also sent to Albion, to question about the Hamburg-Albion-Oldeburg treaty.
 * Romania: Constantius, now 35, and his brother, Radu, now 34, continue their invasion. Constantus leads an army through northern Transylvania, and Radu leads an army across the south of Transylvania. The campaign goes very well, and only after capturing almost all of Transylvania does Hungary respond. A Hungarian army of 15,000 encounters the bulk of the Romanian army in the highlands over-looking western Transylvania. The two armies clash and with nightfall it becomes apparent that Romanian discipline and fervor has won the day. The Hungarians flee, their leaders killed in a valiant final charge against the pike-and-shot Romanian Infantry. A peace is called, as the Hungarian government collapses. All the participants of the war meet in the major Transylvanian city of Cluj-Napoca to discuss terms.. After two years of fighting the war is over. Constantius and his wife Phillippa continues to raise their son Vladimir. Juliana, continues to grow. Radu and his wife have a daughter, lilliana.
 * The Consulate of Bulgaria: Thousands of Romanians move into the country, seeking cheap and productive land. Meanwhile, inte-marriage becomes very common. Bulgarians also begin migrating to trade towns in Romania to seek more economic opportunities. The economy grows similarly to Romania. Food is sent north to Romania to prevent famine during the war. The Bulgarian Legion patrols the Serbian-Bulgarian border, but does not actively attack Hungary, or declare war.
 * Fusahito Theocracy: The spice trade to the South continues to boom, the wealth generated from which vastly increases the power of the nobility, the main investors in the Imperial Trade Association. At the same time, Imperial trade continues to benefit from the opening up of the Chinese and Korean markets, allowing Japanese merchants to import Chinese goods such as porcelains after centuries of Chinese isolationism. Econ Turn. The religious subordination of the Shimazu clan is completed, with much of the population converted to Imperial Shinto. An emphasis is placed by priests of the changed fortunes of Japan after the overthrow of the Ashikaga Shogunate, claiming that the Theocracy is favoured by the Gods. Meanwhile, tensions continue to rise between the Emperor and the Uesugi Daimyo, with the Emperor demanding the reduction of the Uesugi armed forces, seeing recent military buildup as a potential threat to Fusahito dominance. Mod response, please. This military buildup is seen as proof of Uesugi aggression and the Emperor mobilises troops and sends them to the border in an attempt to put pressure on the Daimyo.
 * Éire: The nation expands economically through trade and increased agricultural gains. Numerous works written by Muiris are being translated into Irish Gaelic and printed.
 * Nuaphail: The colony expands into the mainland by 20 px
 * Most Serene Republic of Banche Esterno: Banche Esterno and Nova Roma reunite and, with Éiric permission request to become a protectorate of the Roman Empire.
 * Scandinavian Empire: The military is expanded as Scandinavia finishes the Winter Palace, a place of residence for Queen Elsa, who grows elderly. The Scandinavians sell furs from their Vinland colony. A trading outpost along the St Lawrence River is created, which should evolve into a colony at some point in the next five years. Trade flows into the Baltic as Scandinavia lifts the blockade on the Oresund for Hamburg, interested in improving relations with the German state. Scandinavia requests to purchase land in Holstein from Albion. Scandinavia works to vassalize the tribal states near Vinland.
 * Finland: The military is expanded.
 * Iceland: The military is expanded.
 * Schelswig:: The military is expanded.
 * Vinland: The military is expanded.
 * Hesse: We continue to build the military, and start building forts all around our nation. Ludwigsburg continues to grow. Phillip I asks to marry Louisa of the Netherlands. Meanwhile, Heinrich III is found dead, along with his wife, Ennis of Eire, in an isolated home in the Harz mountains. We ask if Eire would like the body of Ennis. Meanwhile, we give Heinrich III a proper burial in Ludwig's Cathedral in Ludwigsburg. Ludwigsburg grows to the extent that the surrounding towns of Wetter, Gossfelden, and Sterzhausen are incorporated into the official city, and Silberberg becomes a district of Ludwigsburg.
 * Hispania: The Spanish populace reaches about 13.5 million and growing thanks to the addition of the Aragonian populace and other growth. The economy, thanks to the aggressive colonialism, continues to expand immensely and the Spanish economy becomes the most powerful in Europe passing the French economy by leaps and bounds with the massive influx of gold, silver and jewels contributing heavily and its administration preventing heavy inflation of the Spanish economy. The armed forces continue their push to remain the most modern and begins to build a host of new ships to replace older ones which are sold to its vassals, trade companies and other territories of the Empire. The integration of Aragon into Castile and the formation of Spain is seen as relatively popular and the now majority Spanish population shows overwhelming support for their Queen. The Queen of Spain on the direction of an adviser incorporates the title of King of Italy as an integral part of Spain as well ruling over it in a personal union in which the monarch of Spain may rule as the King of Italy in a personal union but the title may not pass to any other than the Spanish monarch. Queen Alexis begins to push toward consolidation of new territories acquired and begins to increase troop amounts in Italy, Genoa and Savoy. Spanish general Alejandro Cortez writes a book on Spanish military history and with this writes a detailed doctrine describing the brilliant general Carlos's tactic of  line infantry. The general manages to get "Carolingian Infantry" a force of men five-to-seven ranks deep rotating to keep a continuous volley of fire on the enemy pushing its adoption by the Spanish Army. Hispania begins a notable development of a new larger kind of ship. an evolution of the carrack designed to be much stabler and faster and outclass any other ships the European world has to offer This ship known as the Galleon multiple new ones are constructed to remain ahead of other nations in regards to naval technology. Phillip has a child named Alejandro now age 7.  The Spanish continue to escort major trade convoys with warships to increase likelyhood of surviving. and investigation into the criminal underworld is undertaken to find out who hired these privateers. The Spanish sent 1000 troops to quell the revolt in the Mayan territory planning to use troops that settled previously in the Aztec, Zapotec, and Maya territories.
 * Kingdom of Italy: The Italian crown passes to Queen Alexis and is tied to the Crown of Spain. The Italian forces are immediately recruited to lightly aid Spanish coalition troops and the armed forces are expected to push 30,000 troops by the close of the decade. The Italian kingdom integrates Florence as an integral part and begins to push toward more movement toward involvement with the Spanish trade empire and Italian trade ships begin visiting Spain en masse. The Italian army is expanded moderately with some naval ships being purchased to replace losses.  However, the Invulnerable Spanish army discourages any from speaking their mind and most deal with the relatively benevolent rule of the Spanish. The population of the Kingdom of Italy reaches about 13.2 million with growth falling short due to many men being killed in the war. The Italian navy reaches nearly 170 ships and growing. The people of Italy begin to see Spain as much more benevolent than before and are more than happy with Spanish rule. However, this also may have to do with the fact that many dean nobles have been replaced with Spaniards or loyal Italians who helped Spanish forces in the invasion.
 * Savoy: Savoy is stabilized. The Savoyan people accept their new overlords as the increased trade has left traders and many other with much more money than they had before. The economy, thanks to trade with Spain, expands moderately but much is spent rebuilding Savoy from the conflict. Savoy agrees to cede portions of territory to France due to the war and many people in Savoy are angered but powerless. The rulers of Savoy - realizing that inclusion into the Spanish empire is much better than being a target of it - manage to pacify the populace and begin to rebuild raising a small force of about 10,000 to handle security. The people of Savoy begin to work toward building up a trade fleet now at 70 ships.
 * Genoa: Now being free of Italy, but now a vassal of Spain, Genoa looks to rebuild its trade empire under the rising Spanish empire. The Genoan people and traders widely consider this to be a turning point with their people and begin to push for the mass acquisition of trade ships to rebuild their trade empire. Genoa begins to expand its military moving up to nearly 8000 troops with 5000 Spanish troops housed in Genoa. The Genoan people more than not show welcoming attitudes toward the Spanish as they have felt relatively oppressed by the Italians. However, some Genoans remain disenfranchized with the Spanish but the reputation of invincibility of the Spanish army makes any attempt at independence a far cry from possibility. These people more than not decide to find ways to live under the Spanish empire in a more prosperous way, by establishing multiple trade companies. These companies begin to be common throughout Spanish lands as the Genoans begin to build up a Trade fleet of a sizable amount now at 80 ships
 * Kingdom of Morocco: The country begins the construction of various canals and cultivates trees farther inland to help increase arable farmland. The Moroccan economy continues to expand with greater trade coming from Spain and the Canaries all the way down to Capo Verde increasing the relative wealth. The Kingdom, with many canals having been completed, has vastly expanded its farmland among other things. Morocco's total population reaches one million with Christianity becoming dominant in the area. Calne-Vicuna is finished and is opened as a center for Christianity in North Africa with a library said to rival old Alexandria's. The Moroccan Assassins Guild forms and spreads keeping the peace and killing the corrupt as well as making Morocco much more peaceful for Spain. The Kingdom of Morocco officially enters into a personal union with Castile following the magistrates and princes deeming it unnecessary for the King to not have full control in the country. The Magistrates, however, are fully re-instated to continue as they were just under direction of the monarch of Spain The Kingdom of Morocco begins construction of a sizeable navy and adds nearly 30 ships, many purchased from private builders from abroad bringing its fleet up from 20 ships to nearly 50.
 * Kongo: The Kingdom begins to work toward a trade and production economy focusing on helping provide resources for Castile's burgeoning West African trade network. The King of the Kongo converting to Christianity and being baptised begins to call for the expansion of ports to the best of the Kongolese architects' abilities. The Kingdom of the Kongo in an attempt to increase economic output and trade begins to export a large amount of raw materials to Castile and begins to push toward heavy exploitation methods if possible. Kongo due to its backwardness in technology and administration puts itself in a protectorate/vassal situation in order to advance itself. The Kongolese population reaches about one million and beginning to grow much more rapidly. The King of the Kongo manages to calm down the people. The Kongo itself begins to see a noticeable improvement in the way of life. Kongo Adds the Former Oyo Gabonese colony to its domain. Kongo Expands 2500 sq km up the Congo River finally reaching supply and population levels to support this.
 * Mapuche: With the defeat by the Spanish a royal governor is appointed by the Castilians. These people are immediately transferred onto available ships and throughout the year are sent up the coast via Spanish ships to a location unknown to the Mapuche. The Mapuche also continue to see major issues from European contact are given orders to isolate themselves if they are sick to prevent further expansion of the disease. The Mapuche people begin to see the first mixed children between Spanish and Mapuche people. The Spanish institute the Ecomienda system. However, the Spanish governor, in order to keep control of the people, orders the Spanish heads of the system to treat the natives fairly in order to prevent mass deaths from overworking and resentment. Spanish farming techniques have definitely prevented starvation as the Mapuche continue to expand toward the coast building a road to connect it all. The Spanish governor, also using the local Mapuche as scouts, is able to expand much more than the Buenos Aires colony and uses this to his advantage to secure more land to be able to turn over to Spanish settlers. The Royal Governor ramps up expansion for some of the new plantation owners setting up expanding the the territory by 2500 sq km. The Mapuche Area begins to see a notable increase in Castilian settlers, mostly farmers who begin to build special areas to employ the Inca farming methods.
 * Morelia: The former Mayan kingdom is renamed Morelia by the royal governor to reflect its new Spanish culture as thousands of settlers have settled in the major cities beginning to displace the remaining Mayans which have decreased almost 75% from their original population of two million leaving barely 500,000 Mayans left. An insightful priest says that destroying the cities will result in long term resentment that could never be repaired and instead they should be made Spanish-Maya hybrid. The new Royal Governor seeing wisdom in this declares that the cities will not be ransacked and a moderate tribute of gold and silver is demanded by the Spanish. The 2000 troops remain in the country and begin to establish areas along the coast suitable for Spanish settlement. The military and economy of the Maya under Spain is developed and roads are upgraded to Spanish standards. The Spanish sponsor some colonists who wish to remove themselves from the remainder of the Indians and establish themselves on an island (OTL Havana) and name the island Cuba. (2500 sq km). The Spanish troops are brought from all over the region equaling nearly 5000, with 1000 being regulars, 3000 being troops formerly used in the conflict, and another 1000 opportunist settlers looking to make more money are used against the Mayan revolters with great effect. The Spanish troops continue to push through and wipe out remaining rebels clearing out the highlands by the end of the year.
 * Aztecs: With full control of the Aztec now reverting to the Spanish the Spanish begin to implement their Ecomienda system from the Mapuche in the south to the Aztec areas to extract gold and silver. Along with this many of the remaining Aztec people become infected decreasing population further. The economy of the Aztecs becomes entirely reliant on the Spanish Empire and the military remains non-existent with areas being occupied by Zapotec and remaining Spanish forces. However, its garrison is made up of Spanish forces who are settling the territory. Almost 5000 Spaniards come to the Aztec nation. The royal governor is appointed and after conversation with Morelias governor decides eventually he will embark on a large expansion campaign up the Mexican area. The Aztecs expand by 2500 sq km through disorganized territory just north of it with Spanish settlers paving the way.
 * Kingdom of Venezia: With the establishment of the Kingdom of Venezia following the previous war and with the loss of a large portion of the fleet the Venezian people seem to believe that much can be rebuilt through utilization of the dynamically rising Spanish empire for its own benefit. The businessmen and high level economists, bankers and multiple other fully knowledgeable individuals of Venezia remaining after the war go on a trip to Spain's vibrant trade cities and after careful negotiations many of these men take over one of Spain's newest rising trade companies, the Buenos Aires trade company, with some offices based out of the Buenos Aires colony in Hesperia. The Venezians, unable to select a king from their remaining nobles, delegate to the Queen of Spain (Castile and Aragon) who chooses a man named Antonio Lo Grato to rule as Prince of Venice in place of the Queen of Spain. A well acclaimed and respected man, he immediately enacts reforms. The Venezian economy with access to the Spanish economy begins to recover and for the first time in years due to this. The Venezians begins its long road to naval recovery and begins to use its vast knowledge to begin building ships not only for itself but acquires the blueprints to improve on Spanish ships to allow for sale back to the Queen. The Venezian military is also raised to a token force of about 10,000 due to its location but remains lightly armed and unable to project power or fight any unsupported offensives. The Prince of Venezia, Antonio, begins the drift toward Spanish culture.
 * Viceroyalty of New Spain: The Viceroyalty of new Spain is established with a massive amount of coastal territory secured begins to expand its major settlements seriously with Buenos Aires maintaining the most with nearly 27,000 people and growing The colony proper reaches nearly 160,000 in population seeing large amounts of Colonial immigration. The Viceroy implements the first cattle ranches (they are not modern ranches) in order to expand the food supply of the large colony. The Spanish inhabitants of the colonies form their first militia under command of a Spanish officer which is trained only to fight off native attacks. The Colony specifically expands the areas around its main settlements by 10 px especially up the Rio De Toro River (OTL Uruguay River.) and extends its borders south by 10 px intending to reach the Straits of Torez (OTL Straits of Magellan). The viceroyalty seems extremely happy with the colonial status and support its received from Castile as well as the massive re-investment for the betterment of the colony giving a huge boost to the construction of a few forts and a road system. The first ships begin to arrive from Spain African colonies bringing goods and a few slaves. Ranching is taken up by men previously accustomed to this in Spain.
 * Cape Ferdinand: The Cape Ferdinand colony expands by 10 px around existing settlements beginning to push toward making the area a larger more controlled area for Spanish habitation especially up the Orange River. The semi-hostile climate has left Cape Ferdinand with barely 17,000 colonists in comparison to New Spain in Hesperia. The area itself begins to show up as a trade hub. Zulu Africans in the area begin to be contacted with missionaries looking to speak to these people.
 * Philippines: The Vassalization of the Philippines concludes with the Spanish having established majority control over the area through trade and other means. The Spanish then begin to send in a royal governor who makes plans to expand the island nation, and begins work on its economy and military to do so. Gold and silver from Spain is sent to facilitate buying materials to build up the area as the Philippines are garrisoned by Mercenaries hired by Spain and nearly 300 of Spain's most well trained troops.
 * Pskov: Continues to do Pskov things and works on its economy, dominating the markets in Russia, and funding science and technology and social works, Poland pays us much interest, and we are grateful for all the money we are now making.
 * The Tartary continues its expansion, growing by 5000 sq km this turn. The economy and military grow. More Tatars continue to be settled down in Liao areas to keep down the Dzunghars, preventing them from rebellion. The economy and military grow quickly, as more people are connected with the Silk Road because of a direct land connection to China as well as the ownership of several wealthy cities on the area. Some soldiers are redirected westward, together with Emperor Julian, who still has not had a coronation.
 * Perm: improves its military and economy, as the population grows. Adyghea begins to be integrated on to the Tartary itself. Bukhara improves its economy with connections to China and Europe, as does Kazakhstan.
 * Ghana: Ghana continues to improve the economy for the nation. Ideas have started to flow with any ideas of improve the economy which does involve the Naijiria government in terms of creating the West Africa Allaince with Kongo and Naijiria being the countries to form the union.
 * Roman Empire: The Empire continues to expand its trade since the conclusion of the Hungarian War. Drunk with victory, Theodore III becomes popular with the Roman nobles and people for his success at expanding Roman authority and territory. He is given a triumph in Constantinople for his success at overcoming the Hungarians, making this the first triumph in centuries. Most of the forces are returned home where they begin to rest after a hard fought campaign. The recent spat of expansion has put the royal court on edge, as they are equally as eager to maintain their new lands. The war gold from the Hungarians is put to use maintaining or expanding loyalty to the Roman state in the new lands along with the promise of Roman citizenship and the full equality of all citizens before the law. Faced with a higher level of multiculturalism in the Empire never seen since the Komnenos Dynasty, new laws are drafted to ensure that ethnic minorities will not suffer unduly and to further encourage their loyalty to the Roman state and the Roman national identity. To encourage the minorities both inside and outside the Empire, Theodore III grants citizenship to all living within the Empire's borders. Atlantis becomes a full fledged settlement with a permenant population. Trade thrives there as trade goods from Borealia and Hesperia flow through the port. A scout fleet explores the OTL Bahamas in search for new lands to settle for Rome. The islands are claimed but no settlement is established, only stone markers.
 * Albania: The military continues to expand in case of any violence from the end of the Hungarian war breaks out in Albania's borders.
 * Ragusa: The republic celebrates the victory of the Ragusans against Hungary and the addition of new lands to the republic. Trade opens up again with the outside world and soon Ragusa's costs of entering the war are destroyed. The navy continues to expand to enable trade around the world.
 * Egypt: The Kingdom of Egypt faces another threat to its rule following the defeat in Ethiopia. Sensing weakness, a group of Muslims has risen up in open revolt. The Roman forces as well as Egypt's own armies are able to defeat the rebels, but the revolt makes it clear that integration will take more time. To this end more Roman-esque laws regarding religion and ethnicity are put into place. Due to the war, no expansion into the Sinai takes place this year. Faced with growing costs and more attention back home, Egypt agrees to sell Singapore to the Netherlands for trade goods and the most recent firearms. Gentle persuation like lower taxes are used to convince Muslims to convert to Christianity.
 * Cyrene: The new lands from Hungary are integrated. The local authorities begin to offer more gentle means of converting the population, and also do likewise for nationality and culture.
 * Serbia: The Serbian people rejoice as the Romans win the war and the Hungarians are driven out of the country. Most Hungarians flee, fearing retribution, and most Croats do likewise. Any Serbs deported from the country are offered incentives to return. The Serbian royal court makes its capital at Skopje and enthrone a new king from the Dusan dynasty to lead the country. To help the country heal, the infastructure and fortifications are repaired or improved.
 * Lombardy: Work continues on the Certosa di Pavia, the Castle Visconteo, and on the extensive Milan Cathedral. We continue training a proper standing army, utilizing Swiss mercenaries and local recruits. With border disputes now settled between the nations of Austria and Switzerland, we continue opening friendly relations with both nations in hopes of repairing our diplomatic relations and protecting our northern border. We continue constructing cogs and galleys to strengthen our navy and protect our interests on the seas. Our turn is dedicated to military in both our nation and our vassals. Wallis is declared a vassal of our nation, and we continue influencing them.
 * Novgorod: We continue the production of ships, cannons, muskets, advanced crossbows, swords, and composite bows, increasing our military capabilities in case of war. The nation’s training and advancement of military continues. The recent classes of Koch ships are being manufactured in Novgorod. The town of St Patriksburg’s population grows a bit more that last year. As the construction of the town improves, the Kremlin finishes, trade becoming more in demand, the town gains slightly. Because of the trade road built with Tver our economy increases. After seeing a great success with the private schools in the cities of Novgorod, St Patriksburg, Staraya Russa, and Nizhny Novgorod. We start building another private school in Rostov and Yaroslavl. We complete building private schools in Torzhok and a private school in Staraya Ladoga. We dedicate this turn to military.
 * Tver: We complete the construction of the private school in Tver and we start the new one. We expand our economy because of the trade established between Yaroslavl, Rostov, Muscovy and Novgorod. We dedicate this turn to military.
 * Yaroslavl: We complete the construction of the private school in Yaroslavl and we start the new one. We expand our economy because of the trade established between Tver, Rostov, Muscovy and Novgorod. We dedicate this turn to military.
 * Rostov: We completed the construction of the private school in Rostov and start the new one. We expand our economy because of the trade established between Tver, Yaroslavl, Muscovy. We dedicate this turn to military.
 * Karelia: We expand our economy because of the trade established between Tver, Rostov, Muscovy and Novgorod. We dedicate this turn to military. As fur traders and hunters begin to move into Karelia, the land becomes more settled. We are pleased that peaceful terms have been met between us and Scandinavia, and we hope to improve relations in the future.
 * Russia: The nation of Russia begins trading along routes routing through the nation of Novgorod and its vassals, and the nation of Pskov. Money collected through trade and taxation is saved this year in the Muscovite treasury in case of an emergency. Trade routes are established between the nations of Poland, Hungary, Romania, and the Roman Empire, and we promote friendly relations with all these nations. We become closer to Novgorod through trade, relying on Novgorod for safe land routes into our northern territory. The nations of the Ukraine continue to be vassalized. In case of attack we expand our military, recruiting free levies from our cities to protect local regions of our nation. Pikes and crossbows become common equipment in some units after they begin to be produced locally to outfit local regiments. Bowmen continue to be an essential part of our military to provide support for melee units, with some gunpowder weaponry being used. In major cities kremlins are upgraded and outfitted with modern equipment and dedicated garrisons to combat any threat or invasion. The largest kremlin, located in Moscow, is especially upgraded, with new walls being added that are wider and can hold cannons. Italian architects are also invited to our courts to design certain aspects of the city. This turn in our nation and vassals is dedicated to economy.
 * Lithuania: This turn is officially dedicated to economy. Trade between Moscow, Prussia, and other nations helps to amass wealth, which is partially used to finance infrastructural projects and military fortifications.
 * Ukraine (Various): This turn is officially dedicated to economy. Trade between Moscow, Prussia, and other nations helps to amass wealth, which is partially used to finance infrastructural projects and military fortifications.
 * Russian Vassals (Various): This turn is officially dedicated to economy. Trade between Moscow, Prussia, and other nations helps to amass wealth, which is partially used to finance infrastructural projects and military fortifications.
 * Mansurryian Sultanate: Infrastructure under the Mosque Model continues as the more mosques are built throughout the Sultanate and as a result more people support Sunni Islam. With the increased support for Sunni Islam, there is also increased support for more mosques and with more mosques more towns grow and with more town growth there is more trade and with more trade there is more money and with more money there is more funding for the Mosque Model and with more funding there are more mosques built throughout the Sultanate. More trade caravans are also sent out to surrounding nations. Infra turn.
 * Austria: This turn in both our nation and the nations of Bohemia, Moravia, Luxembourg, Brandenburg, Pomerania, Silesia, Lusatia, Salzburg, Augsburg, Swabia,  Elsaß-Lothringen, Mainz, Palatinate, and our colonial territories and possessions is dedicated to military. We train and expand our military using new experience from recent wars, and grow our nation economically. In Morocco our position in Melilla is fortified. All fortifications around the region are rebuilt and manned by stationed guards in case of an attack. To protect Melilla the construction of a fortress outside the city is considered, although postponed for now. The port of Melilla is rebuilt to begin operation as a trade port and military outpost. Construction continues on a shipyard in the Melilla port to facilitate the construction and repair of friendly ships. Melilla is granted a permanent naval garrison in the city’s port, to respond to dangers in the area, and to support the small garrison on land who mans the fortifications. Our position in Morocco is fortified by re-inforcements, bringing Melilla operational against attacks. For now a small fleet is stationed in its harbor, while its garrison continues to hold the north and its supply lines, supporting our Christian brethren. With much of the Muslim population of Melilla left dead after the war against Morocco, the local government attempts to entice settlers by offering large quantities of land to Christian settlers. Many Europeans, particularly of German descent and/or from Central Europe begin settling the area around Melilla. With finances from Augsburg-based banking establishments, the Trieste Company continues to launch expeditions to West Africa. Abrechtburg has grown to a decently sized settlement, supporting a population of farmers, traders, and a small garrison of soldiers. The town also houses a well furbished fort, armed with a small amount of cannons intended to defend the settlement and the harbor from any attack. Built out of necessity, the port at Abrechtburg is refurbished and expanded to support more trade ships, and allied countries are welcomed to trade and stay in the town. The second largest settlement in Westenland, Dominusburg, follows suit, finishing the construction of a port similar to Abrechtburg ‘s. Trade posts continue to be built and exploited, now numbering several dozen along the coast of Westenland and into allied territory. Our reliance on the Wolof becomes less so, but we sign a trade agreement with their nation to continue our positive relationship. Deals are made with the Wolof for slaves and other goods. Conversion of the natives begin around the settlement. Several bimereiches and caravels begin construction in Trieste, Melilla, Corfu, and other ports,  to further facilitate and protect overseas trade. Trade is increased with the Grand Duchy of Bavaria and other trade partners, bringing about new avenues of trade and commerce. Expeditions to the New World continue to increase trade with Spanish possessions, establishing a trade route between Westenland and colonies in the Yucatan. Trade posts in the Caribbean are expanded and grow as they become more frequently visited. Expeditions north of Cuba continue.
 * China, following the collapse of the Liao, continues on it's war footing, this time aimed at the Machus. Buddhism continues to spread in the Empire. The army now goes back to training exercises, working jointly with the navy to prepare for possible overseas fights, and training with large siege guns and an emphasis on light, quick manuvers as opposed to the previous tactics involving revolving lines, which are more vunerable to fire. This also includes the phasing out of cavalry, and extensive anti-cavalry techniques. The road system across China continues to be built, being completed in 1555, with significant advances being made this year - the entire coast is finished, leaving just the Western cities. Now popularly called the "Grand Road", in the spirit of the Grand Canal, which sparks a movement to extend the Grand Canal as well; this is agreed to by the Emperor, who orders them to be sent across China, as far as Lanzhou, expected to be completed by 1560. The canal is stretched significantly, especially toward the North. We trade largely with Rome, the Netherlands, with India, and with Spain, resulting in a giant trade Empire stretching from the ports of Western Europe to the distant islands of polynesia. A new system of pike-and-shot is developed. All vassals improve their economies. Meanwhile, Emperor Houcong uses the easy Chinese victory in the Liao as proof that China was meant to save the barbarians from themselves, repeating his slogans that "one million dogs may fell a dragon", and that "we must save the barbarians from doom". Trade booms in the ports, with a new trade fleet of 100 ships being commisioned, to be finished in 1540. Once complete, it will sail to Europe, and trade large amounts of Chinese silk, porcelain, and other goods, in exchange for silver, gold, and technology. This is quickly released to prevent inflation, buying hundreds of goods quite quickly.
 * Poland: With the war ended, the King withdraws his troops from Hungary, holding celebrations in every Slovak town and city that the soldiers pass through, with the King making speeches to his new subjects. When the army reaches Poland, half of the army is sent to work with the King's personal levies to fortify the Russian border, while the other half is given leave to return to their families. With the King returned, the Regency ends. The King decides to continue the building of the cathedral in Krakow, but pursues it at a much slower pace, deciding that there are things of higher importance than the building of the cathedral. Meanwhile, the King leaves on a quick trip to Romania's new territories to the sign the Treaty of Cluj-Napoca, swiftly returning after the treaty is signed.
 * Bengal Sultanate: Cash crops continue to be grown in large amounts. With our merchants traveling to Ava, Kamarumpa and Arakan regularly, Islam continues to grow in their areas. Merchants also travel exclusively to Multan, Sind, Ladakh, and Kangra. Due to Bengal having control over lands of multiple ethnicities and religions, literary works in the form of poems continue to take influence from all three religions of the Sultanate. Urdu, also called Hindi by some, becomes more common in the Sultanate due to the mixing of Hindu and Islamic ideals. We continue to help finance the Plutocratic State of Jaunpur, Delhi Sultanate and Bahamani Sultanate by sending gifts directly to the nobles/sultans, offering loans from powerful trade bankers, and decreasing the trade taxes over all of Bengal, allowing more of our merchant goods to travel into those states. We also raise a portion of the Sultan's personal levy and then divide it to be sent out to the states' leaders, so that they can do with them what they wish in order to maintain order in their nation. The construction of schools and universities several years ago has led to an increase in scholars and literacy in our nation. Due to the removal of trade barriers among a majority of states in the Indian League, their merchants and ours begin to travel with increased mobility and goods, thereby increasing the trade income and output in the agreeing nations. Several Bengali merchants continue to sponsor gem mines in the Mogok area of Ava, due to the high concentration of gems such as rubies, sapphires, garnets and moonstones, and the first of many mines begin to return with more successes. Construction of ships based upon Castilian designs, granted to us by them, continues, in order to further our efforts to explore and trade. New crops continue to enter into several plantations, opium and cannabis. The increasing need for an anesthetic due to many more surgeries in Bengal, simply due to an increasing population, leads opium cultivation to become very lucrative and results in many plantations including it in their crops. Cannabis becomes more popular, not simply due to its cultural history in Muslim societies, but also because of its popular use in several poetic works. The coastlands gained by Bengal continue to receive excessive shipments of Bengali goods, nobles, people, religion, soldiers, and ideals. The Bengali tax cuts, as well as plantations begin to take effect in the newly acquired lands, and woodblock printing is spread to Bengal proper as its use and replication is more fully understood. We begin work on a lavish new palace in Pandua. It is planned to be the largest palace of India, complete with an exceptionally large courtyard, mosque, standing pool, fountains, aethstetic vegitation, and an exceptionally large palace with seven towers.
 * Rajya of Orissa: Kapilendra Deva continues to listen to his advisers and bring about several reforms to his nation that make it more Islamic friendly, one of which is new, and calls for the creation of one mosque for each Hindu temple in the name of tolerance, when in reality, his advisers have prescribed this to bring about larger Islamic influence. Kapilendra Deva passes away and his titles pass to Kalua Deva, who begins an expensive campaign of military modernization.
 * Swargadeo of Kamarupa: Now vassalized by Bengal, the Swargadeo of Ahom continues to receive extensive help in creating viable farmland. They do this by continuing a process of land reclamation in the northern part of the state, which is largely marshy and thinly populated. This process of reclamation begins by using dikes, embankments and irrigation systems. The land reclamation, having been going on for decades, is extremely successful in creating viable farmland for rice, grain and other staple crops, increasing Kamarupa's population and their yearly trade output.
 * Zapoteca: Zapotecan troops patrol captured Aztec territory. Zapoteca expands 100 px up the Gulf Coast. The Spanish aid is greatly appreciated. The Emperor continues financing Spanish settlers to come to the kingdom and marry into the population. Trade increases and continues with the Spanish. The Emperor expands roadways connecting cities in the alliance to help merchants and soldiers move freer between them. The military, which had been outdated for many years, continues to be upgraded. The economy booms with trade as a result of the roads. Naval technology is rapidly advanced under the Spanish. The Emperor orders more to be manufactured to bring in goods from the sea. Itzapam continues prospering under Zapotecan rule, improving their military.

1536
'''A Polish mathematician living in Prussia publishes a book in Nuremburg offering mathematical arguments for the existence of the heliocentric universe, denying the geocentric model, titled De revolutionibus orbium coelestium (On the Revolutions of the Heavenly Spheres). '''
 * Ummm ... ya, Pskov already beat you to the punch, quite a while back actually. Most academics in the Pskov University accept heliocenttism, after rediscovering the works of Aristarchus of Samos and starting from there. This happened a while ago, but if this is another guy just supplying further proof of heliocenttism instead of discovering it I guess it makes sense. -Lx (leave me a message)Azarath Flag.png



'''Jalal Shah Suri agrees to a trade agreement with the nation of Bengal. After pledging to combat the remnants of the Mughals in Afghanistan, the allied nations of Multan and Jaunpur swear fealty to the Suri, becoming  vassals of the Suri Empire. '''

'''​What the actual duck. I fight and lead the fight against the Mughals twice, and nobody swears fealty to Bengal, but some rebel that declared himself an Empire doubles his territory by saying that he'll fight the remnants of a state that doesn't exist. The Mughals haven't even existed for years now the Second Treaty of Delhi dissolved them. &#34;SO SAYETH THE EAGLE&#34; - Fascist Eagle ಠ_ಠ (talk) '''

'''The second half of the event makes absolutely no sense ... I'm in agreement and i'm killing it until someone can explain this ... if you're trying to make a counterbalance to Bengali influence just use existing Hindu states. Seriously, it's more plausible than this. -Feud'''

'''Those two are right. For those who haven't read the treaty, which I'm guessing is every other mod apart from Feud and MP, the Mughali remnants I believe are ruled by an Indian dynasty, turning it into a Mughali Rajya. Sky Green 24 - Join the party  07:09, June 17, 2014 (UTC)'''
 * Portugal: Continues a notable buildup in military strength and allows for a vigorous training program on the existing military forces attempting to train them up heavily. Meanwhile, the administration continues to be reformed, and agriculture and commerce are encouraged. Meanwhile, Portugal continues to develop its navy. Meanwhile, the colony in Lenhame continues exporting wheat to Portugal. Meanwhile, trade intensifies in the African coast. The Açores continue to be settled. Meanwhile, the naus continue to be used. Naval explorations directed to the west continue. Meanwhile, Santa Cruz expands north by 3000 sq km. Meanwhile, sugarcane continues to be planted in Santa Cruz. Meanwhile, pau-brasil (brazilwood) starts to be extracted in the colony. Meanwhile, the colony of São Sebastião expands 1000 sq km.
 * Korea:Korea continues to build up its military. Meanwhile, more Taoist, Neo-Confucian and Buddhist temples are built. Korea sends 1500 military troops to aid China in the invasion of Manchuria.
 * The Consulate of Romania: Constantius, now 36, and his brother, Radu, now 35, proceed with their fathers plan to re-shape Romanian governance. The Princes take the titles of Grand Consul, and have their boyars elect a senate of 100 of the most influential and powerful boyars. Transylvania participates in this, the first election of the new Consulate. Much work is put into strengthening bonds with Transylvania, and thousands of Romanians travel to the new province. Hungarians are asked to leave Transylvania, their cost of passage to be paid in part by Romania. Due to this program as many as 65,000 Hungarians leave the region. At the same time many Romanians, still within Hungary, and fearing persecution, flee to the safely of Romania. The economy swells as the vast riches of the Carpathian mountains become Romania’s alone. The farmlands of Transylvania begin to stabilize and production starts to return to normal. The Danube swells as a highway of commerce, thousands of barges travel up and down its length transporting people, materials, goods, and ideas. The spread of better sanitation systems, first introduced to Constanta by the Romans, causes a slow increase in the average lifespan. As much as 9.5% of the nation has reached basic literacy, and the Moralists promote education of commoners by priests, in order to give everyone the opportunity to read the bible. Education among the elite is becoming almost mandatory. The mining sector continues to expand; Iron, salt and coal mines dot the landscape. Coal is produced for metalworking and heating. These mines provide the resources required by the foundries and traders on the coast. The growing mines require more processing facilities, which spur more development along the coast. More large shipyards open and the lumber industry continues to expand to supply the shipbuilders. Leverlock muskets continue to grow as a major export. The gunsmiths of Romania begin to gain a reputation for good-quality, reliable weapons. This fame pushes the smiths to experiment and create better variations on leverlock muskets. The creation of many skilled jobs allows a small middle class to grow within the nation. Constantius and his wife Phillippa continues to raise their son Vladimir. Juliana, continues to grow.
 * The Consulate of Bulgaria: Thousands of Romanians move into the country, seeking cheap and productive land. Meanwhile, intermarriage becomes very common. Bulgarians also begin migrating to trade towns in Romania to seek more economic opportunities. The economy grows similarly to Romania.
 * Prussia: The Prussians continue to develop their economy. The Prussians continue to build their new navy. Prussia continues to Germanize their ethnic minorities.
 * Courland: The Curonians also continue developing their economy. Unlike Estland they not only attract the native Livonians but Lithuanians, Samogitans, Poles and Masovians. Courlands reputation as a melting pot allows their population to grow. The nation begins urbanization as a result of the upswing of immigrants.
 * Estland: Estland also continues developing their economy. The Duchy also begins to attract Estish immigrants from Prussia who desire to escape Germanization.
 * France: Military, navy and economy are built up. The colony continues expanding and growing by 1000 among both colonies The colonies continue growing as expected. The navy begins a huge update in order to establish a stronger control over overseas territories such as the colonies and to have further control over Africa. While this, the king seeks the French influence to grow in unexpected territories. The colony of Nouvelle Rouen continues to expand eastward by 1000 px. The French government begins a measure to avoid the sweating disease attacking French domains, mostly by sending the infected back to their lands.We agree on the slave trade within the empire by the Dutch. While this, the lake just in front of the colony of Nouvelle Rouen is called Rouenelle after the colony, and OTL Maracaibo Lake is called the Lake of Sableville.
 * Burgundy: Military, economy and navy are built up.
 * Bourbon: Military and economy are built up.
 * Lorraine: Military and economy are built up.
 * Saluzzo: Military and economy are built up.
 * Sardinia: Military and economy are built up.
 * Andorra: Military and economy are built up.
 * Africa: Military and economy are built up.
 * Aurienne: Military and economy are built up. The nation expands both west and east toward the colonies of the French.
 * Guaxirenne: The country expands southward and military and economy are built up.
 * Anjou: Military and economy are built up.
 * Vendome: Military and economy are built up.
 * Provence: Military navy and economy are built up.
 * Alencon: Military and economy are built up.
 * Narbonne: Military navy and economy are built up.
 * Avignon: Military and economy are built up.
 * |onte: Continues to have a large surplus of grain. Though adopting "western farming", the idea of "the tribe" is still very much so alive, as people always share the crops they have grown, or the animals they have hunted amongst the community. Due to the policy of planting tree groves, desert reclamation has started taking serious effect in some parts of |onte. This year has resulted in twenty elephants being killed. An expansion to the elephant pen is begun. |onte is rich with money made from elephant hunting, as they have nothing to spend the money on. Mon II tours the country teaching children in their playtime how to read. Most of the recent generation can read. However, only a small majority. Mon II continues expanding the project that will be his life's work: the Kunene library, progress over the years has been slow, however, as Mon II insists that the library be built of ivory and marble. Mon II assembles his best students and begins translating many Dutch documents, and filling the completed section of the library with the translations. |onte's population rises to over 34,000. There is a population centre that is beginning to appear around the mouth of the Kunene, and is simply referred to as Kunene. Debarubo expands north by 150 sq km (3 pixels) with the newly equipped Eheresito hu Kunene. Mon III continues combining the many narratives heard into one coherent story, called the Sahaka. Mon IX enrolls at the University of Brussels and begins taking all possible courses related to literature, the classics (Greeks and the Romans), languages (French and German) and architecture.
 * Hispania: The Spanish populace reaches about 13.5 million and growing thanks to the addition of the Aragonian populace and other growth. The economy, thanks to the aggressive colonialism, continues to expand immensely and the Spanish economy becomes the most powerful in Europe passing the French economy by leaps and bounds with the massive influx of gold, silver and jewels contributing heavily and its administration preventing heavy inflation of the Spanish economy. The armed forces continue their push to remain the most modern and begins to build a host of new ships to replace older ones which are sold to its vassals, trade companies and other territories of the Empire. The integration of Aragon into Castile and the formation of Spain is seen as relatively popular and the now majority Spanish population shows overwhelming support for their Queen. The Queen of Spain on the direction of an advisor incorporates the title of King of Italy as an integral part of Spain as well ruling over it in a personal union in which the monarch of Spain may rule as the King of Italy in a personal union but the title may not pass to any other than the Spanish monarch. Queen Alexis begins to push toward consolidation of new territories acquired and begins to increase troop amounts in Italy, Genoa and Savoy. Spanish general Alejandro Cortez writes a book on Spanish military history and with this writes a detailed doctrine describing the brilliant general Carlos's tactic of  line infantry. The general manages to get "Carolingian Infantry" a force of men five-to-seven ranks deep rotating to keep a continuous volley of fire on the enemy pushing its adoption by the Spanish Army. Hispania begins a notable development of a new larger kind of ship. an evolution of the carrack designed to be much stabler and faster and outclass any other ships the European world has to offer This ship known as the Galleon multiple new ones are constructed to remain ahead of other nations in regards to naval technology. Phillip has a child named Alejandro now age 7.  The Spanish continue to escort major trade convoys with warships to increase likelyhood of surviving. and investigation into the criminal underworld is undertaken to find out who hired these privateers. The Spanish sent 1000 troops to quell the revolt in the Mayan territory planning to use troops that settled previously in the Aztec, Zapotec, and Maya territories.
 * Kingdom of Italy: The Italian crown passes to Queen Alexis and is tied to the Crown of Spain. The Italian forces are immediately recruited to lightly aid Spanish coalition troops and the armed forces are expected to push 30,000 troops by the close of the decade. The Italian kingdom integrates Florence as an integral part and begins to push toward more movement toward involvement with the Spanish trade empire and Italian trade ships begin visiting Spain en masse. The Italian army is expanded moderately with some naval ships being purchased to replace losses.  However, the Invulnerable Spanish army discourages any from speaking their mind and most deal with the relatively benevolent rule of the Spanish. The population of the Kingdom of Italy reaches about 13.2 million with growth falling short due to many men being killed in the war. The Italian navy reaches nearly 170 ships and growing. The people of Italy begin to see Spain as much more benevolent than before and are more than happy with Spanish rule. However, this also may have to do with the fact that many dean nobles have been replaced with Spaniards or loyal Italians who helped Spanish forces in the invasion. Some Hispanicized Italians (Italians who have adopted Spanish culture) are allowed to settle in the Spanish colonies.
 * Savoy: Savoy is stabilized. The Savoyan people accept their new overlords as the increased trade has left traders and many other with much more money than they had before. The economy, thanks to trade with Spain, expands moderately but much is spent rebuilding Savoy from the conflict. Savoy agrees to cede portions of territory to France due to the war and many people in Savoy are angered but powerless. The rulers of Savoy - realizing that inclusion into the Spanish empire is much better than being a target of it - manage to pacify the populace and begin to rebuild raising a small force of about 10,000 to handle security. The people of Savoy begin to work toward building up a trade fleet now at 70 ships.
 * Genoa: Now being free of Italy, but now a vassal of Spain, Genoa looks to rebuild its trade empire under the rising Spanish empire. The Genoan people and traders widely consider this to be a turning point with their people and begin to push for the mass acquisition of trade ships to rebuild their trade empire. Genoa begins to expand its military moving up to nearly 8000 troops with 5000 Spanish troops housed in Genoa. The Genoan people more than not show welcoming attitudes toward the Spanish as they have felt relatively oppressed by the Italians. However, some Genoans remain disenfranchized with the Spanish but the reputation of invincibility of the Spanish army makes any attempt at independence a far cry from possibility. These people more than not decide to find ways to live under the Spanish empire in a more prosperous way, by establishing multiple trade companies. These companies begin to be common throughout Spanish lands as the Genoans begin to build up a Trade fleet of a sizable amount now at 80 ships.
 * Kingdom of Morocco: The country begins the construction of various canals and cultivates trees farther inland to help increase arable farmland. The Moroccan economy continues to expand with greater trade coming from Spain and the Canaries all the way down to Capo Verde increasing the relative wealth. The Kingdom, with many canals having been completed, has vastly expanded its farmland among other things. Morocco's total population reaches one million with Christianity becoming dominant in the area. Calne-Vicuna is finished and is opened as a center for Christianity in North Africa with a library said to rival old Alexandria's. The Moroccan Assassins Guild forms and spreads keeping the peace and killing the corrupt as well as making Morocco much more peaceful for Spain. The Kingdom of Morocco officially enters into a personal union with Castile following the magistrates and princes deeming it unnecessary for the King to not have full control in the country. The Magistrates, however, are fully re-instated to continue as they were just under direction of the monarch of Spain The Kingdom of Morocco begins construction of a sizeable navy and adds nearly 30 ships, many purchased from private builders from abroad bringing its fleet up from 20 ships to nearly 50.
 * Kongo: The Kingdom begins to work toward a trade and production economy focusing on helping provide resources for Castile's burgeoning West African trade network. The King of the Kongo converting to Christianity and being baptised begins to call for the expansion of ports to the best of the Kongolese architects' abilities. The Kingdom of the Kongo in an attempt to increase economic output and trade begins to export a large amount of raw materials to Castile and begins to push toward heavy exploitation methods if possible. Kongo due to its backwardness in technology and administration puts itself in a protectorate/vassal situation in order to advance itself. The Kongolese population reaches about one million and beginning to grow much more rapidly. The King of the Kongo manages to calm down the people. The Kongo itself begins to see a noticeable improvement in the way of life. Kongo Adds the Former Oyo Gabonese colony to its domain. Kongo Expands 2500 sq km up the Congo River finally reaching supply and population levels to support this.
 * Mapuche: With the defeat by the Spanish a royal governor is appointed by the Castilians. These people are immediately transferred onto available ships and throughout the year are sent up the coast via Spanish ships to a location unknown to the Mapuche. The Mapuche also continue to see major issues from European contact are given orders to isolate themselves if they are sick to prevent further expansion of the disease. The Mapuche people begin to see the first mixed children between Spanish and Mapuche people. The Spanish institute the Ecomienda system. However, the Spanish governor, in order to keep control of the people, orders the Spanish heads of the system to treat the natives fairly in order to prevent mass deaths from overworking and resentment. Spanish farming techniques have definitely prevented starvation as the Mapuche continue to expand toward the coast building a road to connect it all. The Spanish governor, also using the local Mapuche as scouts, is able to expand much more than the Buenos Aires colony and uses this to his advantage to secure more land to be able to turn over to Spanish settlers. The Royal Governor ramps up expansion for some of the new plantation owners setting up expanding the the territory by 2500 sq km. The Mapuche Area begins to see a notable increase in Castilian settlers, mostly farmers who begin to build special areas to employ the Inca farming methods.
 * Morelia: The former Mayan kingdom is renamed Morelia by the royal governor to reflect its new Spanish culture as thousands of settlers have settled in the major cities beginning to displace the remaining Mayans which have decreased almost 75% from their original population of two million leaving barely 500,000 Mayans left. An insightful priest says that destroying the cities will result in long term resentment that could never be repaired and instead they should be made Spanish-Maya hybrid. The new Royal Governor seeing wisdom in this declares that the cities will not be ransacked and a moderate tribute of gold and silver is demanded by the Spanish. The 2000 troops remain in the country and begin to establish areas along the coast suitable for Spanish settlement. The military and economy of the Maya under Spain is developed and roads are upgraded to Spanish standards. The Spanish sponsor some colonists who wish to remove themselves from the remainder of the Indians and establish themselves on an island (OTL Havana) and name the island Cuba. (2500 sq km). The Spanish troops are brought from all over the region equaling nearly 5000, with 1000 being regulars, 3000 being troops formerly used in the conflict, and another 1000 opportunist settlers looking to make more money are used against the Mayan revolters with great effect. The Spanish troops continue to push through and wipe out remaining rebels clearing out the highlands by the end of the year.
 * Aztecs: With full control of the Aztec now reverting to the Spanish the Spanish begin to implement their Ecomienda system from the Mapuche in the south to the Aztec areas to extract gold and silver. Along with this many of the remaining Aztec people become infected decreasing population further. The economy of the Aztecs becomes entirely reliant on the Spanish Empire and the military remains non-existent with areas being occupied by Zapotec and remaining Spanish forces. However, its garrison is made up of Spanish forces who are settling the territory. Almost 5000 Spaniards come to the Aztec nation. The royal governor is appointed and after conversation with Morelias governor decides eventually he will embark on a large expansion campaign up the Mexican area. The Aztecs expand by 2500 sq km through disorganized territory just north of it with Spanish settlers paving the way.
 * Kingdom of Venezia: With the establishment of the Kingdom of Venezia following the previous war and with the loss of a large portion of the fleet the Venezian people seem to believe that much can be rebuilt through utilization of the dynamically rising Spanish empire for its own benefit. The businessmen and high level economists, bankers and multiple other fully knowledgeable individuals of Venezia remaining after the war go on a trip to Spain's vibrant trade cities and after careful negotiations many of these men take over one of Spain's newest rising trade companies, the Buenos Aires trade company, with some offices based out of the Buenos Aires colony in Hesperia. The Venezians, unable to select a king from their remaining nobles, delegate to the Queen of Spain (Castile and Aragon) who chooses a man named Antonio Lo Grato to rule as Prince of Venice in place of the Queen of Spain. A well acclaimed and respected man, he immediately enacts reforms. The Venezian economy with access to the Spanish economy begins to recover and for the first time in years due to this. The Venezians begins its long road to naval recovery and begins to use its vast knowledge to begin building ships not only for itself but acquires the blueprints to improve on Spanish ships to allow for sale back to the Queen. The Venezian military is also raised to a token force of about 10,000 due to its location but remains lightly armed and unable to project power or fight any unsupported offensives. The Prince of Venezia, Antonio, begins the drift toward Spanish culture.
 * Viceroyalty of New Spain: The Viceroyalty of new Spain is established with a massive amount of coastal territory secured begins to expand its major settlements seriously with Buenos Aires maintaining the most with nearly 27,000 people and growing The colony proper reaches nearly 200,000 in population seeing large amounts of Colonial immigration now from both Spain and Hispanicized Italians. The Viceroy implements the first cattle ranches (they are not modern ranches) in order to expand the food supply of the large colony. The Spanish inhabitants of the colonies form their first militia under command of a Spanish officer which is trained only to fight off native attacks. The Colony specifically expands the areas around its main settlements by 10 px especially up the Rio De Toro River (OTL Uruguay River) and extends its borders south by 10 px intending to reach the Straits of Torez (OTL Straits of Magellan). The viceroyalty seems extremely happy with the colonial status and support its received from Castile as well as the massive re-investment for the betterment of the colony giving a huge boost to the construction of a few forts and a road system. The first ships begin to arrive from Spain African colonies bringing goods and a few slaves. Ranching is taken up by men previously accustomed to this in Spain.
 * Cape Ferdinand: The Cape Ferdinand colony expands by 10 px around existing settlements beginning to push toward making the area a larger more controlled area for Spanish habitation especially up the Orange River. The semi-hostile climate has left Cape Ferdinand with barely 17,000 colonists in comparison to New Spain in Hesperia. The area itself begins to show up as a trade hub. Zulu Africans in the area begin to be contacted with missionaries looking to speak to these people.
 * Philippines: The Vassalization of the Philippines concludes with the Spanish having established majority control over the area through trade and other means. The Spanish then begin to send in a royal governor who makes plans to expand the island nation, and begins work on its economy and military to do so. Gold and silver from Spain is sent to facilitate buying materials to build up the area as the Philippines are garrisoned by mercenaries hired by Spain and nearly 300 of Spain's most well trained troops.
 * County of Oldenburg: The military is built up. With four years until 1540, the OHG Board, Sir Conrad, the Council and Countess Adelheid have a meeting to properly plan the settlement in Borealia. They decide that the colony will be organised as a Lordship under the Oldenburger Crown, with Sir Conrad as the first Lord (note, that it is a lordship does not detract from the fact that it is a colony. Just a colony under a different title). The first fleet will carry twenty families to the New World, with more coming along later on. After much heated debate, it is decided that the settlement will be in Neu Norderney, in Flagstaff Bay (Happy Valley Goose Bay, Labrador), where the small outpost currently sits. Speaking of the outpost, it is used again this year by whalers and fishermen.
 * ​Prince-Bishopric of Osnabruck: Work continues on the university.
 * Duchy of Hamburg-Mecklenburg: the Hamburg-Oldenburger armies continue to win victories against the rebels. When approaching the last rebel stronghold, Friedrich II is met by the brother of Duke Pretender Heinrich IV, Wilhelm. He tells him Heinrich IV committed suicide, and he is now head of the House of Mecklenburg. Wilhelm accepts the demand for unconditional surrender. A few weeks later, he agrees that the House of Mecklenburg will cease to claim the throne of the duchy, and recognizes the rule of the House of Hamburg as legitimate. The armies are pulled out, and rebuilding begins. Travels to Neue Hamburg becomes common, as the traders and trappers are rotated out after a few months. The HTSC sails north from the Albionic colony, and establishes a new trade post north east of it, naming it "Neue Braunschweig", or New Brunswick (OTL New Brunswick). The sudden opening of the Øresund by Scandinavia to Hamburger traffic surprises many, and most don't know how to react to Scandinavia's interest in improving relations after seventy years of being given the cold shoulder (pun not intended). But the gesture is thanked, as improved relations would be welcomed. Though plans to build the Cross-Holstein canal continue for when Holstein and Lübeck are released to Hamburg by Albion.
 * Stade: Military and economy expanded.
 * Bruchhausen: Military and economy expanded.
 * Williamsburg: Expands by 4 px.
 * Neue Lüneburg: Militia expanded.
 * Safavid Empire: We build up our military and navy. Port cities are being rebuilt. More ships are being made for our navy. Our own version of guns is being made. Farming is becoming one of the most important industries, besides blacksmithy, trading and fishing. Guns are now mass produced in our country. We continue to make more woodblock printing presses for our libraries. Cannons at three feet long are being built for our military. Bigger cannons are also being built for our military. Cannon balls are made out of iron. A trade route from our home country to Oirat is mapped out. People are now trading with each other on this trade route. Foreign exchange banks are becoming popular in our country due to the ETA (Eurasian Trade Agreement). Trade has increased due to the ETA. A new art form is continuing to be drawn. It is a mix of Safavid, Oirat and Mughal art. Our art is continuing to be popular with all of the nation around us. Trade goes well with the Dutch merchants. All slaves that come from the Oyo nation are continuing to be converted to Shi'ite Islam. We continue to trade with the Roman Empire. The awesome trade routes to Caliphate of Mecca are continuing to be drawn on maps. Our new colony of Free Port sends back a ship to our home lands with stuff found from this land. We continue to build up our new port city. Ships continue to go back and forth from our new colony sending resources to our homeland and people to our colony. We expand our colony 10 px north, west and south. Rahman Shirazi's first son is born. His name is Amir.
 * Khanate of Khiva: We improve our relations with the Safavid empire. We build up our military and navy. Trade routes are continuing to be mapped into the Safavid empire.
 * Zapoteca: Zapotecan troops patrol captured Aztec territory. The Spanish aid is greatly appreciated. The Emperor continues financing Spanish settlers to come to the kingdom and marry into the population. Trade increases and continues with the Spanish. The Emperor expands roadways connecting cities in the alliance to help merchants and soldiers move freer between them. The military, which had been outdated for many years, continues to be upgraded. The economy booms with trade as a result of the roads. Naval technology is rapidly advanced under the Spanish. The Emperor orders more to be manufactured to bring in goods from the sea. Itzapam continues prospering under Zapotecan rule, improving their military.
 * Netherlands: As military reforms continue the first new model army regiment - as its being called - is established outfifted exclusively out of pikemen and musketeers. with cavalry supporting them. More Snaphaunce muskets are produced and they are distributed for large scale usage. Naval development continues with the proto-frigrate nearing completion. Cultural and scientific development continue. Trade and commerce continue to grow. Influence over the East indies trading routes continue to grow. The slave trade dominated by Dutch traders grows but is threatened by Oyo and tensions with the African empire grow. The Guiana colony continues to grow along the coast by 20 pixels. More plantations are established. The university of Brussels continues to grow in importance. Persecution of the so called Anabaptists begins in earnest as Reformist preachers and catholic priests alike speak out against the heresy preached by the radical reformists. Many are expelled while others who are less fortunate are lynched or burned. Even the Moderate majority speak out against the group (once more Anabaptists and radical reformists were looked down upon by OTL Calvinists, Protestants and Catholics alike).
 * Fusahito Theocracy: The spice trade to the South continues to boom, the wealth generated from which vastly increases the power of the nobility, the main investors in the Imperial Trade Association. At the same time, Imperial trade continues to benefit from the opening up of the Chinese and Korean markets, allowing Japanese merchants to import Chinese goods such as porcelains after centuries of Chinese isolationism. Econ Turn. The slave trade in the Theocracy is officially declared eradicated after years of suppression from the Religious Police. In commemoration, several new temples are built throughout the Empire, dedicated specifically to the worship of the Emperor. Alongside this, temples and shrines in newly vassalised regions are brought into the state church, with emphasis placed on the worship of the Emperor as one of the primary Shinto deities. The failure of the Uesugi Daimyo to submit to the Emperor's will leads to the decision to begin to undermine the authority of the Daimyo and integrate the state into the Empire. This is done through the spread of Imperial Shinto priests throughout the Uesugi state, spreading discontent and attempting to subvert the population. Whilst no attempt is made to convert the population, priests attempt to fuel resentment and bitterness toward the Daimyo amongst all classes, pointing out the economic success of the Theocracy; the banning of the slave trade and the failures of the Uesugi Daimyo. Year One of Ten.
 * Shimazu Province:  The Governor of the Shimazu province orders the dedication of a new temple to the Emperor and begins the transfer of powers to Kyoto, starting with the amalgamation of the Shimazu military with the Imperial Army. Control of Amami Island in the Ryukyu Archapelago is devolved from Kyoto to the Shimazu Governor.
 * China, following the collapse of the Liao, continues on it's war footing, this time aimed at the Machus. Buddhism continues to spread in the Empire. The army now goes back to training exercises, working jointly with the navy to prepare for possible overseas fights, and training with large siege guns and an emphasis on light, quick manuvers as opposed to the previous tactics involving revolving lines, which are more vunerable to fire. This also includes the phasing out of cavalry, and extensive anti-cavalry techniques. The road system across China continues to be built, being completed in 1555, with significant advances being made this year - the entire coast is finished, leaving just the Western cities. Now popularly called the "Grand Road", in the spirit of the Grand Canal, which sparks a movement to extend the Grand Canal as well; this is agreed to by the Emperor, who orders them to be sent across China, as far as Lanzhou, expected to be completed by 1560. The canal is stretched significantly, especially toward the North. We trade largely with Rome, the Netherlands, with India, and with Spain, resulting in a giant trade Empire stretching from the ports of Western Europe to the distant islands of polynesia. All vassals improve their economies.  Trade booms in the ports, with a new trade fleet of 100 ships being commisioned, to be finished in 1540. Once complete, it will sail to Europe, and trade large amounts of Chinese silk, porcelain and other goods, in exchange for silver, gold, and technology. This is quickly released to prevent inflation, buying hundreds of goods quite quickly. Meanwhile, the war footing is put into activation again, as the Chinese war machine marches toward the Manchu Empire, 350,000 men strong. The Emperor himself leads them, leaving Yunwen behind to rule the Empire in his stead. Emboldened and gladdened by the presence of their emperor, the Chinese forces, leaving Beijing in early August, make it to the borders of the Manchu by the end of the month, then issue an ultimatum; surrender and place yourselves under the rule of China, or be destroyed - they are given three days to comply, which is barely enough to make it to the Manchu capital, let alone back; obviously, the Manchu do not fulfill the ultimatum, and Chinese troops cross their borders and begin laying siege immediately.
 * Fusahito Dip: The Emperor sends a personal message to his father-in-law, the Chinese Emperor, informing him that in accordance with the Treaty of Kyoto, the Theocracy must at least appear to aid Manchu Empire. The Emperor asks China to allow the Manchu Emperor and the entire Imperial Family safe passage to the Fusahito Manchurian Colony.
 * Éire expands economically whilst all colonies and protectorates expand into the mainland.
 * Tawatinsuyu: As the population continues to pull out of the plague, the growth rate remains extremely low, with the population just climbing above 827,000. Military improves. Medical research continues. Peru, Chimu and Sican are developed. Anti-Spain riots settle down, though a strong anti-Europe sentiment remains in the empire. Population of Cuzco stands at 146,000 people, the largest in the nation. Chimu currently has a population of 102,000, making it a distant second to Cuzco. Third largest goes to Machu Picchu, with a population of 68,000. Fourth Largest is Peru, with 48,000 people. The smallest of the Golden Cities, Sican, has a population of 25,000. Occupied Chiribaya is established as an interm government in the conquered territories. As the Sapa Inca's son, Apeac, has hit the age of 15, we send him to Spain to learn about the culutre and history of Spain, making him the first Inca to willing go to Europe. The Sapa Inca's palace is attacked by workers, who align themselves with the Anti-Spain rioters ... He suffers a broken arm and cracked rib. The Census is set to resume later this year (I don't feel like posting it now).
 * Occupied Chiribaya: With the war three years behind us, we begin the process of rebuilding and reworking the territory to bring it up to Incan standards. The occupied territory has a population of 50,000.
 * Roman Empire: The Empire continues to expand its trade since the conclusion of the Hungarian War. Drunk with victory, Theodore III becomes popular with the Roman nobles and people for his success at expanding Roman authority and territory. He is given a triumph in Constantinople for his success at overcoming the Hungarians, making this the first triumph in centuries. Most of the forces are returned home where they begin to rest after a hard fought campaign. The recent spat of expansion has put the royal court on edge, as they are equally as eager to maintain their new lands. The war gold from the Hungarians is put to use maintaining or expanding loyalty to the Roman state in the new lands along with the promise of Roman citizenship and the full equality of all citizens before the law. Faced with a higher level of multiculturalism in the Empire never seen since the Komnenos Dynasty, new laws are drafted to ensure that ethnic minorities will not suffer unduly and to further encourage their loyalty to the Roman state and the Roman national identity. To encourage the minorities both inside and outside the Empire, Theodore III grants citizenship to all living within the Empire's borders. Atlantis becomes a full fledged settlement with a permenant population. Trade thrives there as trade goods from Borealia and Hesperia flow through the port. A scout fleet explores the OTL Bahamas in search for new lands to settle for Rome. The islands are claimed but no settlement is established, only stone markers.
 * Albania: The military continues to expand in case of any violence from the end of the Hungarian war breaks out in Albania's borders.
 * Ragusa: The republic celebrates the victory of the Ragusans against Hungary and the addition of new lands to the republic. Trade opens up again with the outside world and soon Ragusa's costs of entering the war are destroyed. The navy continues to expand to enable trade around the world.
 * Egypt: The Kingdom of Egypt faces another threat to its rule following the defeat in Ethiopia. Sensing weakness, a group of Muslims has risen up in open revolt. The Roman forces as well as Egypt's own armies are able to defeat the rebels, but the revolt makes it clear that integration will take more time. To this end more Roman-esque laws regarding religion and ethnicity are put into place. Due to the war, no expansion into the Sinai takes place this year. Faced with growing costs and more attention back home, Egypt agrees to sell Singapore to the Netherlands for trade goods and the most recent firearms. Gentle persuation like lower taxes are used to convince Muslims to convert to Christianity.
 * Cyrene: The new lands from Hungary are integrated. The local authorities begin to offer more gentle means of converting the population, and also do likewise for nationality and culture.
 * Serbia: The Serbian people rejoice as the Romans win the war and the Hungarians are driven out of the country. Most Hungarians flee, fearing retribution, and most Croats do likewise. Any Serbs deported from the country are offered incentives to return. The Serbian royal court makes its capital at Skopje and enthrone a new king from the Dusan dynasty to lead the country. To help the country heal, the infastructure and fortifications are repaired or improved.
 * Austria: This turn in both our nation and the nations of Bohemia, Moravia, Luxembourg, Brandenburg, Pomerania, Silesia, Lusatia, Salzburg, Augsburg, Swabia,  Elsaß-Lothringen, Mainz, Palatinate, and our colonial territories and possessions is dedicated to military. We train and expand our economy using new experience from recent wars, and grow our nation economically. In Morocco our position in Melilla is fortified. All fortifications around the region are rebuilt and manned by stationed guards in case of an attack. To protect Melilla the construction of a fortress outside the city is considered, although postponed for now. The port of Melilla is rebuilt to begin operation as a trade port and military outpost. Construction continues on a shipyard in the Melilla port to facilitate the construction and repair of friendly ships. Melilla is granted a permanent naval garrison in the city’s port. to respond to dangers in the area, and to support the small garrison on land who mans the fortifications. Our position in Morocco is fortified by re-inforcements, bringing Melilla operational against attacks. For now a small fleet is stationed in its harbor, while its garrison continues to hold the north and its supply lines, supporting our Christian brethren. With much of the Muslim population of Melilla left dead after the war against Morocco, the local government attempts to entice settlers by offering large quantities of land to Christian settlers. Many Europeans, particularly of German descent and/or from Central Europe begin settling the area around Melilla. With finances from Augsburg-based banking establishments, the Trieste Company continues to launch expeditions to West Africa. Abrechtburg has grown to a decently sized settlement, supporting a population of farmers, traders, and a small garrison of soldiers. The town also houses a well furbished fort, armed with a small amount of cannons intended to defend the settlement and the harbor from any attack. Built out of necessity, the port at Abrechtburg is refurbished and expanded to support more trade ships, and allied countries are welcomed to trade and stay in the town. The second largest settlement in Westenland, Dominusburg, follows suit, finishing the construction of a port similar to Abrechtburg ‘s. Trade posts continue to be built and exploited, now numbering several dozen along the coast of Westenland and into allied territory. Our reliance on the Wolof becomes less so, but we sign a trade agreement with their nation to continue our positive relationship. Deals are made with the Wolof for slaves and other goods. Conversion of the natives begin around the settlement. Several bimereiches and caravels begin construction in Trieste, Melilla, Corfu, and other ports,  to further facilitate and protect overseas trade. Trade is increased with the Grand Duchy of Bavaria and other trade partners, bringing about new avenues of trade and commerce. Expeditions to the New World continue to increase trade with Spanish possessions, establishing a trade route between Westenland and colonies in the Yucatan. Trade posts in the Caribbean are expanded and grow as they become more frequently visited. Expeditions north of Cuba continue. A fourth expedition is sent from Cuba to the north, charting the coast along a series of trade posts. The expedition stops at Schlossburg (Baltimore), making a more permanent trade post. The group also leaves markers designating the spot as a claimed area by Austria. A trade agreement is signed with the local Nacotchtank people, who we begin to trade goods with. Work also begins on a settlement on Vultsburg, it being the hub of Austrian trade in the south Imperial Sea. A small fort begins construction, overlooking a primitive port, constructed to better facilitate trade ships.
 * The Tartary continues its expansion, growing by 5000 sq km this turn. The economy and military grow. More Tatars continue to be settled down in Liao areas to keep down the Dzunghars, preventing them from rebellion. The economy and military grow quickly, as more people are connected with the Silk Road because of a direct land connection to China as well as the ownership of several wealthy cities on the area. Some soldiers are redirected westward, together with Emperor Julian, who still has not had a coronation.
 * Perm improves its military and economy, as the population grows. Adyghea begins to be integrated on to the Tartary itself. Bukhara improves its economy with connections to China and Europe, as does Kazakhstan.
 * Grand Duchy of Bavaria: Bavaria expands its economy. The population continues to rise. Grand Duke Heinrich XVII and his council continues to allow the training of new troops. Several markets are constructed in Landshut as well as trade houses for Austrian and Castilian traders. In Austria, several new ships begin being constructed, with twenty-five very large cogs being finished. We begin using an established trade route, with important stops in the trade route include Rome, Athens, Constantinople, Gibraltar, and the coasts of Brittany, due to a longstanding trade deal. Continuing in 1536, Heinrich commissions six cogs to sail around western Mediterranean coasts. The market center in Landshut continues to attract Bavarian and Venetian traders. In religious news, around 76% of the country adheres to the Western Church. Most adherents live around Munchen and Landshut. In other news, Bavaria continues implementing the Alliance and Merchant Act as well as the Militia and Navy Act. The Bavarian Court continues hosting a largely Venetian composition. However, many Bavarian families have intermingled with the Venetians, creating a distinct social class and gentry. In national news, the common courts continue to be implemented around Bavaria as several of the lower class make use of it. The serf laws begin to be used as well. Skeptics who theorized that the serf laws would mark no profound change in society begin to be proven wrong. In 1536, as many as three hundred serfs sue for their freedom. Heinrich begins to ponder a law that would fully abolish serfdom, seeing how it has more or less deteriorated in Bavaria. The wild unpopularity of these laws begin to wear off as well. Heinrich further incorporates the Collegiate Writs, allowing many more lower class men to enter college. In legal news, Heinrich continues implementing the Bavarian Commands. The war with Hesse has been ended, with Bavaria annexing a small section of Bremen to use as a port.
 * Munchen: By 1536, the total class of Queen Isabell University amounts to about 4500 men. Troops authorized by Heinrich continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. The Collegiate Writs begin to draw more men to college.
 * Straubing: Troops authorized by Heinrich continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * Ingolstadt: Troops authorized by Heinrich continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * Burgau: Troops authorized by Heinrich continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * Nurnburg: Troops authorized by Heinrich continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * Burggrafschaft: Troops authorized by Heinrich continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * Bamberg: Troops authorized by Heinrich continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * Wurzburg: Troops authorized by Heinrich continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. A religious change begins occurring in Wurzburg upon the ascension of Franz-Albert, where many more Western Christians begin inhabiting the bishopric. The clergy begins being alarmed and they fear displacement. An envoy dispatched by Franz-Albert attempts to quell their fears.
 * Thuringia: Troops authorized by Heinrich and Count Albert continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Countess Elisabeth normalizes taxes in an effort to subset any rebellion.
 * Saxony: Troops authorized by Heinrich and Count Albert continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Countess Elisabeth normalizes taxes in an effort to subset any rebellion.
 * Bremen Port: Troops authorized by Heinrich continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * Russia: The nation of Russia begins trading along routes routing through the nation of Novgorod and its vassals, and the nation of Pskov. Money collected through trade and taxation is saved this year in the Muscovite treasury in case of an emergency. Trade routes are established between the nations of Poland, Hungary, Romania, and the Roman Empire, and we promote friendly relations with all these nations. We become closer to Novgorod through trade, relying on Novgorod for safe land routes into our northern territory. The nations of the Ukraine continue to be vassalized. In case of attack we expand our military, recruiting free levies from our cities to protect local regions of our nation. Pikes and crossbows become common equipment in some units after they begin to be produced locally to outfit local regiments. Bowmen continue to be an essential part of our military to provide support for melee units, with some gunpowder weaponry being used. In major cities kremlins are upgraded and outfitted with modern equipment and dedicated garrisons to combat any threat or invasion. The largest kremlin, located in Moscow, is especially upgraded, with new walls being added that are wider and can hold cannons. Italian architects are also invited to our courts to design certain aspects of the city. This turn in our nation and vassals is dedicated to military. We ask for an alliance with the nation of Poland.
 * Lithuania: This turn is officially dedicated to military. Trade between Moscow, Prussia, and other nations helps to amass wealth, which is partially used to finance infrastructural projects and military fortifications.
 * Ukraine (Various): This turn is officially dedicated to military. Trade between Moscow, Prussia, and other nations helps to amass wealth, which is partially used to finance infrastructural projects and military fortifications.
 * Russian Vassals (Various): This turn is officially dedicated to military. Trade between Moscow, Prussia, and other nations helps to amass wealth, which is partially used to finance infrastructural projects and military fortifications.
 * Mansurryian Sultanate: Infrastructure under the Mosque Model continues as the more mosques are built throughout the Sultanate and as a result more people support Sunni Islam. With the increased support for Sunni Islam, there is also increased support for more mosques and with more mosques more towns grow and with more town growth there is more trade and with more trade there is more money and with more money there is more funding for the Mosque Model and with more funding there are more mosques built throughout the Sultanate. More trade caravans are also sent out to surrounding nations. Infra turn.
 * Lombardy: Work continues on the Certosa di Pavia, the Castle Visconteo, and on the extensive Milan Cathedral. We continue training a proper standing army, utilizing Swiss mercenaries and local recruits. With border disputes now settled between the nations of Austria and Switzerland, we continue opening friendly relations with both nations in hopes of repairing our diplomatic relations and protecting our northern border. We continue constructing cogs and galleys to strengthen our navy and protect our interests on the seas. Our turn is dedicated to economy in both our nation and our vassals. Wallis is declared a vassal of our nation, and we continue influencing them.
 * Novgorod: We continue the production of ships, cannons, muskets, advanced crossbows, swords, and composite bows, increasing our military capabilities in case of war. The nation’s training and advancement of military continues. The recent classes of Koch ships are being manufactured in Novgorod. The town of St Patriksburg’s population grows a bit more that last year. As the construction of the town improves, the Kremlin finishes, trade becoming more in demand, the town gains slightly. Because of the trade road built with Tver our economy increases. After seeing a great success with the private schools in the cities of Novgorod, St Patriksburg, Staraya Russa, and Nizhny Novgorod. We start building another private school in Rostov and Yaroslavl. We complete building private schools in Torzhok and a private school in Staraya Ladoga. We dedicate this turn to economy.
 * Tver: We complete the construction of the private school in Tver and we start the new one. We expand our economy because of the trade established between Yaroslavl, Rostov, Muscovy and Novgorod. We dedicate this turn to economy.
 * Yaroslavl: We complete the construction of the private school in Yaroslavl and we start the new one. We expand our economy because of the trade established between Tver, Rostov, Muscovy and Novgorod. We dedicate this turn to economy.
 * Rostov: We completed the construction of the private school in Rostov and start the new one. We expand our economy because of the trade established between Tver, Yaroslavl, Muscovy. We dedicate this turn to economy.
 * Karelia: We expand our economy because of the trade established between Tver, Rostov, Muscovy and Novgorod. We dedicate this turn to economy. As fur traders and hunters begin to move into Karelia, the land becomes more settled. We are pleased that peaceful terms have been met between us and Scandinavia, and we hope to improve relations in the future.
 * Bengal Sultanate: Cash crops continue to be grown in large amounts. With our merchants traveling to Ava, Kamarumpa and Arakan regularly, Islam continues to grow in their areas. Merchants also travel exclusively to Multan, Sind, Ladakh, and Kangra. Due to Bengal having control over lands of multiple ethnicities and religions, literary works in the form of poems continue to take influence from all three religions of the Sultanate. Urdu, also called Hindi by some, becomes more common in the Sultanate due to the mixing of Hindu and Islamic ideals. We continue to help finance the Plutocratic State of Jaunpur, Delhi Sultanate and Bahamani Sultanate by sending gifts directly to the nobles/sultans, offering loans from powerful trade bankers, and decreasing the trade taxes over all of Bengal, allowing more of our merchant goods to travel into those states. We also raise a portion of the Sultan's personal levy and then divide it to be sent out to the states' leaders, so that they can do with them what they wish in order to maintain order in their nation. The construction of schools and universities several years ago has led to an increase in scholars and literacy in our nation. Due to the removal of trade barriers among a majority of states in the Indian League, their merchants and ours begin to travel with increased mobility and goods, thereby increasing the trade income and output in the agreeing nations. Several Bengali merchants continue to sponsor gem mines in the Mogok area of Ava, due to the high concentration of gems such as rubies, sapphires, garnets and moonstones, and the first of many mines begin to return with more successes. Construction of ships based upon Castilian designs, granted to us by them, continues, in order to further our efforts to explore and trade. New crops continue to enter into several plantations, opium and cannabis. The increasing need for an anesthetic due to many more surgeries in Bengal, simply due to an increasing population, leads opium cultivation to become very lucrative and results in many plantations including it in their crops. Cannabis becomes more popular, not simply due to its cultural history in Muslim societies, but also because of its popular use in several poetic works. The coastlands gained by Bengal continue to receive excessive shipments of Bengali goods, nobles, people, religion, soldiers, and ideals. The Bengali tax cuts, as well as plantations begin to take effect in the newly acquired lands, and woodblock printing is spread to Bengal proper as its use and replication is more fully understood. We continue work on a lavish new palace in Pandua. It is planned to be the largest palace of India, complete with an exceptionally large courtyard, mosque, standing pool, fountains, aethstetic vegitation, and an exceptionally large palace with seven towers.
 * Rajya of Orissa: Kapilendra Deva continues to listen to his advisers and bring about several reforms to his nation that make it more Islamic friendly, one of which is new, and calls for the creation of one mosque for each Hindu temple in the name of tolerance, when in reality, his advisers have prescribed this to bring about larger Islamic influence. Kapilendra Deva passes away and his titles pass to Kalua Deva, who begins an expensive campaign of military modernization.
 * Swargadeo of Kamarupa: Now vassalized by Bengal, the Swargadeo of Ahom continues to receive extensive help in creating viable farmland. They do this by continuing a process of land reclamation in the northern part of the state, which is largely marshy and thinly populated. This process of reclamation begins by using dikes, embankments and irrigation systems. The land reclamation, having been going on for decades, is extremely successful in creating viable farmland for rice, grain and other staple crops, increasing Kamarupa's population and their yearly trade output.
 * Scandinavian Empire: Scandinavia improves its economy as gold trickles through the Oresund. A colony near OTL Quebec City is founded. Named partly for the Algonquin word Kebec (Where the river flows), a fusion on Swedish and Algonquin words creates the name of Scandinavia's newest colony: Strömbek. One of the supply ships for the colony, the Mirakel i Norr, runs aground at OTL Kyp Island. The island is named Mirakel Island for the ship, which cannot be removed from the island. The ship is gutted and made part of the landscape of the city. Sails, beds, and other useful items are used in the colony, though this isn't the end for the ship. The former captain. Captain Snorri Makeski does not return to Scandinavia for fear of ridicule over the loss of his prized ship. In November, during a particularly harsh winter, the supplies from the ship allow Strömbek to survive its first year. Worse, a tribe of hostile natives attacks the city in December. Captain Makeski rallies the town not to give up and forms the Strömbek militia. The captain of the Mirakel i Norr is hailed as a hero. In the meantime, Scandinavia works on improving its relations with the tribes near Vinland.
 * Finland: The economy is expanded.
 * Iceland: The economy is expanded
 * Schleswig: The economy is expanded
 * Vinland: The economy is expanded. Vinland expands by 250 sq km.

1537
'''A famous Dutch reformer and preacher publishes a 65,000-word antisemitic treatise, titled On the Jews and Their Lies. The document becomes a major and persistent influence on the attitude of many citizens in Germany and the Lowlands toward its Jewish citizens.'''


 * I do hope you're not planning on turning the Netherlands anti-semitic. I know this is based on the OTL Martin Luther papers. However, traditionaly the Netherlands were always tolerant of Jews due to their own progressive and open religious policies, and I refuse to be an anti-semite myself. Now, if you make this an influence on portions of the population or on its perspective of them I won't say anything as that is understandable but public policy toward Jews will remain open and the Netherlands will remain a Jewish safe haven. With Blood and Iron (talk) 00:22, June 18, 2014 (UTC)
 * If references are needed I will post as many are needed. With Blood and Iron (talk) 00:55, June 18, 2014 (UTC)
 * (As messaged to NK) That moderator event was a reference to Martin Luther, who in OTL wrote a book of the same name. It is not so much a reflection of the Netherlands, but a reflection of the Reformist movement as a whole, and will probably have a much bigger impact in Germany and other less tolerant areas, than the Netherlands (if you want). What I meant was that the guy happens to be Dutch (given that you're the only Reformist nation), but it doesn't necessarily have to have an impact on the Netherlands. You brought up a good point about the policy of the Netherlands, so I will amend that part. Sorry, I wasn't trying to force you into some sort of position where your nation has to be anti-Semitic, but reflect OTL prejudice that existed at this time. Thanks, Mscoree (talk) 01:24, June 18, 2014 (UTC)
 * Thank you. I appreciate it. With Blood and Iron (talk) 01:26, June 18, 2014 (UTC)

'''South-Eastern Australia is a flurry of activity. In January the Head-Man of the Tharrawal, Bennelong, dies. The elders decide unanimously to appoint his son Head-Man. Further north, many individuals in the Biripi tribe have taken up sedentary lifestyles: erecting permanent mud-and-stone dwellings near creeks and working their eel and tuber farms. '''

'''An alliance of forces from the Suri Empire, Multan,Jaunpur, and several other Indian states successfully defeats a Mughal (descendant) warlord ruling in Afghanistan. In the ensuing peace, eastern sections of Afghanistan (OTL Pakistan) is annexed to the Suri Empire, while the independent Emirate of Afghanistan is created with Jalal Shah Suri’s brother Ahmad Khan Suri as ruler and vassal of the Suri Empire proper. In the collapse of the Mughals, however, the local ruler of the Chagatai region attempts to establish his dynasty at the head of an independent nation, refusing to swear fealty to the Suri. An Indian army is prepared to pacify the region. '''

'''The last mod event was like half retconned. Can we please check the plausibility of these events since the Mughals didn't flee to Afghanistan and there's a TREATY which denotes what happened to them?''' Also, I still do not get how Chagatai and Mughal remnants united. Chagatai was a vassal of Mughals and it would not be loyal to whatever Indian guy Bengal appointed there. -Sky

'''There are dozens of people in the Mughal family. I'm talking about these individual warlords who are fighting each other. As for the point about Chagatai, you basically are confirming what I said in the event. They DIDN'T stay unified, as that whole area basically (should have been) a dark grey on the map. They are refusing to be loyal to the Indians currently, as you said. '''

'''The problem, is that absolutely nobody from the Mughali or Marwarian royal families are in power. ALL of them were outsted by the treaty. The former Mughali lands that weren't created into new nations are ruled by the Rajput Clan, entirely different from the Mughali or Marwarian royal families. The Chatagai and Mughali nations SHOULDN'T have unified. The Second treaty of Delhi SPECIFIED that the Chatagai were to be independent, and rather than Bengal installing some foreign or unpopular local ruler, it was to be ruled by a body of nobles, none of which were forced to be loyal to, or pay tribute to, ANY Indian nation. There shouldn't be ANY warlords fighting each other because there shouldn't be ANY warlords. The Rajput Clans in charge of the former have had no history of problems with any warlords rising at all. What you have done, is made a warlord rise, gain EXCEPTIONAL power to fight off the Rajput clan supported by Bengal, and become a THREAT to the Suri Empire, Multan and Jaunpur, and several other unspecified Indian states, who mobilized and co-ordinated their forces to victory in a war, where they unrightfully annexed lands from a peaceful nation that NEVER asked for help (Rajput clans have royal marriages with Jaunpur royal families, which are in charge of the Jaunpur nation), all within a year, which I find very difficult to convcieve ALL of that happening within a year, especially by some warlord who literally CANNOT gain ANY power. Also, Suri Empire, really? OTL nation with OTL family 136 years after a POD at nearly the same exact time rebelling against the exact same nation? The Rajput Clan was supposed to be supported by the Indians who warred against the Mughals in any way possible, hence why all Indian League participants in the Second Indian War agreed to put them in charge. It's just real odd to see all these Indian nations swear loyalty to a REBEL and self-proclaimed Emperor who is fighting off the exact group of people ALL the Indian League nations agreed to put in charge because of good relations, stability, and ability. - Eip "Fascist Eagle rhetoric here" Oco'''

'''Your comment further illustrates the plausibility of this moderator event. You just said that the areas in question have been played under the command of a certain clan. However, civil war has thrown parts of the region into disarray, and this military intervention is essentially the Indian states fulfilling the treaty. They are pacifying the region now that rebel organizations are threatening or breaking the treaty. Secondly the Suri go back hundreds of years. '''
 * Portugal: Continues a notable buildup in military strength and allows for a vigorous training program on the existing military forces attempting to train them up heavily. Meanwhile, the administration continues to be reformed, and agriculture and commerce are encouraged. Meanwhile, Portugal continues to develop its navy. Meanwhile, the colony in Lenhame continues exporting wheat to Portugal. Meanwhile, trade intensifies in the African coast. The Açores continue to be settled. Meanwhile, the naus continue to be used. Naval explorations directed to the west continue. Meanwhile, Santa Cruz expands north by 3000 sq km. Meanwhile, sugarcane continues to be planted in Santa Cruz. Meanwhile, pau-brasil (brazilwood) starts to be extracted in the colony. Meanwhile, the colony of São Sebastião expands 1000 sq km.
 * Russia: The nation of Russia begins trading along routes routing through the nation of Novgorod and its vassals, and the nation of Pskov. Money collected through trade and taxation is saved this year in the Muscovite treasury in case of an emergency. Trade routes are established between the nations of Poland, Hungary, Romania, and the Roman Empire, and we promote friendly relations with all these nations. We become closer to Novgorod through trade, relying on Novgorod for safe land routes into our northern territory. The nations of the Ukraine continue to be vassalized. In case of attack we expand our military, recruiting free levies from our cities to protect local regions of our nation. Pikes and crossbows become common equipment in some units after they begin to be produced locally to outfit local regiments. Bowmen continue to be an essential part of our military to provide support for melee units, with some gunpowder weaponry being used. In major cities kremlins are upgraded and outfitted with modern equipment and dedicated garrisons to combat any threat or invasion. The largest kremlin, located in Moscow, is especially upgraded, with new walls being added that are wider and can hold cannons. Italian architects are also invited to our courts to design certain aspects of the city. This turn in our nation and vassals is dedicated to economy.
 * Lithuania: This turn is officially dedicated to economy. Trade between Moscow, Prussia, and other nations helps to amass wealth, which is partially used to finance infrastructural projects and military fortifications.
 * Ukraine (Various): This turn is officially dedicated to economy. Trade between Moscow, Prussia, and other nations helps to amass wealth, which is partially used to finance infrastructural projects and military fortifications.
 * Russian Vassals (Various): This turn is officially dedicated to economy. Trade between Moscow, Prussia, and other nations helps to amass wealth, which is partially used to finance infrastructural projects and military fortifications.
 * Korea: Korea continues to build up its military. Meanwhile, more Taoist, Neo-Confucian and Buddhist temples are built. Korea continues to aid China in the invasion of Manchuria.
 * Prussia: The Prussians continue to develop their economy. The Prussians continue to build their new navy. Prussia continues to Germanize their ethnic minorities.
 * Courland: The Curonians also continue developing their economy.
 * Estland: Ossel-Wiek also continues developing their economy.
 * |onte: Continues to have a large surplus of grain. Though adopting "western farming", the idea of "the tribe" is still very much so alive, as people always share the crops they have grown, or the animals they have hunted amongst the community. Due to the policy of planting tree groves, desert reclamation has started taking serious effect in some parts of |onte. This year has resulted in twenty elephants being killed. An expansion to the elephant pen is begun. |onte is rich with money made from elephant hunting, as they have nothing to spend the money on. Mon II tours the country teaching children in their playtime how to read. Most of the recent generation can read. However, only a small majority. Mon II continues expanding the project that will be his life's work: the Kunene library, progress over the years has been slow, however, as Mon II insists that the library be built of ivory and marble. Mon II assembles his best students and begins translating many Dutch documents, and filling the completed section of the library with the translations. |onte's population rises to over 36,000. There is a population centre that is beginning to appear around the mouth of the Kunene, and is simply referred to as Kunene. Debarubo expands north by another 150 sq km (3 pixels) with the newly equipped Eheresito hu Kunene. Mon III continues combining the many narratives heard into one coherent story, called the Sahaka. Mon IX enrolls at the University of Brussels and begins taking all possible courses related to literature, the classics (Greeks and the Romans), languages (French and German) and architecture.
 * The Kingdoms of Great Albion (Scotland and England) - member nation of the UKGA: Many ships are modernized and replaced to keep the Royal Albion Navy a powerful force on the high seas. Port Edmundburg continues to experience a growth in population. Albionic settlers continue to explore the surrounding areas. The pocket watch is invented by Peter Royce. James Graff invents the use of etching. The Crowns of Oldenburg and Albion officially enter Personal Union. Nobles are outraged at the appointment of a foreign German King, even though the real politics is still done by the Queen. Several begin to openly conspire against the new regime. The Queen begins to build up loyal forces in the event of a clash. In the meantime, the Royal Government of Albion, hearing of the unrest in Europe, vows to not get involved. Queen Jacqueline considers the Hamburgian proposal and accepts the return to sovereignty. The Albionic Civil war comes to an end as Phillip the Pretender is captured and executed publically for his crimes. After this, King Richard authors the Parliamentary expansion act of 1535, the act takes further power from nobles and redistributes it to a Parliament, limiting the influence any one noble has. Parliament also inacts the Acts of Centralisation 1535 that folds Wales into England and renames both Brittannia. The New name for the whole of Albion is the United Kingdoms of Brittannia, Eire and Scotland.  The Albionic Navy commissions the construction of two Celt Galleons (a modified version of the OTL Indiaman, but with considerably more firepower. Plans to upgrade other parts of the navy are continued. Privateers, not flying Albionic colours, begin to assault Spanish shipping in hopes of greatly increasing profits in Albion, due to the increase in Spanish warships, several Albionic military vessels are repurposed as privateer ships to continue to harass trade. In other news, The King and Queen announce that the Queen is with child and might have twins. Celebrations of the news go out throughout the land. Port Katrina becomes a holding of the Crown, troops and settlers arive to the new locale. With the civil war over, The King and Queen respond to the Hamburgian message and announce a pact of Eternal Friendship between Albion-Oldenburg and Hamburg in effort to prevent future destablizing influences in the region. The alliance with Austria is suspended until Austria gives word that they will not attack any Albion friendly nations in Europe unless attacked themselves.
 * Calais: Military and navy are expanded.
 * Dublin: Dublin undergoes another remodel and expansion to the ports due to the massive influx of trade from Castile and Venice as well as an increased Eire trade.
 * Scotland: Expands navy and military. Pan Albion sentiments grow, Trade increases. Whiskey is traded down to central Albion.
 * Port Edmundburg: Expands by 1000 sq km south and east down the coast. The African colonists begin looking toward mining and other ventures to generate profit.
 * New Cambridgeshire: New Cambridgeshire expands by 1000 sq km south and West. Colonists begin to explore around the region and begin to have a large fishing boom. The Port of New Rotham is expanded to handle excess ships from Albion and other European nations and is renamed by popular vote to New Oxford. The people of New Oxford also begin an attempt to gain knowledge of farming in Borealia from Native Peoples.
 * Oldenburger Diplomacy: King Richard IV and Queen jacqueline are asked to consider signing this treaty.
 * Scandinavian Empire: Scandinavia improves its military as it works to improve the navy and ground soldiers. Tales of Captain Makeski reach Scandinavia and become popular amongst would-be colonists and people considering life in a colony. When word of Captain Makeski's bravery defending Strömbek reaches Queen Elsa, the Queen sends a ship with an offer to Captain Makeski: a large estate in Sweden and a new ship. As of 31 December, the ship bearing this message is still on its way to Strömbek. In the meantime, Scandinavia works on vassalizing some native American states near Vinland (Turn Two of 20 for tribes along the New Jersey shore).
 * Finland: The military is expanded. Construction of fortifications in Finland begins this year as Finland works to overcome yet another harsh winter.
 * Iceland: The military is expanded as new shipyards in Iceland are constructed.
 * Schleswig: The military is expanded as Schleswig improves its defensive measures.
 * Strömbek: The militia is expanded. The M'irakel i Norr is scraped of barnacles and a few boards are replaced after last year's winter. The new colony expands by 1000 sq km north and south along the St Lawrence River.
 * Vinland: The militia is expanded. Vinland expands by 500 sq km.
 * Hispania: The Spanish populace reaches about 13.5 million and growing thanks to the addition of the Aragonian populace and other growth. The economy, thanks to the aggressive colonialism, continues to expand immensely and the Spanish economy becomes the most powerful in Europe passing the French economy by leaps and bounds with the massive influx of gold, silver and jewels contributing heavily and its administration preventing heavy inflation of the Spanish economy. The armed forces continue their push to remain the most modern and begins to build a host of new ships to replace older ones which are sold to its vassals, trade companies and other territories of the Empire. The integration of Aragon into Castile and the formation of Spain is seen as relatively popular and the now majority Spanish population shows overwhelming support for their Queen. The Queen of Spain on the direction of an advisor incorporates the title of King of Italy as an integral part of Spain as well ruling over it in a personal union in which the monarch of Spain may rule as the King of Italy in a personal union but the title may not pass to any other than the Spanish monarch. Queen Alexis begins to push toward consolidation of new territories acquired and begins to increase troop amounts in Italy, Genoa and Savoy. Spanish general Alejandro Cortez writes a book on Spanish military history and with this writes a detailed doctrine describing the brilliant general Carlos's tactic of  line infantry. The general manages to get "Carolingian Infantry" a force of men five-to-seven ranks deep rotating to keep a continuous volley of fire on the enemy pushing its adoption by the Spanish Army. Hispania begins a notable development of a new larger kind of ship. an evolution of the carrack designed to be much stabler and faster and outclass any other ships the European world has to offer. This ship known as the Galleon multiple new ones are constructed to remain ahead of other nations in regards to naval technology. Phillip has a child named Alejandro now age 7.  The Spanish continue to escort major trade convoys with warships to increase likelyhood of surviving. and investigation into the criminal underworld is undertaken to find out who hired these privateers. Alexis, finally seeing wisdom in creating a Spanish Parliament to prevent a foolish or insane monarch from ruining her accomplishments, creates the Parliament and enforces the first elections through landowners and influential traders who vote in the first Parliament led by Prime Minister Rodrigo Gonzales. Their first acts are to create a law system dealing with voting restricting it to the landed people and certain merchants but leaving it open to change with later amendments. The Parliament - also with authority of the queen - splits executive power between the Parliament and the monarchy. Finally, the Parliament creates the Colonial Administration Authority, which is a dedicated office to managing the colonies with offices in each colony and a budget dealing with expansion, maintenance, and protection.
 * Kingdom of Italy: The Italian crown passes to Queen Alexis and is tied to the Crown of Spain. The Italian forces are immediately recruited to lightly aid Spanish coalition troops and the armed forces are expected to push 30,000 troops by the close of the decade. The Italian kingdom integrates Florence as an integral part and begins to push toward more movement toward involvement with the Spanish trade empire and Italian trade ships begin visiting Spain en masse. The Italian army is expanded moderately with some naval ships being purchased to replace losses.  However, the Invulnerable Spanish army discourages any from speaking their mind and most deal with the relatively benevolent rule of the Spanish. The population of the Kingdom of Italy reaches about 13.2 million with growth falling short due to many men being killed in the war. The Italian navy reaches nearly 170 ships and growing. The people of Italy begin to see Spain as much more benevolent than before and are more than happy with Spanish rule. However, this also may have to do with the fact that many nobles have been replaced with Spaniards or loyal Italians who helped Spanish forces in the invasion. Some Hispanicized Italians (Italians who have adopted Spanish culture) are allowed to settle in the Spanish colonies.
 * Savoy: Savoy is stabilized. The Savoyan people accept their new overlords as the increased trade has left traders and many other with much more money than they had before. The economy, thanks to trade with Spain, expands moderately but much is spent rebuilding Savoy from the conflict. Savoy agrees to cede portions of territory to France due to the war and many people in Savoy are angered but powerless. The rulers of Savoy - realizing that inclusion into the Spanish empire is much better than being a target of it - manage to pacify the populace and begin to rebuild raising a small force of about 10,000 to handle security. The people of Savoy begin to work toward building up a trade fleet now at 70 ships.
 * Genoa: Now being free of Italy, but now a vassal of Spain, Genoa looks to rebuild its trade empire under the rising Spanish empire. The Genoan people and traders widely consider this to be a turning point with their people and begin to push for the mass acquisition of trade ships to rebuild their trade empire. Genoa begins to expand its military moving up to nearly 8000 troops with 5000 Spanish troops housed in Genoa. The Genoan people more than not show welcoming attitudes toward the Spanish as they have felt relatively oppressed by the Italians. However, some Genoans remain disenfranchized with the Spanish but the reputation of invincibility of the Spanish army makes any attempt at independence a far cry from possibility. These people more than not decide to find ways to live under the Spanish empire in a more prosperous way, by establishing multiple trade companies. These companies begin to be common throughout Spanish lands as the Genoans begin to build up a Trade fleet of a sizable amount now at 80 ships.
 * Kingdom of Morocco: The country begins the construction of various canals and cultivates trees farther inland to help increase arable farmland. The Moroccan economy continues to expand with greater trade coming from Spain and the Canaries all the way down to Capo Verde increasing the relative wealth. The Kingdom, with many canals having been completed, has vastly expanded its farmland among other things. Morocco's total population reaches one million with Christianity becoming dominant in the area. Calne-Vicuna is finished and is opened as a center for Christianity in North Africa with a library said to rival old Alexandria's. The Moroccan Assassins Guild forms and spreads keeping the peace and killing the corrupt as well as making Morocco much more peaceful for Spain. The Kingdom of Morocco officially enters into a personal union with Castile following the magistrates and princes deeming it unnecessary for the King to not have full control in the country. The Magistrates, however, are fully re-instated to continue as they were just under direction of the monarch of Spain The Kingdom of Morocco begins construction of a sizeable navy and adds nearly 30 ships, many purchased from private builders from abroad bringing its fleet up from 20 ships to nearly 50.
 * Kongo: The Kingdom begins to work toward a trade and production economy focusing on helping provide resources for Castile's burgeoning West African trade network. The King of the Kongo converting to Christianity and being baptised begins to call for the expansion of ports to the best of the Kongolese architects' abilities. The Kingdom of the Kongo in an attempt to increase economic output and trade begins to export a large amount of raw materials to Castile and begins to push toward heavy exploitation methods if possible. Kongo due to its backwardness in technology and administration puts itself in a protectorate/vassal situation in order to advance itself. The Kongolese population reaches about one million and beginning to grow much more rapidly. The King of the Kongo manages to calm down the people. The Kongo itself begins to see a noticeable improvement in the way of life. Kongo Adds the Former Oyo Gabonese colony to its domain. Kongo Expands 2500 sq km up the Congo River finally reaching supply and population levels to support this.
 * Mapuche: With the defeat by the Spanish a royal governor is appointed by the Castilians. These people are immediately transferred onto available ships and throughout the year are sent up the coast via Spanish ships to a location unknown to the Mapuche. The Mapuche also continue to see major issues from European contact are given orders to isolate themselves if they are sick to prevent further expansion of the disease. The Mapuche people begin to see the first mixed children between Spanish and Mapuche people. The Spanish institute the Ecomienda system. However, the Spanish governor, in order to keep control of the people, orders the Spanish heads of the system to treat the natives fairly in order to prevent mass deaths from overworking and resentment. Spanish farming techniques have definitely prevented starvation as the Mapuche continue to expand toward the coast building a road to connect it all. The Spanish governor, also using the local Mapuche as scouts, is able to expand much more than the Buenos Aires colony and uses this to his advantage to secure more land to be able to turn over to Spanish settlers. The Royal Governor ramps up expansion for some of the new plantation owners setting up expanding the the territory by 2500 sq km. The Mapuche Area begins to see a notable increase in Castilian settlers, mostly farmers who begin to build special areas to employ the Inca farming methods.
 * Morelia: The former Mayan kingdom is renamed Morelia by the royal governor to reflect its new Spanish culture as thousands of settlers have settled in the major cities beginning to displace the remaining Mayans which have decreased almost 75% from their original population of two million leaving barely 500,000 Mayans left. An insightful priest says that destroying the cities will result in long term resentment that could never be repaired and instead they should be made Spanish-Maya hybrid. The new Royal Governor seeing wisdom in this declares that the cities will not be ransacked and a moderate tribute of gold and silver is demanded by the Spanish. The 2000 troops remain in the country and begin to establish areas along the coast suitable for Spanish settlement. The military and economy of the Maya under Spain is developed and roads are upgraded to Spanish standards. The Spanish sponsor some colonists who wish to remove themselves from the remainder of the Indians and establish themselves on an island (OTL Havana) and name the island Cuba. (2500 sq km). The Spanish troops are brought from all over the region equaling nearly 5000, with 1000 being regulars, 3000 being troops formerly used in the conflict, and another 1000 opportunist settlers looking to make more money are used against the Mayan revolters with great effect. The Spanish troops continue to push through and wipe out remaining rebels clearing out the highlands by the end of the year.
 * Aztecs: With full control of the Aztec now reverting to the Spanish the Spanish begin to implement their Ecomienda system from the Mapuche in the south to the Aztec areas to extract gold and silver. Along with this many of the remaining Aztec people become infected decreasing population further. The economy of the Aztecs becomes entirely reliant on the Spanish Empire and the military remains non-existent with areas being occupied by Zapotec and remaining Spanish forces. However, its garrison is made up of Spanish forces who are settling the territory. Almost 5000 Spaniards come to the Aztec nation. The royal governor is appointed and after conversation with Morelias governor decides eventually he will embark on a large expansion campaign up the Mexican area. The Aztecs expand by 2500 sq km through disorganized territory just north of it with Spanish settlers paving the way.
 * Kingdom of Venezia: With the establishment of the Kingdom of Venezia following the previous war and with the loss of a large portion of the fleet the Venezian people seem to believe that much can be rebuilt through utilization of the dynamically rising Spanish empire for its own benefit. The businessmen and high level economists, bankers and multiple other fully knowledgeable individuals of Venezia remaining after the war go on a trip to Spain's vibrant trade cities and after careful negotiations many of these men take over one of Spain's newest rising trade companies, the Buenos Aires trade company, with some offices based out of the Buenos Aires colony in Hesperia. The Venezians, unable to select a king from their remaining nobles, delegate to the Queen of Spain (Castile and Aragon) who chooses a man named Antonio Lo Grato to rule as Prince of Venice in place of the Queen of Spain. A well acclaimed and respected man, he immediately enacts reforms. The Venezian economy with access to the Spanish economy begins to recover and for the first time in years due to this. The Venezians begins its long road to naval recovery and begins to use its vast knowledge to begin building ships not only for itself but acquires the blueprints to improve on Spanish ships to allow for sale back to the Queen. The Venezian military is also raised to a token force of about 10,000 due to its location but remains lightly armed and unable to project power or fight any unsupported offensives. The Prince of Venezia, Antonio, begins the drift toward Spanish culture.
 * Viceroyalty of New Spain: The Viceroyalty of new Spain is established with a massive amount of coastal territory secured begins to expand its major settlements seriously with Buenos Aires maintaining the most with nearly 27,000 people and growing The colony proper reaches nearly 200,000 in population seeing large amounts of Colonial immigration now from both Spain and Hispanicized Italians. The Viceroy implements the first cattle ranches (they are not modern ranches) in order to expand the food supply of the large colony. The Spanish inhabitants of the colonies form their first militia under command of a Spanish officer which is trained only to fight off native attacks. The Colony specifically expands the areas around its main settlements by 10 px especially up the Rio de Toro River (OTL Uruguay River) and extends its borders south by 10 px intending to reach the Straits of Torez (OTL Straits of Magellan). The viceroyalty seems extremely happy with the colonial status and support its received from Castile as well as the massive re-investment for the betterment of the colony giving a huge boost to the construction of a few forts and a road system. The first ships begin to arrive from Spain African colonies bringing goods and a few slaves. Ranching is taken up by men previously accustomed to this in Spain.
 * Cape Ferdinand: The Cape Ferdinand colony expands by 10 px around existing settlements beginning to push toward making the area a larger more controlled area for Spanish habitation especially up the Orange River. The semi-hostile climate has left Cape Ferdinand with barely 17,000 colonists in comparison to New Spain in Hesperia. The area itself begins to show up as a trade hub. Zulu Africans in the area begin to be contacted with missionaries looking to speak to these people.
 * Philippines: Spanish continue to establish majority control over the area through trade and other means. The Spanish then begin to send in a royal governor who makes plans to expand the island nation, and begins work on its economy and military to do so. Gold and silver from Spain is sent to facilitate buying materials to build up the area as the Philippines are garrisoned by mercenaries hired by Spain and nearly 300 of Spain's most well trained troops.
 * Fusahito Theocracy: The Emperor announces that only members of the Imperial Shinto Sect may take bureaucratic positions or become an officer in the Imperial Army. At the same time, the church is further centralised, with the creation of a hierachical order of priesthood, the highest office being that of the Emperor and then those in the Imperial Court. The failure of the Uesugi Daimyo to submit to the Emperor's will leads to the decision to begin to undermine the authority of the Daimyo and integrate the state into the Empire. This is done through the spread of Imperial Shinto priests throughout the Uesugi state, spreading discontent and attempting to subvert the population. Whilst no attempt is made to convert the population, priests attempt to fuel resentment and bitterness toward the Daimyo amongst all classes, pointing out the economic success of the Theocracy; the banning of the slave trade and the failures of the Uesugi Daimyo. Year Two of Ten.
 * Shimazu Province:  The Governor of the Shimazu province continues the transfer of powers to Kyoto, starting with the amalgamation of the Shimazu military with the Imperial Army. Work begins on the development of Amami island as a major staging post for trade with the East Indies.
 * County of Oldenburg: Infrastructure is improved. Countess Adelheid begins to worry that her daughter-in-law's pregnancy has lasted about four years. Diplomats are sent to Hamburg and Albion, presenting this draft treaty.
 * Prince-Bishopric of Osnabruck: Work continues on the new university.
 * Netherlander Dip: Under the wishes to continue to strengthen ties with their major trading partners and ensure a status quo on Continental Europe, William I of the Netherlands requests their ascension to the agreement.
 * Netherlands: The Netherlands continue to strengthen their hold over the trade routes of the East Indies and Spice Isles. (Can Sunda please be added to my domains since they agreed to a protectorate treaty, and since I own Batavia or modern Jakarta?) as activities throughout the Spice Isles continue to grow and influence over the courts of the Sumatran and Javanese states grow. The East India Company continues to show massive profits and the Stock exchange continues to consolidate its position in Netherlander commerce. The University of Batavia is officially opened and begins classes teaching the local elites of those nations which wish study there and for the wealthy Dutch and Wallon merchants that reside in the City of Batavia. Karl continues to reside over company activities in the orient as relations with his family back home become strained over his decision to convert to Islam. His family continues to grow as he has another child with both his wives. The wealth of Brussels and Amsterdam continue to grow along with that of the rest of the Netherlands as trade and commerce from across the known world pour through the cities of the lowlands. Netherlander architecture continues to grow and starts spreading to the colonies mainly Guiana and Batavia as they grow. Dutch and Wallon French literature and art continue to flourish enriching the cultural legacy of the Netherlands and cementing the importance of both cultures in the national identity. The French spoke by the Aristocracy and upper class of the Netherlands starts to diverge from that of France as it develops into a local dialect similar to that spoking in Wallonia. The Jewish community which now forms a sizable minority in the Netherlands and also has a large influence over Lowlands culture and economy are stunned at the papers writing by Dutch Reformed preacher Berg Apperson (thought I should give him a name) and the change in attitude of some of the Netherlands. However, as a majority remain tolerant and for the most part indifferent toward the Jewish population, and official policies set by the government and royal family remain tolerant of the Jewish community a lot of their fears are put to rest, though there is fear that these papers will influence the Reformed communities outside of the Netherlands - mainly in Northern France and Western Germany. Scientific and cultural development continue as funding is in no short supply. The army continues to be reformed and equipped along the lines set by the new model and more snaphaunce muskets are produced as sale of the new weapon to Albion, France and Spain begin. Naval expansion continues and the first three frigates are finished and more are commissioned. The Royal Navy starts undergoing reforms as well to adjust to the new potential offered by this new ships. Economic growth continues. The Guiana Colony continues to grow as European settlement of the coastline and down the major rivers in the region grow by 20 pixels in total. The first Jewish community is established as a small group of Jews create a settlement linked to Paramaribo. The population - now standing at 1043 - starts having troubles with the native population as a plantation is raided by Guiana natives leading to a relatiatory raid on a local tribal village and ultimately bringing further tensions. The plantations continue to grow as more are built for the production of sugar and tobacco which are becoming important commodities in the homeland. The governor requests a garrison to help protect the settlements - which is accepted with 100 troops being stationed in the colony. The slave trade continues to grow in importance for the Dutch African activities and tensions with Oyo slavers and settlers in Dutch slave grounds cause greater issues. Dutch slavers begin having skirmishes with Oyo soldiers and settlers in Cameroon and East Nigeria.
 * Marrikuwuyanga Empire: The wheat surplus had steadily increased which had allowed the Marrikuwuyanga to increase their population. The Marrikuwuyanga continued their trade with the Dutch East India Company after the Supreme Council of Twelve had allowed the Dutch to create a trade outpost [1 px] at West Timor. The Marrikuwuyangan economy was steadily growing after the shock it had faced when the Ayutthaya faced rebellion. The Marrikuwuyangan economy was the strongest in the region and hundreds of men from other tribal states would migrate to Marrikuwuyanga annually to live in better conditions. The Marrikuwuyanga deported the 1000 Ayutthaya soldiers back to their homelands after the Emperor faced pressure from the Supreme Council of Twelve. The Marrikuwuyanga now produced muskets in large number, although training in using spears was still provided. The development of a cannon brought a new era for the Marrikuwuyangans who had never seen such a decisive weapon. Marrikuwuyanga expand 100 px along the eastern coast. The Emperor faced with the threat of Buddhism undermining his position, started mass conversions of Buddhists to Yadaism [Yadaism is a combination of Buddhism and the worship of Emperor Yada Gulpilil], and the Supreme Council openly declared that Ayutthaya and Buddhists were demons, not celestial beings the Marrikuwuyanga had previously considered them to be and the Buddhists were now persecuted. Emperor Yada Gulpilil had fell sick after getting poisoned and it appeared to most that he was going to die soon. The Supreme Council had already taught that according to Yadaism, dead did not exist and rebirth instead occurred when God left one of his vassals and entered another thus the Supreme Council had successfully managed to eradicate any possibility of a rebellion and now looked upon crowning Gulalin Gulpilil as the Emperor and control him as a puppet.
 * Timor: The extensive work on developing Timor's navy and military had proved beneficial after the Dutch had started providing the Marrikuwuyanga with their warships for the Marrikuwuyanga to examine and build. The Marrikuwuyangan Emperor, Yada Gulpilil was worshipped by many natives and his power continued to increase over the tribes of Timor. Development of Timor's infrastructure had started with the aid of Dutch, and the construction of a major port for the Dutch to utilize too had started. The Marrikuwuyangan navy was by now the second strongest in the region, surpassed only be the Dutch and the pirates that had acquired Ayutthayan warships but with the recent arrival of the Spanish navy, it appeared that Marrikuwuyangan navy still had a long way to go.
 * The Consulate of Romania: Constantius, now 36 37, and his brother, Radu, now 35  36, proceed with their fathers plan to re-shape Romanian governance. The new government continues to solidify. Much work is put into strengthening bonds with Transylvania, and thousands of Romanians travel to the new province. Hungarians are asked to leave Transylvania, their cost of passage to be paid in part by Romania. Due to this program as many as 65,000 Hungarians leave the region. At the same time many Romanians, still within Hungary, and fearing persecution, flee to the safely of Romania. The economy swells as the vast riches of the carpathian mountains become Romania’s alone. The farmlands of Transylvania begin to stabilize and production starts to return to normal. The Danube grows as a highway of commerce, thousands of barges travel up and down its length transporting people, materials, goods, and ideas. The spread of better sanitation systems, first introduced to Constanta by the Romans, causes a slow increase in the average lifespan. As much as 9.5% of the nation has reached basic literacy, and the Moralists promote education of commoners by priests, in order to give everyone the opportunity to read the bible. Education among the elite is becoming almost mandatory. The mining sector continues to expand; Iron, salt and coal mines dot the landscape. Coal is produced for metalworking and heating. These mines provide the resources required by the foundries and traders on the coast. The growing mines require more processing facilities, which spur more development along the coast. More large shipyards open and the lumber industry continues to expand to supply the shipbuilders. Leverlock muskets continue to grow as a major export. The gunsmiths of Romania begin to gain a reputation for good-quality, reliable weapons. This fame pushes the smiths to experiment and create better variations on leverlock muskets. The creation of many skilled jobs allows a small middle class to grow within the nation. Constantius and his wife Phillippa continues to raise their son Vladimir, who now begins to attend school. Juliana, continues to grow. Radu and his wife have a daughter, lilliana.
 * The Consulate of Bulgaria: Thousands of Romanians move into the country, seeking cheap and productive land. Meanwhile, inter-marriage becomes very common. Bulgarians also begin to migrate to trade towns in Romania to seek more economic opportunities. The economy grows similarly to Romania.
 * Duchy of Hamburg-Mecklenburg: The treaty proposed by Oldenburg is accepted, and Hamburg begins looking forward to future co-operation. Overseas expeditions to Neue Hamburg and Neue Braunschweig continue to increase as the New World shows to be a very profitable place, so much so that the government begins weighing options to take over the trade outposts from the HTSC. Refined wheellock firearms from the Heckler & Koch Co. continue to make their way into the military.
 * Stade: Military and economy expanded.
 * Bruchhausen: Military and economy expanded.
 * Zapoteca: Zapotecan troops patrol captured Aztec territory. Zapoteca expands 100 px along the Gulf Coast. The Spanish aid is greatly appreciated. The Emperor continues financing Spanish settlers to come to the kingdom and marry into the population. Trade increases and continues with the Spanish. The Emperor expands roadways connecting cities in the alliance to help merchants and soldiers move freer between them. The military, which had been outdated for many years, continues to be upgraded. The economy booms with trade as a result of the roads. Naval technology is rapidly advanced under the Spanish. The Emperor orders more to be manufactured to bring in goods from the sea. Itzapam continues prospering under Zapotecan rule, improving their military.
 * Safavid Empire: We build up our military and navy. Port cities are being rebuilt. More ships are being made for our navy. Our own version of guns is being made. Farming is becoming one of the most important industries, besides blacksmithy, trading and fishing. Guns are now mass produced in our country. We continue to make more woodblock printing presses for our libraries. Cannons at three feet long are being built for our military. Bigger cannons are also being built for our military. Cannon balls are made out of iron. A trade route from our home country to Oirat is mapped out. People are now trading with each other on this trade route. Foreign exchange banks are becoming popular in our country due to the ETA (Eurasian Trade Agreement). Trade has increased due to the ETA. A new art form is continuing to be drawn. It is a mix of Safavid, Oirat and Mughal art. Our art is continuing to be popular with all of the nation around us. Trade goes well with the Dutch merchants. All slaves that come from the Oyo nation are continuing to be converted to Shi'ite Islam. We continue to trade with the Roman Empire. The awesome trade routes to Caliphate of Mecca are continuing to be drawn on maps. Our new colony of Free Port sends back a ship to our home lands with stuff found from this land. We continue to build up our new port city. Ships continue to go back and forth from our new colony sending resources to our homeland and people to our colony. We expand our colony 10 px north, west and south.
 * Khanate of Khiva: We improve our relations with the Safavid empire. We build up our military and navy. Trade routes are continuing to be mapped into the Safavid empire.
 * Lombardy: Work continues on the Certosa di Pavia, the Castle Visconteo, and on the extensive Milan Cathedral. We continue training a proper standing army, utilizing Swiss mercenaries and local recruits. With border disputes now settled between the nations of Austria and Switzerland, we continue opening friendly relations with both nations in hopes of repairing our diplomatic relations and protecting our northern border. We continue constructing cogs and galleys to strengthen our navy and protect our interests on the seas. Our turn is dedicated to military in both our nation and our vassals. Wallis is declared a vassal of our nation, and we continue influencing them.
 * Novgorod: We continue the production of ships, cannons, muskets, advanced crossbows, swords, and composite bows, increasing our military capabilities in case of war. The nation’s training and advancement of military continues. The recent classes of Koch ships are being manufactured in Novgorod. The town of St Patriksburg’s population grows a bit more that last year. As the construction of the town improves, the Kremlin finishes, trade becoming more in demand, the town gains slightly. Because of the trade road built with Tver our economy increases. After seeing a great success with the private schools in the cities of Novgorod, St Patriksburg, Staraya Russa, and Nizhny Novgorod. We start building another private school in Rostov and Yaroslavl. We complete building private schools in Torzhok and a private school in Staraya Ladoga. We dedicate this turn to military.
 * Tver: We complete the construction of the private school in Tver and we start the new one. We expand our economy because of the trade established between Yaroslavl, Rostov, Muscovy and Novgorod. We dedicate this turn to military.
 * Yaroslavl: We complete the construction of the private school in Yaroslavl and we start the new one. We expand our economy because of the trade established between Tver, Rostov, Muscovy and Novgorod. We dedicate this turn to military.
 * Rostov: We completed the construction of the private school in Rostov and start the new one. We expand our economy because of the trade established between Tver, Yaroslavl, Muscovy. We dedicate this turn to military.
 * Karelia: We expand our economy because of the trade established between Tver, Rostov, Muscovy and Novgorod. We dedicate this turn to military. As fur traders and hunters begin to move into Karelia, the land becomes more settled. We are pleased that peaceful terms have been met between us and Scandinavia, and we hope to improve relations in the future.
 * France: Military, navy and economy are built up. The colony continues expanding and growing by 1000 among both colonies The colonies continue growing as expected. The navy begins a huge update in order to establish a stronger control over overseas territories such as the colonies and to have further control over Africa. While this, the king seeks the French influence to grow in unexpected territories. The colony of Nouvelle Rouen continues to expand eastward by 1000 px. The French government begins a measure to avoid the sweating disease attacking French domains, mostly by sending the infected back to their lands. We agree on the slave trade within the empire by the Dutch. While this, the lake just in front of the colony of Nouvelle Rouen is called Rouenelle after the colony, and OTL Maracaibo Lake is called the Lake of Sableville.
 * Burgundy: Military, economy and navy are built up.
 * Bourbon: Military and economy are built up.
 * Lorraine: Military and economy are built up.
 * Saluzzo: Military and economy are built up.
 * Sardinia: Military and economy are built up.
 * Andorra: Military and economy are built up.
 * Africa: Military and economy are built up.
 * Aurienne: Military and economy are built up. The nation expands both west and east toward the colonies of the French.
 * Guaxirenne: The country expands southward and military and economy are built up.
 * Anjou: Military and economy are built up.
 * Vendome: Military and economy are built up.
 * Provence: Military navy and economy are built up.
 * Alencon: Military and economy are built up.
 * Narbonne: Military navy and economy are built up.
 * Avignon: Military and economy are built up.
 * Austria: This turn in both our nation and the nations of Bohemia, Moravia, Luxembourg, Brandenburg, Pomerania, Silesia, Lusatia, Salzburg, Augsburg, Swabia,  Elsaß-Lothringen, Mainz, Palatinate, and our colonial territories and possessions is dedicated to military. We train and expand our military using new experience from recent wars, and grow our nation economically. In Morocco our position in Melilla is fortified. All fortifications around the region are rebuilt and manned by stationed guards in case of an attack. To protect Melilla the construction of a fortress outside the city is considered, although postponed for now. The port of Melilla is rebuilt to begin operation as a trade port and military outpost. Construction continues on a shipyard in the Melilla port to facilitate the construction and repair of friendly ships. Melilla is granted a permanent naval garrison in the city’s port. to respond to dangers in the area, and to support the small garrison on land who mans the fortifications. Our position in Morocco is fortified by re-inforcements, bringing Melilla operational against attacks. For now a small fleet is stationed in its harbor, while its garrison continues to hold the north and its supply lines, supporting our Christian brethren. With much of the Muslim population of Melilla left dead after the war against Morocco, the local government attempts to entice settlers by offering large quantities of land to Christian settlers. Many Europeans, particularly of German descent and/or from Central Europe begin settling the area around Melilla. With finances from Augsburg-based banking establishments, the Trieste Company continues to launch expeditions to West Africa. Abrechtburg has grown to a decently sized settlement, supporting a population of farmers, traders, and a small garrison of soldiers. The town also houses a well furbished fort, armed with a small amount of cannons intended to defend the settlement and the harbor from any attack. Built out of necessity, the port at Abrechtburg is refurbished and expanded to support more trade ships, and allied countries are welcomed to trade and stay in the town. The second largest settlement in Westenland, Dominusburg, follows suit, finishing the construction of a port similar to Abrechtburg‘s. Trade posts continue to be built and exploited, now numbering several dozen along the coast of Westenland and into allied territory. Our reliance on the Wolof becomes less so, but we sign a trade agreement with their nation to continue our positive relationship. Deals are made with the Wolof for slaves and other goods. Conversion of the natives begin around the settlement. Several bimereiches and caravels begin construction in Trieste, Melilla, Corfu, and other ports,  to further facilitate and protect overseas trade. Trade is increased with the Grand Duchy of Bavaria and other trade partners, bringing about new avenues of trade and commerce. Expeditions to the New World continue to increase trade with Spanish possessions, establishing a trade route between Westenland and colonies in the Yucatan. Trade posts in the Caribbean are expanded and grow as they become more frequently visited. A trade agreement is signed with the local Nacotchtank people, who we begin to trade goods with. Work also begins on a settlement on Vultsburg, it being the hub of Austrian trade in the south Imperial Sea. A small fort begins construction, overlooking a primitive port, constructed to better facilitate trade ships.
 * Roman Empire: The Empire continues to expand its trade since the conclusion of the Hungarian War. Drunk with victory, Theodore III becomes popular with the Roman nobles and people for his success at expanding Roman authority and territory. He is given a triumph in Constantinople for his success at overcoming the Hungarians, making this the first triumph in centuries. Most of the forces are returned home where they begin to rest after a hard fought campaign. The recent spat of expansion has put the royal court on edge, as they are equally as eager to maintain their new lands. The war gold from the Hungarians is put to use maintaining or expanding loyalty to the Roman state in the new lands along with the promise of Roman citizenship and the full equality of all citizens before the law. Faced with a higher level of multiculturalism in the Empire never seen since the Komnenos Dynasty, new laws are drafted to ensure that ethnic minorities will not suffer unduly and to further encourage their loyalty to the Roman state and the Roman national identity. To encourage the minorities both inside and outside the Empire, Theodore III grants citizenship to all living within the Empire's borders. Atlantis becomes a full fledged settlement with a permenant population. Trade thrives there as trade goods from Borealia and Hesperia flow through the port. A scout fleet explores OTL Puerto Rico in search for new lands to settle for Rome. The islands are claimed but no settlement is established, only stone markers.
 * Albania: The military continues to expand in case of any violence from the end of the Hungarian war breaks out in Albania's borders.
 * Ragusa: The republic celebrates the victory of the Ragusans against Hungary and the addition of new lands to the republic. Trade opens up again with the outside world and soon Ragusa's costs of entering the war are destroyed. The navy continues to expand to enable trade around the world.
 * Egypt: The Kingdom of Egypt faces another threat to its rule following the defeat in Ethiopia. Sensing weakness, a group of Muslims has risen up in open revolt. The Roman forces as well as Egypt's own armies are able to defeat the rebels, but the revolt makes it clear that integration will take more time. To this end more Roman-esque laws regarding religion and ethnicity are put into place. Due to the war, no expansion into the Sinai takes place this year. Faced with growing costs and more attention back home, Egypt agrees to sell Singapore to the Netherlands for trade goods and the most recent firearms. Gentle persuation like lower taxes are used to convince Muslims to convert to Christianity.
 * Cyrene: The new lands from Hungary are integrated. The local authorities begin to offer more gentle means of converting the population, and also do likewise for nationality and culture.
 * Serbia: The Serbian people rejoice as the Romans win the war and the Hungarians are driven out of the country. Most Hungarians flee, fearing retribution, and most Croats do likewise. Any Serbs deported from the country are offered incentives to return. The Serbian royal court makes its capital at Skopje and enthrone a new king from the Dusan dynasty to lead the country. To help the country heal, the infastructure and fortifications are repaired or improved.
 * Ottoman Sultanate: As the great and aging sultan, Suleiman the Magnificent, continues to further centralize the empire, he also continues the vassalization of Jalay (Three of Seven). As the passive state of Islam has seemed somewhat worthy, his son, now leading the armies, Sulimen, wishes to make the nation more aggressive. After years of debating and a new outlook on the growing world, aggression may be the answer to swift conquest. We attack OTL Iraq (the dark grey region aboveMansuriyya Caliphate). The new region becomes a vassal, and begins to be slowly annexed into the empire. The great Sultan continues to promote industry as the land sees much economic profit. The great militaristic unit, the Janissary, continues to be the backbone of the force, while more cannon and gunpowder units are implemented. We begin vassalizing Medina (One of Nine) Textiles begin to be produced on a larger scale, as well as glass making and asphalt mining. With the recent succession of Burjid, we begin to instead start vassalizing Jalay (Three of Seven). We accept trading rights with the Mansuriyya Caliphate, although we also wish to make them a propostition. If they agree to change their government to a Sultanate rather than a Caliphate, based solely on religious affairs, we will grant them claims in Middle East, as well as recognize them. We will also make them our number one ally and fight side by side with them. With the great growth of the Sultanate, Suleiman the Magnificent sets his sight on a new prize, one much more different from his own, a Christian nation which has for a long time pervaded his nation's advances, and stole their land. Although the Sultan must wait a few years before is allowed to attack this rivaled nation.
 * Kara Koyunlu (vassal of the Ottoman Sultanate): A period of centralization is underway as the military is expanded, the vassal slowly begins to merge into the empire.
 * Ramazan (vassal of the Ottoman Sultanate): As the great city of Antioch sees much population growth, and a large "throw out" of any left over Christian characteristics, the great city of Antioch now numbers at 120,000. The population is still growing but not expected to climb too high. The infrastructure is expanded.
 * Karaman (vassal of the Ottoman Sultanate): A period of centralization is underway as the infrastructure is expanded, the vassal slowly begins to merge into the empire.
 * Ak Koyunlu (vassal of the Ottoman Sultanate): Janissaries are sent to establish bases in order to guard against any resistance from the Kingdom of Armenia. A period of centralization is underway as the military is expanded, the vassal slowly begins to merge into the empire.
 * Damascan Regent (vassal of the Ottoman Sultanate): As the Burjid Sultanate merges into the empire, Sulimen, the acting regent sultan, has a son with his new wife A'shad the son is named Suleiman II, and incorporates a tradition for all future sultan firstborns to be named Suleiman, after his father who has revived the Ottoman Empire into a booming powerhouse. Sulimen takes charge if the Damascan Regent in order to prove himself he can rule. He does exceedingly well with speeding the restoration of Damascus, and promoting much migration to the great city.  Damascus now numbers 98,000 and hopes to surpass Antioch one day.
 * Levant (vassal of the Ottoman Sultanate): As the Burjid Sultanate merges into the empire, the new vassal of the Ottoman Empire begins to grow. With the economy being fore fronted by the Sultanate's treasury, the money is spent on building roads, implementing large taxes on non-Christians, and building up the cities. The infrastructure is largely increased.
 * Iraq (vassal of the Ottoman Sultanate): With the disorganized state being invaded successfully by the Ottomans, the Sultanic ways are quickly incorporated into the quickly established government. Much Turkic culture is implemented into the region although Arabic culture still wavers proudly, and the two seem to sink in together like puzzle pieces. Infrastructure is expanded as the region is being rebuilt and repaired to become an organized vassal. Centralization begins, as the region is to join the great Damascan Regent a handful of years later.
 * Grand Duchy of Bavaria: Bavaria expands its economy. The population continues to rise. Grand Duke Heinrich XVII and his council continues to allow the training of new troops. Several markets are constructed in Landshut as well as trade houses for Austrian and Castilian traders. In Austria, several new ships begin being constructed, with twenty-five very large cogs being finished. We begin using an established trade route, with important stops in the trade route include Rome, Athens, Constantinople, Gibraltar, and the coasts of Brittany, due to a longstanding trade deal. Continuing in 1537, Heinrich commissions six cogs to sail around western Mediterranean coasts. The market center in Landshut continues to attract Bavarian and Venetian traders. In religious news, around 76% of the country adheres to the Western Church. Most adherents live around Munchen and Landshut. In other news, Bavaria continues implementing the Alliance and Merchant Act as well as the Militia and Navy Act. The Bavarian Court continues hosting a largely Venetian composition. However, many Bavarian families have intermingled with the Venetians, creating a distinct social class and gentry. In national news, the common courts continue to be implemented around Bavaria as several of the lower class make use of it. The serf laws begin to be used as well. Skeptics who theorized that the serf laws would mark no profound change in society begin to be proven wrong. In 1537, as many as three hundred serfs sue for their freedom. Heinrich begins to ponder a law that would fully abolish serfdom, seeing how it has more or less deteriorated in Bavaria. The wild unpopularity of these laws begin to wear off as well. Heinrich further incorporates the Collegiate Writs, allowing many more lower class men to enter college. In legal news, Heinrich continues implementing the Bavarian Commands. The war with Hesse has been ended, with Bavaria annexing a small section of Bremen to use as a port.
 * Munchen: By 1537, the total class of Queen Isabell University amounts to about 4500 men. Troops authorized by Heinrich continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. The Collegiate Writs begin to draw more men to college.
 * Straubing: Troops authorized by Heinrich continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * Ingolstadt: Troops authorized by Heinrich continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * Burgau: Troops authorized by Heinrich continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * Nurnburg: Troops authorized by Heinrich continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * Burggrafschaft: Troops authorized by Heinrich continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * Bamberg: Troops authorized by Heinrich continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * Wurzburg: Troops authorized by Heinrich continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. A religious change begins occurring in Wurzburg upon the ascension of Franz-Albert, where many more Western Christians begin inhabiting the bishopric. The clergy begins being alarmed and they fear displacement. An envoy dispatched by Franz-Albert attempts to quell their fears.
 * Thuringia: Troops authorized by Heinrich and Count Albert continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Countess Elisabeth normalizes taxes in an effort to subset any rebellion.
 * Saxony: Troops authorized by Heinrich and Count Albert continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Countess Elisabeth normalizes taxes in an effort to subset any rebellion.
 * Bremen Port: Troops authorized by Heinrich continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * Tawatinsuyu: As the population continues to pull out of the plague, the growth rate remains extremely low, with the population just climbing above 829,000. Military improves. Medical research continues. Peru, Chimu and Sican are developed. Anti-Spain riots settle down, though a strong anti-Europe sentiment remains in the empire. Population of Cuzco stands at 147,000 people, the largest in the nation. Chimu currently has a population of 103,000, making it a distant second to Cuzco. Third largest goes to Machu Picchu, with a population of 67,000. Fourth Largest is Peru, with 49,000 people. The smallest of the Golden Cities, Sican, has a population of 26,000. Occupied Chiribaya is established as an interm government in the conquered territories. As the Sapa Inca's son, Apeac, has hit the age of 16, we send him to Spain to learn about the culutre and history of Spain, making him the first Inca to willing go to Europe. The Sapa Inca's palace is attacked by workers, who align themselves with the Anti-Spain rioters ... He suffers a broken arm and cracked rib. The Census is set to resume later this year (I don't feel like posting it now).
 * Occupied Chiribaya: With the war three years behind us, we begin the process of rebuilding and reworking the territory to bring it up to Incan standards. The occupied territory has a population of 52,000.
 * Mansurryia Sultanate: With the Great Mansurryian purge finally over, all those who are disloyal to Sultan Aashif have been removed from society. Now that Sultan Aashif's rule is questioned by no one, he can finally focus on his main goal, to restore the Mansurryian Sultanate, especially the capital Baghdad, to its former glory. The Sultan's mission is for Baghdad to once again become a centre of art, learning, culture, religion, science, trade, and innovation. With trade floursihing from the Ottoman Empire, we use this new money to improve the infrastructure of the Sultanate. As a result of the trade, we also learn of the Burjid Sultanate and their key contribution to Muslim Society, the Mosque Model. Under the mosque model, mosques are the centre of each town  and thus markets and homes are built around the mosques and in order to build more mosques roads must be constructed between the mosques. With more roads, there is more trade, and with more trade there is more money to build into mosques and with more mosques there is more support for the Mosque Model. Because of the benefits of the Mosque Model, Sultan Aashif adopts this and funding is put into the Mosque Model. As a result of the funding into the Mosque Model, this is an infra turn. Because of the benefit of the trade with the Ottomans, we request a trade agreement with the Savafids and the Mansurryian Trade Convoy is organized and sent to the Holy City of Mecca. Meanwhile, the Sultan and the Grand Sultan is discussing what to do for next year.
 * Banche Esterno: Expands 20 px north.

1538
'''After years of frequent shipping and trading between European powers and the Americas, the first documented cases of rats arriving in the Americas by smuggling aboard trade ships is documented in the Imperial Sea. '''

'''There is a call among Chinese advisors to close all seaports on the coast of China in an effort to combat Japanese pirates. As the “Wokou Wars” escalate many provincial governors follow through with the advice. '''

'''Child. I have been dealing with pirates since my first turn. I legit commissioned 200 warships to hunt them down. '''

'''Escalade is a Ford large-sized SUV (or a way to scale walls) and is a noun. To escalate is to increase rapidly ... ~OCD Spelling Freak that is Rex'''

'''Rex, an Escalade is made by Cadillac - not Ford. ~Andrew'''

'''Ahh, Rex just got out  grammar nazied. ~The only user on this wiki who signs with a single letter, save for Scraw. G'''

'''Should've used a comma between Cadillac and not. ~Rex (who wants the title of Ultimate Grammar Nazi)'''

'''Religious tension breaks out in central India, where several Hindu lords, angered by influence of the Muslim Bengali, Suri, and Mughal nations in the past, break all ties to Islamic states in the north. This causes a divide in the Indian League, with Hindu states as a whole generally refusing to aid Muslim nations. ''' Marrikuwuyanga Empire: The wheat surplus had steadily increased which had allowed the Marrikuwuyanga to increase their population. The Marrikuwuyanga continued their trade with the Dutch East India Company after the Supreme Council of Twelve had allowed the Dutch to create a trade outpost [1 px] at West Timor. The Marrikuwuyangan economy was steadily growing after the shock it had faced when the Ayutthaya faced rebellion. The Marrikuwuyangan economy was the strongest in the region and hundreds of men from other tribal states would migrate to Marrikuwuyanga annually to live in better conditions. The Marrikuwuyanga deported the 1000 Ayutthaya soldiers back to their homelands after the Emperor faced pressure from the Supreme Council of Twelve. The Marrikuwuyanga now produced muskets in large number, although training in using spears was still provided. The development of a cannon brought a new era for the Marrikuwuyangans who had never seen such a decisive weapon. Marrikuwuyanga expand 100 px along the eastern coast. The Emperor faced with the threat of Buddhism undermining his position, started mass conversions of Buddhists to Yadaism [Yadaism is a combination of Buddhism and the worship of Emperor Yada Gulpilil], and the Supreme Council openly declared that Ayutthaya and Buddhists were demons, not celestial beings the Marrikuwuyanga had previously considered them to be and the Buddhists were now persecuted. Emperor Yada Gulpilil's soul had left his vessel (he is dead) and now would enter the body of Gulalin Gulpilil and fulfill the eternal rebirth or so the followers of Yadaism had said. For others, it appeared the nationalist Emperor Yada Gulpilil had been murdered and replaced by his Pro-Dutch son who was now controlled by the Supreme Council as a puppet ruler. The others as in Buddhists, however, were quite few in number and heavily persecuted; thus there seemed little point in anyone believing them. '''The new Emperor Gulalin Gulpilil showed his desire to meet with the Dutch East Indies and secure a deal for the purchase of the much more modern, Dutch cannons. Envoys were also sent to various tribes in OTL Northern and Central Australia for their respective tribal leaders to discuss the sale of arms to them in return for a pledge of allegiance'''.
 * Portugal: Continues a notable buildup in military strength and allows for a vigorous training program on the existing military forces attempting to train them up heavily. Meanwhile, the administration continues to be reformed, and agriculture and commerce are encouraged. Meanwhile, Portugal continues to develop its navy. Meanwhile, the colony in Lenhame continues exporting wheat to Portugal. Meanwhile, trade intensifies in the African coast. The Açores continue to be settled. Meanwhile, the naus continue to be used. Naval explorations directed to the west continue. Meanwhile, Santa Cruz expands north by 3000 sq km. Meanwhile, sugarcane continues to be planted in Santa Cruz. Meanwhile, pau-brasil (brazilwood) starts to be extracted in the colony. Meanwhile, the colony of São Sebastião expands 1000 sq km.
 * Korea: Korea continues to build up its military. Meanwhile, more Taoist, Neo-Confucian and Buddhist temples are built. Taoism rises in popularity and gains followers. Korea continues to aid China in the invasion of Manchuria.
 * Prussia: The Prussians continue to develop their economy. The Prussians continue to build their new navy. Prussia continues to Germanize their ethnic minorities.
 * Courland: The Curonians also continue developing their economy.
 * Estland: Ossel-Wiek also continues developing their economy.
 * Scandinavian Empire: Jorgen Hartwig translates the Bible into Danish, making enemies in the Church and in Sweden-controlled Scandinavia alike. The Church is outraged that Hartwig 'defiled the word of God' by translating it from Latin. Scandinavia bans the book due to his 'lack of endorsement of Sweden and the House of Halvar'. Queen Elsa does not give him up to Church authorities, though she orders Hartwig's Bible to be locked away and discarded to prevent his persecution at the hands of the Church. In October, eyebrows regarding her devoutness are raised when she says that the Church should have much less involvement in worldly affairs. In the meantime, the economy is expanded as shipping lanes are redrawn to accomodate trade with Eastern Asia. China is asked for trade deals. In the meantime, the Natives along the New Jersey coast are influenced (vassalization Turn Three out of 20).
 * Finland: The economy is expanded as Finland works on building more fortifications against the harsh Scandinavian winters.
 * Iceland: The economy is expanded as merchant ports are renovated.
 * Schleswig: The economy is expanded. Schleswig works on paving more roads, recovering those destroyed following the turmoil with Hamburg.
 * Strömbek: The economy is expanded as supplies are sent to the colony. The courier ship delivers Queen Elsa's message to Captain Makeski. The honorable captain opts to stay in Strömbek, though he thanks Elsa for her offer. Queen Elsa receives this message in December. She is surprised at the honor of Captain Makeski and makes him an honorary Knight of Scandinavia.  Strömbek expands by 1000 sq km to the north and south along the St Lawrence River.
 * Vinland: The economy is expanded as new ports are built in New Copenhagen. Vinland expands by 500 on Long Island.
 * Russia: The nation of Russia begins trading along routes routing through the nation of Novgorod and its vassals, and the nation of Pskov. Money collected through trade and taxation is saved this year in the Muscovite treasury in case of an emergency. Trade routes are established between the nations of Poland, Hungary, Rumania, and the Roman Empire, and we promote friendly relations with all these nations. We become closer to Novgorod through trade, relying on Novgorod for safe land routes into our northern territory. The nations of the Ukraine continue to be vassalized. In case of attack we expand our military, recruiting free levies from our cities to protect local regions of our nation. Pikes and crossbows become common equipment in some units after they begin to be produced locally to outfit local regiments. Bowmen continue to be an essential part of our military to provide support for melee units, with some gunpowder weaponry being used. In major cities kremlins are upgraded and outfitted with modern equipment and dedicated garrisons to combat any threat or invasion. The largest kremlin, located in Moscow, is especially upgraded, with new walls being added that are wider and can hold cannons. Italian architects are also invited to our courts to design certain aspects of the city. This turn in our nation and vassals is dedicated to economy.
 * Lithuania: This turn is officially dedicated to military. Trade between Moscow, Prussia, and other nations helps to amass wealth, which is partially used to finance infrastructural projects and military fortifications.
 * Ukraine (Various): This turn is officially dedicated to economy. Trade between Moscow, Prussia, and other nations helps to amass wealth, which is partially used to finance infrastructural projects and military fortifications.
 * Russian Vassals (Various): This turn is officially dedicated to economy. Trade between Moscow, Prussia, and other nations helps to amass wealth, which is partially used to finance infrastructural projects and military fortifications.
 * Hispania: The Spanish populace reaches about 13.5 million and growing thanks to the addition of the Aragonian populace and other growth. The economy, thanks to the aggressive colonialism, continues to expand immensely and the Spanish economy becomes the most powerful in Europe passing the French economy by leaps and bounds with the massive influx of gold, silver and jewels contributing heavily and its administration preventing heavy inflation of the Spanish economy. The armed forces continue their push to remain the most modern and begins to build a host of new ships to replace older ones which are sold to its vassals, trade companies and other territories of the Empire. The integration of Aragon into Castile and the formation of Spain is seen as relatively popular and the now majority Spanish population shows overwhelming support for their Queen. The Queen of Spain on the direction of an advisor incorporates the title of King of Italy as an integral part of Spain as well ruling over it in a personal union in which the monarch of Spain may rule as the King of Italy in a personal union but the title may not pass to any other than the Spanish monarch. Queen Alexis begins to push toward consolidation of new territories acquired and begins to increase troop amounts in Italy, Genoa and Savoy. Spanish general Alejandro Cortez writes a book on Spanish military history and with this writes a detailed doctrine describing the brilliant general Carlos's tactic of  line infantry. The general manages to get "Carolingian Infantry" a force of men five-to-seven ranks deep rotating to keep a continuous volley of fire on the enemy pushing its adoption by the Spanish Army. Hispania begins a notable development of a new larger kind of ship. an evolution of the carrack designed to be much stabler and faster and outclass any other ships the European world has to offer This ship known as the Galleon multiple new ones are constructed to remain ahead of other nations in regards to naval technology. Phillip has a child named Alejandro now age 7.  The Spanish continue to escort major trade convoys with warships to increase likelyhood of surviving. and investigation into the criminal underworld is undertaken to find out who hired these privateers. Alexis, finally seeing wisdom in creating a Spanish Parliament to prevent a foolish or insane monarch from ruining her accomplishments, creates the Parliament and enforces the first elections through landowners and influential traders who vote in the first Parliament led by Prime Minister Rodrigo Gonzales. Their first acts are to create a law system dealing with voting restricting it to the landed people and certain merchants but leaving it open to change with later amendments. The Parliament - also with authority of the queen - splits executive power between the Parliament and the monarchy. Finally, the Parliament creates the Colonial Administration Authority, which is a dedicated office to managing the colonies with offices in each colony and a budget dealing with expansion, maintenance, and protection. The Colonial Administration Authority in protection of the Kongo managed to get nearly 15,000 troops from Spain to be sent to the Kongo on the purpose of preparing Spain for the ability to expand its power projection capabilities
 * Kingdom of Italy: Italy reaches it troops amount of 30,000 with it being armed and trained by Spanish troops in tactics. The Italian kingdom integrates Florence as an integral part and begins to push toward more movement toward involvement with the Spanish trade empire and Italian trade ships begin visiting Spain en masse. The Italian army is expanded moderately with some naval ships being purchased to replace losses.  However, the Invulnerable Spanish army discourages any from speaking their mind and most deal with the relatively benevolent rule of the Spanish. The population of the Kingdom of Italy reaches about 13.2 million with growth falling short due to many men being killed in the war. The Italian navy reaches nearly 170 ships and growing. The people of Italy begin to see Spain as much more benevolent than before and are more than happy with Spanish rule. However, this also may have to do with the fact that many nobles have been replaced with Spaniards or loyal Italians who helped Spanish forces in the invasion. Some Hispanicized Italians (Italians who have adopted Spanish culture) are allowed to settle in the Spanish colonies. Italy deploys 15,000 troops to the Kongo on orders from the Colonial Authority
 * Savoy: Savoy is stabilized. The Savoyan people accept their new overlords as the increased trade has left traders and many other with much more money than they had before. The economy, thanks to trade with Spain, expands moderately but much is spent rebuilding Savoy from the conflict. Savoy agrees to cede portions of territory to France due to the war and many people in Savoy are angered but powerless. The rulers of Savoy - realizing that inclusion into the Spanish empire is much better than being a target of it - manage to pacify the populace and begin to rebuild raising a small force of about 10,000 to handle security. The people of Savoy begin to work toward building up a trade fleet now at 70 ships. Savoy deploys nearly 5000 troops to Morocco for the colonial authorities drills.
 * Genoa: Now being free of Italy, but now a vassal of Spain, Genoa looks to rebuild its trade empire under the rising Spanish empire. The Genoan people and traders widely consider this to be a turning point with their people and begin to push for the mass acquisition of trade ships to rebuild their trade empire. Genoa begins to expand its military moving up to nearly 8000 troops with 5000 Spanish troops housed in Genoa. The Genoan people more than not show welcoming attitudes toward the Spanish as they have felt relatively oppressed by the Italians. However, some Genoans remain disenfranchized with the Spanish but the reputation of invincibility of the Spanish army makes any attempt at independence a far cry from possibility. These people more than not decide to find ways to live under the Spanish empire in a more prosperous way, by establishing multiple trade companies. These companies begin to be common throughout Spanish lands as the Genoans begin to build up a Trade fleet of a sizable amount now at 80 ships. The Genoans supply nearly 5000 troops to the Colonial authroity drills near the Kongo.
 * Kingdom of Morocco: The country begins the construction of various canals and cultivates trees farther inland to help increase arable farmland. The Moroccan economy continues to expand with greater trade coming from Spain and the Canaries all the way down to Capo Verde increasing the relative wealth. The Kingdom, with many canals having been completed, has vastly expanded its farmland among other things. Morocco's total population reaches one million with Christianity becoming dominant in the area. Calne-Vicuna is finished and is opened as a center for Christianity in North Africa with a library said to rival old Alexandria's. The Moroccan Assassins Guild forms and spreads keeping the peace and killing the corrupt as well as making Morocco much more peaceful for Spain. The Kingdom of Morocco officially enters into a personal union with Castile following the magistrates and princes deeming it unnecessary for the King to not have full control in the country. The Magistrates, however, are fully re-instated to continue as they were just under direction of the monarch of Spain The Kingdom of Morocco begins construction of a sizeable navy and adds nearly 30 ships, many purchased from private builders from abroad bringing its fleet up from 20 ships to nearly 50. Morocco readies troops nearing 10,000 in its areas in preparation for a widescale drill from the colonial authority
 * Kongo: The Kingdom begins to work toward a trade and production economy focusing on helping provide resources for Castile's burgeoning West African trade network. The King of the Kongo converting to Christianity and being baptised begins to call for the expansion of ports to the best of the Kongolese architects' abilities. The Kingdom of the Kongo in an attempt to increase economic output and trade begins to export a large amount of raw materials to Castile and begins to push toward heavy exploitation methods if possible. Kongo due to its backwardness in technology and administration puts itself in a protectorate/vassal situation in order to advance itself. The Kongolese population reaches about one million and beginning to grow much more rapidly. The King of the Kongo manages to calm down the people. The Kongo itself begins to see a noticeable improvement in the way of life. Kongo adds the former Oyo Gabonese colony to its domain. Kongo expands 2500 sq km up the Congo River finally reaching supply and population levels to support this.
 * Mapuche: With the defeat by the Spanish a royal governor is appointed by the Castilians. These people are immediately transferred onto available ships and throughout the year are sent up the coast via Spanish ships to a location unknown to the Mapuche. The Mapuche also continue to see major issues from European contact are given orders to isolate themselves if they are sick to prevent further expansion of the disease. The Mapuche people begin to see the first mixed children between Spanish and Mapuche people. The Spanish institute the Ecomienda system. However, the Spanish governor, in order to keep control of the people, orders the Spanish heads of the system to treat the natives fairly in order to prevent mass deaths from overworking and resentment. Spanish farming techniques have definitely prevented starvation as the Mapuche continue to expand toward the coast building a road to connect it all. The Spanish governor, also using the local Mapuche as scouts, is able to expand much more than the Buenos Aires colony and uses this to his advantage to secure more land to be able to turn over to Spanish settlers. The Royal Governor ramps up expansion for some of the new plantation owners setting up expanding the the territory by 2500 sq km. The Mapuche Area begins to see a notable increase in Castilian settlers, mostly farmers who begin to build special areas to employ the Inca farming methods.
 * Morelia: The former Mayan kingdom is renamed Morelia by the royal governor to reflect its new Spanish culture as thousands of settlers have settled in the major cities beginning to displace the remaining Mayans which have decreased almost 75% from their original population of two million leaving barely 500,000 Mayans left. An insightful priest says that destroying the cities will result in long term resentment that could never be repaired and instead they should be made Spanish-Maya hybrid. The new Royal Governor seeing wisdom in this declares that the cities will not be ransacked and a moderate tribute of gold and silver is demanded by the Spanish. The 2000 troops remain in the country and begin to establish areas along the coast suitable for Spanish settlement. The military and economy of the Maya under Spain is developed and roads are upgraded to Spanish standards. The Spanish sponsor some colonists who wish to remove themselves from the remainder of the Indians and establish themselves on an island (OTL Havana) and name the island Cuba. (2500 sq km). The Spanish troops are brought from all over the region equaling nearly 5000, with 1000 being regulars, 3000 being troops formerly used in the conflict, and another 1000 opportunist settlers looking to make more money are used against the Mayan revolters with great effect. The Spanish troops continue to push through and wipe out remaining rebels clearing out the highlands by the end of the year.
 * Aztecs: With full control of the Aztec now reverting to the Spanish the Spanish begin to implement their Ecomienda system from the Mapuche in the south to the Aztec areas to extract gold and silver. Along with this many of the remaining Aztec people become infected decreasing population further. The economy of the Aztecs becomes entirely reliant on the Spanish Empire and the military remains non-existent with areas being occupied by Zapotec and remaining Spanish forces. However, its garrison is made up of Spanish forces who are settling the territory. Almost 5000 Spaniards come to the Aztec nation. The royal governor is appointed and after conversation with Morelias governor decides eventually he will embark on a large expansion campaign up the Mexican area. The Aztecs expand by 2500 sq km through disorganized territory just north of it with Spanish settlers paving the way. The Colonial authority sends a fleet to explore the now named california coast looking for an area to found a new colony along the central or northern california areas.
 * Kingdom of Venezia: With the establishment of the Kingdom of Venezia following the previous war and with the loss of a large portion of the fleet the Venezian people seem to believe that much can be rebuilt through utilization of the dynamically rising Spanish empire for its own benefit. The businessmen and high level economists, bankers and multiple other fully knowledgeable individuals of Venezia remaining after the war go on a trip to Spain's vibrant trade cities and after careful negotiations many of these men take over one of Spain's newest rising trade companies, the Buenos Aires trade company, with some offices based out of the Buenos Aires colony in Hesperia. The Venezians, unable to select a king from their remaining nobles, delegate to the Queen of Spain (Castile and Aragon) who chooses a man named Antonio Lo Grato to rule as Prince of Venice in place of the Queen of Spain. A well acclaimed and respected man, he immediately enacts reforms. The Venezian economy with access to the Spanish economy begins to recover and for the first time in years due to this. The Venezians begins its long road to naval recovery and begins to use its vast knowledge to begin building ships not only for itself but acquires the blueprints to improve on Spanish ships to allow for sale back to the Queen. The Venezian military is also raised to a token force of about 10,000 due to its location but remains lightly armed and unable to project power or fight any unsupported offensives. The Prince of Venezia, Antonio, begins the drift toward Spanish culture.
 * Viceroyalty of New Spain: The Viceroyalty of new Spain is established with a massive amount of coastal territory secured begins to expand its major settlements seriously with Buenos Aires maintaining the most with nearly 27,000 people and growing The colony proper reaches nearly 200,000 in population seeing large amounts of Colonial immigration now from both Spain and Hispanicized Italians. The Viceroy implements the first cattle ranches (they are not modern ranches) in order to expand the food supply of the large colony. The Spanish inhabitants of the colonies form their first militia under command of a Spanish officer which is trained only to fight off native attacks. The Colony specifically expands the areas around its main settlements by 10 px especially up the Rio de Toro River (OTL Uruguay River) and extends its borders south by 10 px intending to reach the Straits of Torez (OTL Straits of Magellan). The viceroyalty seems extremely happy with the colonial status and support its received from Castile as well as the massive re-investment for the betterment of the colony giving a huge boost to the construction of a few forts and a road system. The first ships begin to arrive from Spain African colonies bringing goods and a few slaves. Ranching is taken up by men previously accustomed to this in Spain.
 * Cape Ferdinand: The Cape Ferdinand colony expands by 10 px around existing settlements beginning to push toward making the area a larger more controlled area for Spanish habitation especially up the Orange River. The semi-hostile climate has left Cape Ferdinand with barely 17,000 colonists in comparison to New Spain in Hesperia. The area itself begins to show up as a trade hub. Zulu Africans in the area begin to be contacted with missionaries looking to speak to these people.
 * Philippines: Spanish continue to establish majority control over the area through trade and other means. The Spanish then begin to send in a royal governor who makes plans to expand the island nation, and begins work on its economy and military to do so. Gold and silver from Spain is sent to facilitate buying materials to build up the area as the Philippines are garrisoned by mercenaries hired by Spain and nearly 300 of Spain's most well trained troops.
 * Tawatinsuyu: As the population continues to pull out of the plague, the growth rate remains extremely low, with the population just climbing above 833,000. Economy  improves. Medical research continues. Peru, Chimu and Sican are developed. Anti-Spain riots settle down, though a strong anti-Europe sentiment remains in the empire. Population of Cuzco stands at 149,000 people, the largest in the nation. Chimu currently has a population of 100,000, making it a distant second to Cuzco. Third largest goes to Machu Picchu, with a population of 69,000. Fourth Largest is Peru, with 51,000 people. The smallest of the Golden Cities, Sican, has a population of 32,000. Occupied Chiribaya is established as an interim government in the conquered territories. As the Sapa Inca's son, Apeac, has hit the age of 17, we send him to Spain to learn about the culture and history of Spain, making him the first Inca to willing go to Europe. The Sapa Inca's palace is attacked by workers, who align themselves with the Anti-Spain rioters ... He suffers a broken arm and cracked rib ... Cuzco's infrastructure, which has been ignored in the process of developing Peru, Sican, and Chimu, has degraded noticeably, causing conditions in the city to plummet. An Inca scholar predicts that this marks the beginning of the migration away from cities in the Inca Empire. Backing up his prediction, for the first time since the end of "the Great Plague", the population of Chimu has a small decline rather than Growth. Census results are as followed: ~42% Native Inca culture (mostly Cuzcan, Inca, and Chimu), ~18% Spanish Mixed Bloods, 26% Spanish, 7% French, and 7% French Mixed Blood.
 * Occupied Chiribaya: With the war three years behind us, we begin the process of rebuilding and reworking the territory to bring it up to Incan standards. The occupied territory has a population of 52,000
 * |onte: Continues to have a large surplus of grain. Though adopting "western farming", the idea of "the tribe" is still very much so alive, as people always share the crops they have grown, or the animals they have hunted amongst the community. Due to the policy of planting tree groves, desert reclamation has started taking serious effect in some parts of |onte. This year has resulted in twenty elephants being killed. An expansion to the elephant pen is begun. |onte is rich with money made from elephant hunting, as they have nothing to spend the money on. Mon II tours the country teaching children in their playtime how to read. Most of the recent generation can read. However, only a small majority. Mon II continues expanding the project that will be his life's work: the Kunene library, progress over the years has been slow, however, as Mon II insists that the library be built of ivory and marble. Mon II assembles his best students and begins translating many Dutch documents, and filling the completed section of the library with the translations. |onte's population rises to over 39,000. There is a population centre that is beginning to appear around the mouth of the Kunene, and is simply referred to as Kunene. Debarubo expands north by yet another 150 sq km (3 pixels) with the newly equipped Eheresito hu Kunene. Mon III continues combining the many narratives heard into one coherent story, called the Sahaka. Mon IX enrolls at the University of Brussels and begins taking all possible courses related to literature, the classics (Greeks and the Romans), languages (French and German) and architecture.
 * Banche Esterno expands 20 px north whereas the duke passes. A ceremony is heald in his honor as the new Duke Avelinio I comes into power. Duke Avelinio decicides that it should be important to trade with the people in our area, and allow them to use San Marino as a port for their continued trade. Austria, Eiré, France, Rome, and Hispania are invited to join the Imperial Trade Agreement. If a nation agrees to this pact, they will be able to have full port rights at San Marino as a stop to other colonists and nations.
 * Sorry I couldn't post last turn, I arrived 1 1/2 hours after the deadline because of the soccer game: With the war on the Manchu empire completed, China quickly absorbs and begins to assimilate the conquered region, with approximately one-tenth of the nation going to Korea, one-fifth to China, and the rest being made a semi-autonomous vassal. The royal family, as per the Fusahito request, is sent to Japan. The military now retires back to China, where it aids in civil order and in moving up the schedule for the extrension of the Grand Canal. Meanwhile, the Royal Road is continued, and the result is trade that reaches as far as :Lanzhou and Tibet. Meanwhile, the anti-isolationists continue to gain traction. The merchants, who used to try to get around port officials, are in whole hearted support of the new decrees. Likewise, the nobles who rule the cities and the provinces near the trade ways (most of them, since the Grand Canal and the Royal Road result in shitloads of trade), and the populace is also happier; they get better life styles, with better crops techniques, and anyway no one cares about them anyway. Only a few, isolated nobles, and the eunuchs dislike it. The strange influx of piracy is questioned by the court, since there are over 200 Chinese warships dedicated to hunting them down, and we have full cooperation from our allies, the Fusahito Theocracy. Those governors who closed their ports are ordered to reopen them immediately, and instead a further 50 ships are commissioned specially to guard the port cities. A fisherman comes back and claims that the pirates came not from Japan, but from a strange flying object that looked like a saucer, and that was inhabited by alien space bats. He is regarded as a lunatic, but some wonder ... Meanwhile, Chinese trade ships land in Australia, near the land of the Marrikuwangu, and make contact.
 * France: Military, navy and economy are built up. The colony continues expanding and growing by 1000 among both colonies The colonies continue growing as expected. The navy begins a huge update in order to establish a stronger control over overseas territories such as the colonies and to have further control over Africa. While this, the king seeks the French influence to grow in unexpected territories. The colony of Nouvelle Rouen continues to expand eastward by 1000 px. The French government begins a measure to avoid the sweating disease attacking French domains, mostly by sending the infected back to their lands. We agree on the slave trade within the empire by the Dutch. While this, the lake just in front of the colony of Nouvelle Rouen is called Rouenelle after the colony, and OTL Maracaibo Lake is called the Lake of Sableville.
 * Burgundy: Military, economy and navy are built up.
 * Bourbon: Military and economy are built up.
 * Lorraine: Military and economy are built up.
 * Saluzzo: Military and economy are built up.
 * Sardinia: Military and economy are built up.
 * Andorra: Military and economy are built up.
 * Africa: Military and economy are built up.
 * Banche Esterno Dip: in order to protect the port town of San Marino, France Is asked to send troops to San Marino to help defend and protect the nation and the port from outside forces.
 * Aurienne: Military and economy are built up. The nation expands both west and east toward the colonies of the French.
 * Guaxirenne: The country expands southward and military and economy are built up.
 * Anjou: Military and economy are built up.
 * Vendome: Military and economy are built up.
 * Provence: Military navy and economy are built up.
 * Alencon: Military and economy are built up.
 * Narbonne: Military navy and economy are built up.
 * Avignon: Military and economy are built up.
 * County of Oldenburg: With the treaty ratified by Albion, Hamburg and the Netherlands, the Countess and the people feel much safer and secure. The OHG also feels more confident to establish the permanent settlement in two-three years time. Whaling/sealing/fishing visits to Neu Norderney are stepped up a notch, and volunteer families are found who will be the first settlers. Sir (soon to be Lord) Conrad is key to the planning of the colony which will be his Lordship. The military is built up.
 * Prince-Bishopric of Osnabruck: The main parts of the university are nearing completion, and the first intake of scholars will take place next year.
 * Fusahito Theocracy: The Emperor announces that only members of the Imperial Shinto Sect may take bureaucratic positions or become an officer in the Imperial Army. At the same time, the church is further centralised, with the creation of a hierachical order of priesthood, the highest office being that of the Emperor and then those in the Imperial Court. With the increase of Japanese pirates preying on Chinese vessels, the Emperor declares piracy an executionable offense, sending naval vessels to patrol Japanese waters. Numerous ships are quickly found, a testament to the level of piratical activity, and captain and crew are executed, regardless of nationality. The Emperor recieves the Manchu Emperor and Royal Family in Kyoto after the collapse of the Manchu Empire. The Manchu Emperor is given a palace in the port of Tairikuku in the Fusahito Manchurian Colony, where he forms a government in exile. The subversion of the Uesugi population continues. Year Three of Ten.
 * Shimazu Province:  The Governor of the Shimazu province continues the transfer of powers to Kyoto, starting with the amalgamation of the Shimazu military with the Imperial Army. Work begins on the development of Amami island as a major staging post for trade with the East Indies.
 * China thanks the Fusahito Theocracy for their support, and promises to deal with the problem by dispatching a further 50 ships in addition to the 200 currently active to help fight off the pirates.
 * Timor: The extensive work on developing Timor's navy and military had proved beneficial after the Dutch had started providing the Marrikuwuyanga with their warships for the Marrikuwuyanga to examine and build. The Marrikuwuyangan Emperor, Yada Gulpilil was worshipped by many natives and his power continued to increase over the tribes of Timor. Development of Timor's infrastructure had started with the aid of Dutch, and the construction of a major port for the Dutch to utilize too had started. The Marrikuwuyangan navy was by now the second strongest in the region, surpassed only be the Dutch and the pirates that had acquired Ayutthayan warships but with the recent arrival of the Spanish navy, it appeared that Marrikuwuyangan navy still had a long way to go.
 * Dutch Dip: The East India Company agree to meet with the emperor and offer to sell them firearms and if they wish to protect the empire under the condition that a revised treaty is made which places a larger amount of Timor under Dutch control.
 * China makes contact with the Marrikuwangu.
 * Netherlands: The Netherlands continue to strengthen their hold over the trade routes of the East Indies and Spice Isles (can Sunda please be added to my domains since they agreed to a protectorate treaty, and since I own Batavia or modern Jakarta.) as activities through out the Spice Isles continue to grow and influence over the courts of the Sumatran and Javanese states grow. The East India Company continues to show massive profits and the stock exchange continues to consolidate its position in Netherlander commerce. The University of Batavia is officially opened and begins classes teaching the local elites of those nations which wish study there and for the wealthy Dutch and Wallon merchants that reside in the City of Batavia. Karl continues to reside over company activities in the orient as relations with his family back home become strained over his decision to convert to Islam. His family continues to grow as he has another child with both his wives. The wealth of Brussels and Amsterdam continue to grow along with that of the rest of the Netherlands as trade and commerce from across the known world pour through the cities of the lowlands. Netherlander architecture continues to grow and starts spreading to the colonies mainly Guiana and Batavia as they grow. Dutch and Wallon French literature and art continue to flourish enriching the cultural legacy of the Netherlands and cementing the importance of both cultures in the national identity. The French spoke by the Aristocracy and upper class of the Netherlands starts to diverge from that of France as it develops into a local dialect similar to that spoking in Wallonia. The Jewish community which now forms a sizable minority in the Netherlands and also has a large influence over Lowlands culture and economy are stunned at the papers writing by Dutch Reformed preacher Berg Apperson (thought I should give him a name) and the change in attitude of some of the Netherlands. However, as a majority remain tolerant and for the most part indifferent toward the Jewish population, and official policies set by the government and royal family remain tolerant of the Jewish community a lot of their fears are put to rest, though there is fear that these papers will influence the Reformed communities outside of the Netherlands - mainly in Northern France and Western Germany. Scientific and cultural development continue as funding is in no short supply. The army continues to be reformed and equipped along the lines set by the new model and more snaphaunce muskets are produced as sale of the new weapon to Albion, France and Spain begin. Naval expansion continues and the first three frigates are finished and more are commissioned. The Royal Navy starts undergoing reforms as well to adjust to the new potential offered by this new ships. Economic growth continues. The Guiana Colony continues to grow as European settlement of the coastline and down the major rivers in the region grow by 20 pixels in total. The first Jewish community is established as a small group of Jews create a settlement linked to Paramaribo. The population - now standing at 1043 - starts having troubles with the native population as a plantation is raided by Guiana natives leading to a relatiatory raid on a local tribal village and ultimately bringing further tensions. The plantations continue to grow as more are built for the production of sugar and tobacco which are becoming important commodities in the homeland. The governor requests a garrison to help protect the settlements - which is accepted with 100 troops being stationed in the colony. The slave trade continues to grow in importance for the Dutch African activities and tensions with Oyo slavers and settlers in Dutch slave grounds cause greater issues. Dutch slavers begin having skirmishes with Oyo soldiers and settlers in Cameroon and East Nigeria. 10,000 troops are shipped as the netherlands prepares for war with the upstart african state.
 * Zapoteca: Zapotecan troops patrol captured Aztec territory.  The Spanish aid is greatly appreciated. The Emperor continues financing Spanish settlers to come to the kingdom and marry into the population. Trade increases and continues with the Spanish. The Emperor expands roadways connecting cities in the alliance to help merchants and soldiers move freer between them. The military, which had been outdated for many years, continues to be upgraded. The economy booms with trade as a result of the roads. Naval technology is rapidly advanced under the Spanish. The Emperor orders more to be manufactured to bring in goods from the sea. Itzapam continues prospering under Zapotecan rule, improving their military. Itzapam expands 50 px along the Pacific Coast.
 * Bengal Sultanate: Cash crops continue to be grown in large amounts. With our merchants traveling to Ava, Kamarumpa and Arakan regularly, Islam continues to grow in their areas. Merchants also travel exclusively to Multan, Sind, Ladakh, and Kangra. Due to Bengal having control over lands of multiple ethnicities and religions, literary works in the form of poems continue to take influence from all three religions of the Sultanate. Urdu, also called Hindi by some, becomes more common in the Sultanate due to the mixing of Hindu and Islamic ideals. We continue to help finance the Plutocratic State of Jaunpur, Delhi Sultanate and Bahamani Sultanate by sending gifts directly to the nobles/sultans, offering loans from powerful trade bankers, and decreasing the trade taxes over all of Bengal, allowing more of our merchant goods to travel into those states. We also raise a portion of the Sultan's personal levy and then divide it to be sent out to the states' leaders, so that they can do with them what they wish in order to maintain order in their nation. The construction of schools and universities several years ago has led to an increase in scholars and literacy in our nation. Due to the removal of trade barriers among a majority of states in the Indian League, their merchants and ours begin to travel with increased mobility and goods, thereby increasing the trade income and output in the agreeing nations. Several Bengali merchants continue to sponsor gem mines in the Mogok area of Ava, due to the high concentration of gems such as rubies, sapphires, garnets and moonstones, and the first of many mines begin to return with more successes. Construction of ships based upon Castilian designs, granted to us by them, continues, in order to further our efforts to explore and trade. New crops continue to enter into several plantations, opium and cannabis. The increasing need for an anesthetic due to many more surgeries in Bengal, simply due to an increasing population, leads opium cultivation to become very lucrative and results in many plantations including it in their crops. Cannabis becomes more popular, not simply due to its cultural history in Muslim societies, but also because of its popular use in several poetic works. The coastlands gained by Bengal continue to receive excessive shipments of Bengali goods, nobles, people, religion, soldiers, and ideals. The Bengali tax cuts, as well as plantations begin to take effect in the newly acquired lands, and woodblock printing is spread to Bengal proper as its use and replication is more fully understood. We finish work on a lavish new palace in Pandua. It is planned to be the largest palace of India, complete with an exceptionally large courtyard, mosque, standing pool, fountains, aethstetic vegitation, and an exceptionally large palace with seven towers. 
 * Rajya of Orissa: Kapilendra Deva continues to listen to his advisers and bring about several reforms to his nation that make it more Islamic friendly, one of which is new, and calls for the creation of one mosque for each Hindu temple in the name of tolerance, when in reality, his advisers have prescribed this to bring about larger Islamic influence. Kapilendra Deva passes away and his titles pass to Kalua Deva, who begins an expensive campaign of military modernization.
 * Swargadeo of Kamarupa: Now vassalized by Bengal, the Swargadeo of Ahom continues to receive extensive help in creating viable farmland. They do this by continuing a process of land reclamation in the northern part of the state, which is largely marshy and thinly populated. This process of reclamation begins by using dikes, embankments and irrigation systems. The land reclamation, having been going on for decades, is extremely successful in creating viable farmland for rice, grain and other staple crops, increasing Kamarupa's population and their yearly trade output.
 * Bengali Diplomacy (Needs Mod Response): While we are unsure of the reasons for the Hindu states disregarding their brothers to the North, and their seeking to cut ties with those they fought with, traded with, and even ate with. For these reasons, it cannot be ignored that they may use their sudden destroyed contact and brotherhood to attack the Islamic nations in a fit of wrongful religious tension, not unlike the cutting of contact before war against the Mughal Empire conducted by the entire League in brotherhood that once existed. Therefore, as the Bengal Sultantate, in order to protect the stability of rationally-minded Indian states, continue the Leagues purpose of brotherhood and propserity, and to protect the existence of states that may be in danger from religious tension, propose to Jaunpur, Delhi, Kangra, Ladakh, Multan, and Sind, the prospect of renewing the League to only include the states mentioned, due to the Hindu states unwillingness to continue the cohesion of India as a united force, and instead using religion as a way of hating their brothers.
 * Bengali Diplomacy (needs mod response): We ask the Rajya of Vijaynagar if they will continue the relations with the state that they have been decades long allies with, have fought several wars with, and have royally married for the sake of a better, stronger and united India.
 * Malacca: The sultan begins reconstruction, and thai culture becomes less visible. The military is built upon, recruiting people as young as 16. Ships begin being built, adding to the Malaccan navy. We wish to improve relations with the Dutch who have settled near our lands, and the Bengali to the north. Hinduism, already diminished,  becomes less popular, especially in rural areas
 * Dutch Diplomacy: Karl interested in increasing Dutch influence in the East Indies and to secure Dutch ties with the local rulers requests to meet with the sultan of Malacca offering them as a gift snaphaunce muskets in exchange for a trade agreement.
 * Malacca Diplomacy: Accepts.
 * Duchy of Hamburg-Mecklenburg: The year sees improvements made to the economy and military. With the establishment of Neue Hannover in the recently named island chain of the Frederik Inseln (OTL Nicobar Islands) the HTSC now has a base to work from in the Far East. They begin exploring and mapping the East Indies, looking for possible trade partners. The government in Hamburg decides to buy the Neue Hamburg trade post from the HTSC. Knowing it can accommodate citizens, preperations are made to improve the buildings in the existing outpost. The palisade around its perimeter is expanded to allow future construction. Back home, the first group of settlers begins to be put together.
 * Netherlands Dip: The Dutch recognize Hamburg interests in the Nicobar Islands and their wishes to trade in the East Indies but warn against causing problems for Dutch trading interests in the Spice Isles and East Indies as a whole.
 * Hamburger Dip: The recognition is appreciated, and Hamburg promises to respect Dutch trade in the region. It is hoped any future issues will be resolved peacefully.
 * Safavid Empire: We build up our military and navy. Port cities are being rebuilt. More ships are being made for our navy. Our own version of guns is being made. Farming is becoming one of the most important industries, besides blacksmithy, trading and fishing. Guns are now mass produced in our country. We continue to make more woodblock printing presses for our libraries. Cannons at three feet long are being built for our military. Bigger cannons are also being built for our military. Cannon balls are made out of iron. A trade route from our home country to Oirat is mapped out. People are now trading with each other on this trade route. Foreign exchange banks are becoming popular in our country due to the ETA (Eurasian Trade Agreement). Trade has increased due to the ETA. A new art form is continuing to be drawn. It is a mix of Safavid, Oirat and Mughal art. Our art is continuing to be popular with all of the nation around us. Trade goes well with the Dutch merchants. All slaves that come from the Oyo nation are continuing to be converted to Shi'ite Islam. We continue to trade with the Roman Empire. The awesome trade routes to Caliphate of Mecca are continuing to be drawn on maps. Our new colony of Free Port sends back a ship to our home lands with stuff found from this land. We continue to build up our new port city. Ships continue to go back and forth from our new colony sending resources to our homeland and people to our colony. We expand our colony 10 px north, west and south.
 * Khanate of Khiva: We improve our relations with the Safavid empire. We build up our military and navy. Trade routes are continuing to be mapped into the Safavid empire.
 * Kingdom of Croatia: With the recently acquired freedom of Croatia, the economy is improved by using the numerous rivers of Croatia to water the fields and thus improve the agriculture. Although a regency council currently rules Croatia, they have come to the decision after reading the Ljetopis popa Dukljanina, that they must choose a king from the Montenegrin Nemanjić dynasty, albeit the future king would have to convert to Catholicism. With the Hungarian neglect of the potentials of the Croatian economy, forests have become absurdly large and are being cut down in order to use them in the production of ships which would aid the Croatian trade. Croatia asks its neighbours Austria and the Roman Empire for a trade pact.*Undefined amount of time later*. With Roman permission, a noble from the Nemanjić dynasty is chosen and converted to Catholicism. He takes upon the name Petar Krešimir V and becomes King of Croatia and head of the Trpimirović Dynasty. Because of the new kings ideas, the creation of five bans is issued. Ban of Dalmatia, Ban of Slavonia, Ban of Garay, Ban of Bosnia and Ban of Zachumlia. These are the governs of said provinces and also serve as a council of the King.
 * Banche Esterno Dip: in order to protect the port town of San Marino, Rome Is asked to send troops to San Marino to help defend and protect the nation and the port from outside forces.
 * Lombardian Diplomacy: The nation of Lombardy asks for a trade agreement with Croatia.
 * Croatian Diplomacy: Accepted.
 * Romanian Dip: We request a trade pact and a military alliance with Croatia.
 * The Consulate of Romania: Constantius, now 38, and his brother, Radu, now 37, proceed with their fathers plan to re-shape Romanian governance. The new government continues to solidify. Much work is put into strengthening bonds with Transylvania, and thousands of Romanians travel to the new province. Hungarians are asked to leave Transylvania, their cost of passage to be paid in part by Romania. At the same time many Romanians, still within Hungary, and fearing persecution, flee to the safely of Romania. The economy swells as the vast riches of the carpathian mountains become Romania’s alone. The farmlands of Transylvania begin to stabilize and production starts to return to normal. The Danube grows as a highway of commerce, thousands of barges travel up and down its length transporting people, materials, goods, and ideas. The spread of better sanitation systems, first introduced to Constanta by the Romans, causes a slow increase in the average lifespan. As much as 9.5% of the nation has reached basic literacy, and the Moralists promote education of commoners by priests, in order to give everyone the opportunity to read the bible. Education among the elite is becoming almost mandatory. The mining sector continues to expand; Iron, salt and coal mines dot the landscape. Coal is produced for metalworking and heating. These mines provide the resources required by the foundries and traders on the coast. The growing mines require more processing facilities, which spur more development along the coast. More large shipyards open and the lumber industry continues to expand to supply the shipbuilders. Leverlock muskets continue to grow as a major export. The gunsmiths of Romania begin to gain a reputation for good-quality, reliable weapons. This fame pushes the smiths to experiment and create better variations on leverlock muskets. The creation of many skilled jobs allows a small middle class to grow within the nation. Constantius and his wife Phillippa continues to raise their son Vladimir, who now begins to attend school. Juliana, continues to grow. Radu and his wife have a daughter, lilliana.
 * The Consulate of Bulgaria: Thousands of Romanians move into the country, seeking cheap and productive land. Meanwhile, intermarriage becomes very common. Bulgarians also begin to migrate to trade towns in Romania to seek more economic opportunities. The economy grows similarly to Romania.
 * The Kingdoms of Great Albion (Scotland and England) - member nation of the UKGA: Many ships are modernized and replaced to keep the Royal Albion Navy a powerful force on the high seas. Port Edmundburg continues to experience a growth in population. Albionic settlers continue to explore the surrounding areas. The pocket watch is invented by Peter Royce. James Graff invents the use of etching. The Crowns of Oldenburg and Albion officially enter Personal Union. Nobles are outraged at the appointment of a foreign German King, even though the real politics is still done by the Queen. Several begin to openly conspire against the new regime. The Queen begins to build up loyal forces in the event of a clash. In the meantime, the Royal Government of Albion, hearing of the unrest in Europe, vows to not get involved. Queen Jacqueline considers the Hamburgian proposal and accepts the return to sovereignty. The Albionic Civil war comes to an end as Phillip the Pretender is captured and executed publically for his crimes. After this, King Richard authors the Parliamentary expansion act of 1535, the act takes further power from nobles and redistributes it to a Parliament, limiting the influence any one noble has. Parliament also inacts the Acts of Centralisation 1535 that folds Wales into England and renames both Brittannia. The New name for the whole of Albion is the United Kingdoms of Brittannia, Eire and Scotland.  The Albionic Navy commissions the construction of two Celt Galleons (a modified version of the OTL Indiaman, but with considerably more firepower. Plans to upgrade other parts of the navy are continued. Port Katrina continues to expand. The Navy releases the first of Albion's frigates. Albion also fully adopts the wheellock rifle. In Eire, Bran is appointed as Emissary of Albion and begins traveling Europe, eventually going to Rome and then Croatia. Irish nobles express concern as their King's health starts to fail due to the heir's mental state. The Parliament of Albion looks on with concern. If Eire becomes unstable, Albion will interviene in the region. Troops are sent to Edmundburg as tensions in the region rise. A detachment of the Albion Royal Navy also arrives full with troops. Parliament passes an act to officially change the name of the realm, The government will announce the new name next year as well a more expanded influence of Parliament.
 * Calais: Military and navy are expanded.
 * Dublin: Dublin undergoes another remodel and expansion to the ports due to the massive influx of trade from Castile and Venice as well as an increased Eire trade.
 * Scotland: Expands navy and military. Pan Albion sentiments grow, Trade increases. Whiskey is traded down to central Albion.
 * Port Edmundburg: Expands by 1000 sq km south and east down the coast. The African colonists begin looking toward mining and other ventures to generate profit.
 * New Cambridgeshire: New Cambridgeshire expands by 1000 sq km south and West. Colonists begin to explore around the region and begin to have a large fishing boom. The Port of New Rotham is expanded to handle excess ships from Albion and other European nations and is renamed by popular vote to New Oxford. The people of New Oxford also begin an attempt to gain knowledge of farming in Borealia from Native Peoples.
 * Mansurryia Sultanate: With the Great Mansurryian purge finally over, all those who are disloyal to Sultan Aashif have been removed from society. Now that Sultan Aashif's rule is questioned by no one, he can finally focus on his main goal, to restore the Mansurryian Sultanate, especially the capital Baghdad, to its former glory. The Sultan's mission is for Baghdad to once again become a centre of art, learning, culture, religion, science, trade, and innovation. With trade floursihing from the Ottoman Empire, we use this new money to improve the infrastructure of the Sultanate. As a result of the trade, we also learn of the Burjid Sultanate and their key contribution to Muslim Society, the Mosque Model. Under the mosque model, mosques are the centre of each town  and thus markets and homes are built around the mosques and in order to build more mosques roads must be constructed between the mosques. With more roads, there is more trade, and with more trade there is more money to build into mosques and with more mosques there is more support for the Mosque Model. Because of the benefits of the Mosque Model, Sultan Aashif adopts this and funding is put into the Mosque Model. As a result of the funding into the Mosque Model, this is an infra turn. Because of the benefit of the trade with the Ottomans, we request a trade agreement with the Savafids and The Mansurryian Trade Convoy is organized and sent to the Holy City of Mecca. Meanwhile, the Sultan and the Grand Sultan is discussing what to do for next year. We also declare our support to the Muslim Indian States in the midst of the Indian League Crisis and offer the Beganli Sultanate a trade offer. 
 * Grand Duchy of Bavaria: Bavaria expands its economy. The population continues to rise. Grand Duke Heinrich XVII and his council continues to allow the training of new troops. Several markets are constructed in Landshut as well as trade houses for Austrian and Castilian traders. In Austria, several new ships begin being constructed, with twenty-five very large cogs being finished. We begin using an established trade route, with important stops in the trade route include Rome, Athens, Constantinople, Gibraltar, and the coasts of Brittany, due to a longstanding trade deal. Continuing in 1538, Heinrich commissions six cogs to sail around western Mediterranean coasts. The market center in Landshut continues to attract Bavarian and Venetian traders. In religious news, around 76% of the country adheres to the Western Church. Most adherents live around Munchen and Landshut. In other news, Bavaria continues implementing the Alliance and Merchant Act as well as the Militia and Navy Act. The Bavarian Court continues hosting a largely Venetian composition. However, many Bavarian families have intermingled with the Venetians, creating a distinct social class and gentry. In national news, the common courts continue to be implemented around Bavaria as several of the lower class make use of it. The serf laws begin to be used as well. Skeptics who theorized that the serf laws would mark no profound change in society begin to be proven wrong. In 1538, as many as three hundred serfs sue for their freedom. Heinrich begins to ponder a law that would fully abolish serfdom, seeing how it has more or less deteriorated in Bavaria. The wild unpopularity of these laws begin to wear off as well. Heinrich further incorporates the Collegiate Writs, allowing many more lower class men to enter college. In legal news, Heinrich continues implementing the Bavarian Commands. The war with Hesse has been ended, with Bavaria annexing a small section of Bremen to use as a port.
 * Munchen: By 1538, the total class of Queen Isabell University amounts to about 4500 men. Troops authorized by Heinrich continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. The Collegiate Writs begin to draw more men to college.
 * Straubing: Troops authorized by Heinrich continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * Ingolstadt: Troops authorized by Heinrich continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * Burgau: Troops authorized by Heinrich continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * Nurnburg: Troops authorized by Heinrich continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * Burggrafschaft: Troops authorized by Heinrich continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * Bamberg: Troops authorized by Heinrich continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * Wurzburg: Troops authorized by Heinrich continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. A religious change begins occurring in Wurzburg upon the ascension of Franz-Albert, where many more Western Christians begin inhabiting the bishopric. The clergy begins being alarmed and they fear displacement. An envoy dispatched by Franz-Albert attempts to quell their fears.
 * Thuringia: Troops authorized by Heinrich and Count Albert continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Countess Elisabeth normalizes taxes in an effort to subset any rebellion.
 * Saxony: Troops authorized by Heinrich and Count Albert continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Countess Elisabeth normalizes taxes in an effort to subset any rebellion.
 * Bremen Port: Troops authorized by Heinrich continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * Austria: This turn in both our nation and the nations of Bohemia, Moravia, Luxembourg, Brandenburg, Pomerania, Silesia, Lusatia, Salzburg, Augsburg, Swabia,  Elsaß-Lothringen, Mainz, Palatinate, and our colonial territories and possessions is dedicated to military. We train and expand our military using new experience from recent wars, and grow our nation economically. In Morocco our position in Melilla is fortified. All fortifications around the region are rebuilt and manned by stationed guards in case of an attack. To protect Melilla the construction of a fortress outside the city is considered, although postponed for now. The port of Melilla is rebuilt to begin operation as a trade port and military outpost. Construction continues on a shipyard in the Melilla port to facilitate the construction and repair of friendly ships. Melilla is granted a permanent naval garrison in the city’s port. to respond to dangers in the area, and to support the small garrison on land who mans the fortifications. Our position in Morocco is fortified by reinforcements, bringing Melilla operational against attacks. For now a small fleet is stationed in its harbor, while its garrison continues to hold the north and its supply lines, supporting our Christian brethren. With much of the Muslim population of Melilla left dead after the war against Morocco, the local government attempts to entice settlers by offering large quantities of land to Christian settlers. Many Europeans, particularly of German descent and/or from Central Europe begin settling the area around Melilla. With finances from Augsburg-based banking establishments, the Trieste Company continues to launch expeditions to West Africa. Abrechtburg has grown to a decently sized settlement, supporting a population of farmers, traders, and a small garrison of soldiers. The town also houses a well furbished fort, armed with a small amount of cannons intended to defend the settlement and the harbor from any attack. Built out of necessity, the port at Abrechtburg is refurbished and expanded to support more trade ships, and allied countries are welcomed to trade and stay in the town. The second largest settlement in Westenland, Dominusburg, follows suit, finishing the construction of a port similar to Abrechtburg ‘s. Trade posts continue to be built and exploited, now numbering several dozen along the coast of Westenland and into allied territory. Our reliance on the Wolof becomes less so, but we sign a trade agreement with their nation to continue our positive relationship. Deals are made with the Wolof for slaves and other goods. Conversion of the natives begin around the settlement. Several bimereiches and caravels begin construction in Trieste, Melilla, Corfu, and other ports,  to further facilitate and protect overseas trade. Trade is increased with the Grand Duchy of Bavaria and other trade partners, bringing about new avenues of trade and commerce. Expeditions to the New World continue to increase trade with Spanish possessions, establishing a trade route between Westenland and colonies in the Yucatan. Trade posts in the Caribbean are expanded and grow as they become more frequently visited. A trade agreement is signed with the local Nacotchtank people, who we begin to trade goods with. Work also begins on a settlement on Vultsburg, it being the hub of Austrian trade in the south Imperial Sea. A small fort begins construction, overlooking a primitive port, constructed to better facilitate trade ships.
 * Russia: The nation of Russia begins trading along routes routing through the nation of Novgorod and its vassals, and the nation of Pskov. Money collected through trade and taxation is saved this year in the Muscovite treasury in case of an emergency. Trade routes are established between the nations of Poland, Hungary, Rumania, and the Roman Empire, and we promote friendly relations with all these nations. We become closer to Novgorod through trade, relying on Novgorod for safe land routes into our northern territory. The nations of the Ukraine continue to be vassalized. In case of attack we expand our military, recruiting free levies from our cities to protect local regions of our nation. Pikes and crossbows become common equipment in some units after they begin to be produced locally to outfit local regiments. Bowmen continue to be an essential part of our military to provide support for melee units, with some gunpowder weaponry being used. In major cities kremlins are upgraded and outfitted with modern equipment and dedicated garrisons to combat any threat or invasion. The largest kremlin, located in Moscow, is especially upgraded, with new walls being added that are wider and can hold cannons. Italian architects are also invited to our courts to design certain aspects of the city. This turn in our nation and vassals is dedicated to military.
 * Lithuania: This turn is officially dedicated to military. Trade between Moscow, Prussia, and other nations helps to amass wealth, which is partially used to finance infrastructural projects and military fortifications.
 * Ukraine (Various): This turn is officially dedicated to military. Trade between Moscow, Prussia, and other nations helps to amass wealth, which is partially used to finance infrastructural projects and military fortifications.
 * Russian Vassals (Various): This turn is officially dedicated to military. Trade between Moscow, Prussia, and other nations helps to amass wealth, which is partially used to finance infrastructural projects and military fortifications.
 * Roman Empire: The Empire continues to expand its trade since the conclusion of the Hungarian War. Drunk with victory, Theodore III becomes popular with the Roman nobles and people for his success at expanding Roman authority and territory. He is given a triumph in Constantinople for his success at overcoming the Hungarians, making this the first triumph in centuries. Most of the forces are returned home where they begin to rest after a hard fought campaign. The recent spat of expansion has put the royal court on edge, as they are equally as eager to maintain their new lands. The war gold from the Hungarians is put to use maintaining or expanding loyalty to the Roman state in the new lands along with the promise of Roman citizenship and the full equality of all citizens before the law. Faced with a higher level of multiculturalism in the Empire never seen since the Komnenos Dynasty, new laws are drafted to ensure that ethnic minorities will not suffer unduly and to further encourage their loyalty to the Roman state and the Roman national identity. To encourage the minorities both inside and outside the Empire, Theodore III grants citizenship to all living within the Empire's borders. Atlantis becomes a full fledged settlement with a permenant population. Trade thrives there as trade goods from Borealia and Hesperia flow through the port. Galleasses begin to be modified to allow them to sail out into the open ocean. A scout fleet explores OTL Puerto Rico in search for new lands to settle for Rome. The islands are claimed but no settlement is established, only stone markers. The request of both Croatia and the new protectorate are approved. 900 troops will be sent as well as five carros and a modified galleass with 300 additional troops and supplies to reinforce Bermuda.
 * Albania: The military continues to expand in case of any violence from the end of the Hungarian war breaks out in Albania's borders.
 * Ragusa: The republic celebrates the victory of the Ragusans against Hungary and the addition of new lands to the republic. Trade opens up again with the outside world and soon Ragusa's costs of entering the war are destroyed. The navy continues to expand to enable trade around the world.
 * Egypt: The Kingdom of Egypt faces another threat to its rule following the defeat in Ethiopia. Sensing weakness, a group of Muslims has risen up in open revolt. The Roman forces as well as Egypt's own armies are able to defeat the rebels, but the revolt makes it clear that integration will take more time. To this end more Roman-esque laws regarding religion and ethnicity are put into place. Due to the war, no expansion into the Sinai takes place this year. Faced with growing costs and more attention back home, Egypt agrees to sell Singapore to the Netherlands for trade goods and the most recent firearms. Gentle persuation like lower taxes are used to convince Muslims to convert to Christianity.
 * Cyrene: The new lands from Hungary are integrated. The local authorities begin to offer more gentle means of converting the population, and also do likewise for nationality and culture.
 * Serbia: The Serbian people rejoice as the Romans win the war and the Hungarians are driven out of the country. Most Hungarians flee, fearing retribution, and most Croats do likewise. Any Serbs deported from the country are offered incentives to return. The Serbian royal court makes its capital at Skopje and enthrone a new king from the Dusan dynasty to lead the country. To help the country heal, the infastructure and fortifications are repaired or improved.
 * Ottoman Sultanate: As the great and aging sultan, Suleiman the Magnificent, continues to further centralize the empire, he also continues the vassalization of Jalay (Three of Seven). As the passive state of Islam has seemed somewhat worthy, his son, now leading the armies, Sulimen, wishes to make the nation more aggressive. After years of debating and a new outlook on the growing world, aggression may be the answer to swift conquest. We attack OTL Iraq (the dark grey region aboveMansuriyya Caliphate). The new region becomes a vassal, and begins to be slowly annexed into the empire. The great Sultan continues to promote industry as the land sees much economic profit. The great militaristic unit, the Janissary, continues to be the backbone of the force, while more cannon and gunpowder units are implemented. We begin vassalizing Medina (One of Nine) Textiles begin to be produced on a larger scale, as well as glass making and asphalt mining. With the recent succession of Burjid, we begin to instead start vassalizing Jalay (Three of Seven). We accept trading rights with the Mansuriyya Caliphate, although we also wish to make them a propostition. If they agree to change their government to a Sultanate rather than a Caliphate, based solely on religious affairs, we will grant them claims in Middle East, as well as recognize them. We will also make them our number one ally and fight side by side with them. With the great growth of the Sultanate, Suleiman the Magnificent sets his sight on a new prize, one much more different from his own, a Christian nation which has for a long time pervaded his nation's advances, and stole their land. Although the Sultan must wait a few years before is allowed to attack this rivaled nation.
 * Kara Koyunlu (vassal of the Ottoman Sultanate): A period of centralization is underway as the military is expanded, the vassal slowly begins to merge into the empire.
 * Ramazan (vassal of the Ottoman Sultanate): As the great city of Antioch sees much population growth, and a large "throw out" of any left over Christian characteristics, the great city of Antioch now numbers at 120,000. The population is still growing but not expected to climb too high. The infrastructure is expanded.
 * Karaman (vassal of the Ottoman Sultanate): A period of centralization is underway as the infrastructure is expanded, the vassal slowly begins to merge into the empire.
 * Ak Koyunlu (vassal of the Ottoman Sultanate): Janissaries are sent to establish bases in order to guard against any resistance from the Kingdom of Armenia. A period of centralization is underway as the military is expanded, the vassal slowly begins to merge into the empire.
 * Damascan Regent (vassal of the Ottoman Sultanate): As the Burjid Sultanate merges into the empire, Sulimen, the acting regent sultan, has a son with his new wife A'shad the son is named Suleiman II, and incorporates a tradition for all future sultan firstborns to be named Suleiman, after his father who has revived the Ottoman Empire into a booming powerhouse. Sulimen takes charge if the Damascan Regent in order to prove himself he can rule. He does exceedingly well with speeding the restoration of Damascus, and promoting much migration to the great city.  Damascus now numbers 98,000 and hopes to surpass Antioch one day.
 * Levant (vassal of the Ottoman Sultanate): As the Burjid Sultanate merges into the empire, the new vassal of the Ottoman Empire begins to grow. With the economy being fore fronted by the Sultanate's treasury, the money is spent on building roads, implementing large taxes on non-Christians, and building up the cities. The infrastructure is largely increased.
 * Iraq (vassal of the Ottoman Sultanate): With the disorganized state being invaded successfully by the Ottomans, the Sultanic ways are quickly incorporated into the quickly established government. Much Turkic culture is implemented into the region although Arabic culture still wavers proudly, and the two seem to sink in together like puzzle pieces. Infrastructure is expanded as the region is being rebuilt and repaired to become an organized vassal. Centralization begins, as the region is to join the great Damascan Regent a handful of years later.
 * In the Empire of Madagasikara, Emperor Ignacio withdraws half of his military from Kilwa, hoping that nothing new arises. The rotation plan also continues to be in place. Ignacio also continues to focus on the full integration of all of his states as fully Madagasikaran lands. This effort is also applied to al-Swahili, which is in a Dynastic Union with Madagasikara. Ignacio invites former rival al-Swahili into the Madagasikaran League, and they accept in order to promote trade in the whole region. The spice trade continues to fuel the economy of Madagasikara. In addition to using Spanish merchants to transport the goods, a rising field is becoming a merchant. Madagasikaran merchants begin to use the Philadelphi Canal to trade with other nations in the Eastern Mediterranean. Ship-building along the west coast of Madagasikara continues to pick up as a vital industry, but competition from Coastal Madagasikaran states begins to also rise. Namibia expands along the coast by the maximum amount. Military turn.
 * Mozambika sees Madagasikaran culture pour into former Mozambikan lands from former Pembaran lands. Sofala continues to develop closer to Madagasikaran culture. Sofala is quickly evolving into a powerful trading center, with access to both the north and also to the south. Ignacio and his cadre of advisers work tirelessly to ensure that Sofala will never leave Madagasikara again. Kilwa, under some military control, experiences massive conversions to Christianity as missionaries pour into the city. Introduction of Latinized Malagasy begins in earnest, although a more Swahili dialect is implemented to ease the transition.
 * Mozambika sees Madagasikaran culture pour into former Mozambikan lands from former Pembaran lands. Sofala continues to develop closer to Madagasikaran culture. Sofala is quickly evolving into a powerful trading center, with access to both the north and also to the south. Ignacio and his cadre of advisers work tirelessly to ensure that Sofala will never leave Madagasikara again. Kilwa, under some military control, experiences massive conversions to Christianity as missionaries pour into the city. Introduction of Latinized Malagasy begins in earnest, although a more Swahili dialect is implemented to ease the transition.

1539
'''After two years of fighting the capital of the independent Chagatai Khanate falls to Indian forces. The territory is forced to swear fealty to the Suri Empire and abide by the Second Treaty of Delhi. A small force is deployed in the area to retain Indian rule, and thousands are slaughtered. '''

'''Not that I care much, but isn't the Chagatai Khanate a bit too far north for the Indians? It's also not very useful pre-industrialization -Sky'''

'''You're the one who formerly owned it and got the Indians into this mess. '''
 * Portugal: Continues a notable buildup in military strength and allows for a vigorous training program on the existing military forces attempting to train them up heavily. Meanwhile, the administration continues to be reformed, and agriculture and commerce are encouraged. Meanwhile, Portugal continues to develop its navy. Meanwhile, the colony in Lenhame continues exporting wheat to Portugal. Meanwhile, trade intensifies in the African coast. The Açores continue to be settled. Meanwhile, the naus continue to be used. Naval explorations directed to the west continue. Meanwhile, Santa Cruz expands north by 3000 sq km. Meanwhile, sugarcane continues to be planted in Santa Cruz. Meanwhile, pau-brasil (brazilwood) starts to be extracted in the colony. Meanwhile, the colony of São Sebastião expands 1000 sq km.
 * Netherlands: After years of tension with Oyoan settlers and slavers, the economic elite of the Netherlands finally pressure William I to declare war on the Empire of Naijira and the 10,000 troops that were previously shipped to Wew Freisland invade the eastern frontier of the African empire with the new model army regiments leading the onslaught Netherlands troops engage the african forces. William calls on their Spanish, Albionic and French allies to help with the war against the African empire (we need and algo asap). The Royal Navy also begins engaging the Naijira navy deploying the new frigates to try and gain a decisive advantage over the smaller Naijira fleet. In the orient trade continues as relations with Malacca are opened. Trading with China, Japan and Bengal continue. Economic cultural and scientific development continues in the Netherlands with Brussels and Amsterdam growing. the settlements in Guiana expand along the coastline 20 pixels in total. The new model army reforms continue as naval expansion also continues with more frigates being constructed. The growing cultural centre that is Brussels enjoys a burst of creativity as a group of young artists and authors from the university reveal their latest works. The style and content of these works of such a scale by Netherlander standards that the group is quickly nicknamed the generation of 39, and their works quickly take the mind of the city's population both upper and middle class. amongst these authors is a peot named Johann van Wilkenburgs who is awarded funds to start writing works of peotry fro the royal family and for the university. The wallonian gunsmithes start working in overtime as more snaphaunce muskets and cannnons are ordered for the war effort and for exportation.
 * Korea: Korea continues to build up its military. Meanwhile, more Taoist, Neo-Confucian and Buddhist temples are built. Taoism rises in popularity and gains followers.
 * Netherlands DIp: the East India Company requests that trade relations be opened with Korea.
 * Korean Diplomacy: Monarch Yi Yeok accepts the Dutch request, and opens trade with them.
 * Fusahito Dip: The Emperor offers an alliance with Korea, with the introduction of free trade and a non-aggression treaty.
 * Korean Diplomacy: Monarch Yi Yeok accepts Fusahito's alliance offer.
 * Russia: The nation of Russia begins trading along routes routing through the nation of Novgorod and its vassals, and the nation of Pskov. Money collected through trade and taxation is saved this year in the Muscovite treasury in case of an emergency. Trade routes are established between the nations of Poland, Hungary, Rumania, and the Roman Empire, and we promote friendly relations with all these nations. We become closer to Novgorod through trade, relying on Novgorod for safe land routes into our northern territory. The nations of the Ukraine continue to be vassalized. In case of attack we expand our military, recruiting free levies from our cities to protect local regions of our nation. Pikes and crossbows become common equipment in some units after they begin to be produced locally to outfit local regiments. Bowmen continue to be an essential part of our military to provide support for melee units, with some gunpowder weaponry being used. In major cities kremlins are upgraded and outfitted with modern equipment and dedicated garrisons to combat any threat or invasion. The largest kremlin, located in Moscow, is especially upgraded, with new walls being added that are wider and can hold cannons. Italian architects are also invited to our courts to design certain aspects of the city. This turn in our nation and vassals is dedicated to military.
 * Lithuania: This turn is officially dedicated to military. Trade between Moscow, Prussia, and other nations helps to amass wealth, which is partially used to finance infrastructural projects and military fortifications.
 * Ukraine (Various): This turn is officially dedicated to military. Trade between Moscow, Prussia, and other nations helps to amass wealth, which is partially used to finance infrastructural projects and military fortifications.
 * Russian Vassals (Various): This turn is officially dedicated to military. Trade between Moscow, Prussia, and other nations helps to amass wealth, which is partially used to finance infrastructural projects and military fortifications.
 * The Empire of Britannia: Many ships are modernized and replaced to keep the  British Royal Navy a powerful force on the high seas. Port Edmundburg continues to experience a growth in population. Albionic settlers continue to explore the surrounding areas. The pocket watch is invented by Peter Royce. James Graff invents the use of etching. The British Navy continues the construction ofof frigates and galleons. Plans to upgrade other parts of the navy are continued. Port Katrina continues to expand. The Navy offers to sell frigates to Rome. Britannia also fully adopts the snaphauce rifle. In Eire, Bran is appointed as Emissary of Britannia and begins traveling Europe, eventually going to Rome and then Croatia. Irish nobles express concern as their King's health starts to fail due to the heir's mental state. Due to continued instability in Eire, as well as public support on the side of the Crown, Britannia steps in and removes the Irish monarchy. Eire is considered a client state of the Empire, the government begins the long transition, made easier due to the incredibly close ties between the two nations and Eire's treaties with Britannia (formerly Albion). Overseas, The Empire of Britannia declares war on the Oyo after years of strained relations. An invasion force of 20,000 men from the Empire begin the invasion.
 * Calais: Military and navy are expanded. Calais experiences a remodel of its port facilities to help with trade.
 * Dublin: Dublin begins the process of being incorporated into Eire, where it will become the new Capital.
 * Scotland: Expands navy and military.  Military support is declared against the Oyo
 * Port Edmundburg: Expands by 1000 sq km south and east down the coast. The African colonists begin looking toward mining and other ventures to generate profit.
 * New Cambridgeshire: New Cambridgeshire expands by 1000 sq km south and West. Colonists begin to explore around the region and begin to have a large fishing boom. The Port of New Oxford is expanded to handle excess ships from Britannia and other European nations. The people of New Oxford also begin an attempt to gain knowledge of farming in Borealia from Native Peoples. Explorers seek to travel further west.
 * Oldenburger Diplomacy: Countess Adelheid asks for news on her grandchildren; the court and general society in Oldenburg are very anxious for news.
 * Hispania: The Spanish populace reaches about 13.5 million and growing thanks to the addition of the Aragonian populace and other growth. The economy, thanks to the aggressive colonialism, continues to expand immensely and the Spanish economy becomes the most powerful in Europe passing the French economy by leaps and bounds with the massive influx of gold, silver and jewels contributing heavily and its administration preventing heavy inflation of the Spanish economy. The armed forces continue their push to remain the most modern and begins to build a host of new ships to replace older ones which are sold to its vassals, trade companies and other territories of the Empire. The integration of Aragon into Castile and the formation of Spain is seen as relatively popular and the now majority Spanish population shows overwhelming support for their Queen. The Queen of Spain on the direction of an advisor incorporates the title of King of Italy as an integral part of Spain as well ruling over it in a personal union in which the monarch of Spain may rule as the King of Italy in a personal union but the title may not pass to any other than the Spanish monarch. Queen Alexis begins to push toward consolidation of new territories acquired and begins to increase troop amounts in Italy, Genoa and Savoy. Spanish general Alejandro Cortez writes a book on Spanish military history and with this writes a detailed doctrine describing the brilliant general Carlos's tactic of  line infantry. The general manages to get "Carolingian Infantry" a force of men five-to-seven ranks deep rotating to keep a continuous volley of fire on the enemy pushing its adoption by the Spanish Army. Hispania begins a notable development of a new larger kind of ship - an evolution of the carrack designed to be much stabler and faster and outclass any other ships the European world has to offer. This ship - known as the Galleon - multiple new ones are constructed to remain ahead of other nations in regards to naval technology. Phillip has a child named Alejandro now age 7.  The Spanish continue to escort major trade convoys with warships to increase likelyhood of surviving. and investigation into the criminal underworld is undertaken to find out who hired these privateers. Alexis, finally seeing wisdom in creating a Spanish Parliament to prevent a foolish or insane monarch from ruining her accomplishments, creates the Parliament and enforces the first elections through landowners and influential traders who vote in the first Parliament led by Prime Minister Rodrigo Gonzales. Their first acts are to create a law system dealing with voting restricting it to the landed people and certain merchants but leaving it open to change with later amendments. The Parliament - also with authority of the queen - splits executive power between the Parliament and the monarchy. Finally, the Parliament creates the Colonial Administration Authority, which is a dedicated office to managing the colonies with offices in each colony and a budget dealing with expansion, maintenance, and protection. The Parliament, sensing an opening for the first time in decades in West Africa, declares war on Naijjira alongside the netherlands and other opportunist nations (I'm assuming Albion, and Austria) and deploys its forces to the fringes of Oyo sending nearly 35,000 troops combined with its personal bloc pertaining to the Entire Empire of Hispania. Seige cannons are brought up from the armories in the Kongo. The Colonial Administration Authority of Hispania establishes a colony known as San Francisco (OTL San Francisco)
 * Kingdom of Italy: Italy reaches it troops amount of 30,000 with it being armed and trained by Spanish troops in tactics. The Italian kingdom integrates Florence as an integral part and begins to push toward more movement toward involvement with the Spanish trade empire and Italian trade ships begin visiting Spain en masse. The Italian army is expanded moderately with some naval ships being purchased to replace losses.  However, the Invulnerable Spanish army discourages any from speaking their mind and most deal with the relatively benevolent rule of the Spanish. The population of the Kingdom of Italy reaches about 13.2 million with growth falling short due to many men being killed in the war. The Italian navy reaches nearly 170 ships and growing. The people of Italy begin to see Spain as much more benevolent than before and are more than happy with Spanish rule. However, this also may have to do with the fact that many nobles have been replaced with Spaniards or loyal Italians who helped Spanish forces in the invasion. Some Hispanicized Italians (Italians who have adopted Spanish culture) are allowed to settle in the Spanish colonies. Italy deploys 15,000 troops to the Kongo on orders from the Colonial Authority. The Italians declare war on Nijiira and assault the fringes of Oyo along with Spain and the netherlands.
 * Savoy: Savoy is stabilized. The Savoyan people accept their new overlords as the increased trade has left traders and many other with much more money than they had before. The economy, thanks to trade with Spain, expands moderately but much is spent rebuilding Savoy from the conflict. Savoy agrees to cede portions of territory to France due to the war and many people in Savoy are angered but powerless. The rulers of Savoy - realizing that inclusion into the Spanish empire is much better than being a target of it - manage to pacify the populace and begin to rebuild raising a small force of about 10,000 to handle security. The people of Savoy begin to work toward building up a trade fleet now at 70 ships. Savoy deploys nearly 5000 troops to Morocco for the colonial authorities drills. Savoy moves with Morocco on the West African state declaring open war.
 * Genoa: Now being free of Italy, but now a vassal of Spain, Genoa looks to rebuild its trade empire under the rising Spanish empire. The Genoan people and traders widely consider this to be a turning point with their people and begin to push for the mass acquisition of trade ships to rebuild their trade empire. Genoa begins to expand its military moving up to nearly 8000 troops with 5000 Spanish troops housed in Genoa. The Genoan people more than not show welcoming attitudes toward the Spanish as they have felt relatively oppressed by the Italians. However, some Genoans remain disenfranchized with the Spanish but the reputation of invincibility of the Spanish army makes any attempt at independence a far cry from possibility. These people more than not decide to find ways to live under the Spanish empire in a more prosperous way, by establishing multiple trade companies. These companies begin to be common throughout Spanish lands as the Genoans begin to build up a trade fleet of a sizable amount now at 80 ships. The Genoans supply nearly 5000 troops to the Colonial authority drills near the Kongo. Genoa declares war on Naijiria and moves on the West African state with its allies.
 * Kingdom of Morocco: The country begins the construction of various canals and cultivates trees farther inland to help increase arable farmland. The Moroccan economy continues to expand with greater trade coming from Spain and the Canaries all the way down to Capo Verde increasing the relative wealth. The Kingdom, with many canals having been completed, has vastly expanded its farmland among other things. Morocco's total population reaches one million with Christianity becoming dominant in the area. Calne-Vicuna is finished and is opened as a center for Christianity in North Africa with a library said to rival old Alexandria's. The Moroccan Assassins Guild forms and spreads keeping the peace and killing the corrupt as well as making Morocco much more peaceful for Spain. The Kingdom of Morocco officially enters into a personal union with Castile following the magistrates and princes deeming it unnecessary for the King to not have full control in the country. The Magistrates, however, are fully re-instated to continue as they were just under direction of the monarch of Spain The Kingdom of Morocco begins construction of a sizeable navy and adds nearly 30 ships, many purchased from private builders from abroad bringing its fleet up from 20 ships to nearly 50. Morocco readies troops nearing 10,000 in its areas in preparation for a widescale drill from the colonial authority. Morocco instead conscripts the resident knights hispitaller into its army providing an extra 20,000 troops along with allied troops from Savoy and moves one the West African state declaring war.
 * Kongo: The Kingdom begins to work toward a trade and production economy focusing on helping provide resources for Castile's burgeoning West African trade network. The King of the Kongo converting to Christianity and being baptised begins to call for the expansion of ports to the best of the Kongolese architects' abilities. The Kingdom of the Kongo in an attempt to increase economic output and trade begins to export a large amount of raw materials to Castile and begins to push toward heavy exploitation methods if possible. Kongo due to its backwardness in technology and administration puts itself in a protectorate/vassal situation in order to advance itself. The Kongolese population reaches about one million and beginning to grow much more rapidly. The King of the Kongo manages to calm down the people. The Kongo itself begins to see a noticeable improvement in the way of life. Kongo Adds the Former Oyo Gabonese colony to its domain. Kongo Expands 2500 sq km up the Congo River finally reaching supply and population levels to support this. Kongo readies itself for war but stands off allowing the more capable powers of getting involved in the war.
 * Mapuche: With the defeat by the Spanish a royal governor is appointed by the Castilians. These people are immediately transferred onto available ships and throughout the year are sent up the coast via Spanish ships to a location unknown to the Mapuche. The Mapuche also continue to see major issues from European contact are given orders to isolate themselves if they are sick to prevent further expansion of the disease. The Mapuche people begin to see the first mixed children between Spanish and Mapuche people. The Spanish institute the Ecomienda system. However, the Spanish governor, in order to keep control of the people, orders the Spanish heads of the system to treat the natives fairly in order to prevent mass deaths from overworking and resentment. Spanish farming techniques have definitely prevented starvation as the Mapuche continue to expand toward the coast building a road to connect it all. The Spanish governor, also using the local Mapuche as scouts, is able to expand much more than the Buenos Aires colony and uses this to his advantage to secure more land to be able to turn over to Spanish settlers. The Royal Governor ramps up expansion for some of the new plantation owners setting up expanding the the territory by 2500 sq km. The Mapuche Area begins to see a notable increase in Castilian settlers, mostly farmers who begin to build special areas to employ the Inca farming methods.
 * Morelia: The former Mayan kingdom is renamed Morelia by the royal governor to reflect its new Spanish culture as thousands of settlers have settled in the major cities beginning to displace the remaining Mayans which have decreased almost 75% from their original population of two million leaving barely 500,000 Mayans left. An insightful priest says that destroying the cities will result in long term resentment that could never be repaired and instead they should be made Spanish-Maya hybrid. The new Royal Governor seeing wisdom in this declares that the cities will not be ransacked and a moderate tribute of gold and silver is demanded by the Spanish. The 2000 troops remain in the country and begin to establish areas along the coast suitable for Spanish settlement. The military and economy of the Maya under Spain is developed and roads are upgraded to Spanish standards. The Spanish sponsor some colonists who wish to remove themselves from the remainder of the Indians and establish themselves on an island (OTL Havana) and name the island Cuba. (2500 sq km). The Spanish troops are brought from all over the region equaling nearly 5000, with 1000 being regulars, 3000 being troops formerly used in the conflict, and another 1000 opportunist settlers looking to make more money are used against the Mayan revolters with great effect. The Spanish troops continue to push through and wipe out remaining rebels clearing out the highlands by the end of the year.
 * Aztecs: With full control of the Aztec now reverting to the Spanish the Spanish begin to implement their Ecomienda system from the Mapuche in the south to the Aztec areas to extract gold and silver. Along with this many of the remaining Aztec people become infected decreasing population further. The economy of the Aztecs becomes entirely reliant on the Spanish Empire and the military remains non-existent with areas being occupied by Zapotec and remaining Spanish forces. However, its garrison is made up of Spanish forces who are settling the territory. Almost 5000 Spaniards come to the Aztec nation. The royal governor is appointed and after conversation with Morelias governor decides eventually he will embark on a large expansion campaign up the Mexican area. The Aztecs expand by 2500 sq km through disorganized territory just north of it with Spanish settlers paving the way. The Colonial authority sends a fleet to explore the now named california coast looking for an area to found a new colony along the central or northern california areas.
 * Kingdom of Venezia: With the establishment of the Kingdom of Venezia following the previous war and with the loss of a large portion of the fleet the Venezian people seem to believe that much can be rebuilt through utilization of the dynamically rising Spanish empire for its own benefit. The businessmen and high level economists, bankers and multiple other fully knowledgeable individuals of Venezia remaining after the war go on a trip to Spain's vibrant trade cities and after careful negotiations many of these men take over one of Spain's newest rising trade companies, the Buenos Aires trade company, with some offices based out of the Buenos Aires colony in Hesperia. The Venezians, unable to select a king from their remaining nobles, delegate to the Queen of Spain (Castile and Aragon) who chooses a man named Antonio Lo Grato to rule as Prince of Venice in place of the Queen of Spain. A well acclaimed and respected man, he immediately enacts reforms. The Venezian economy with access to the Spanish economy begins to recover and for the first time in years due to this. The Venezians begins its long road to naval recovery and begins to use its vast knowledge to begin building ships not only for itself but acquires the blueprints to improve on Spanish ships to allow for sale back to the Queen. The Venezian military is also raised to a token force of about 10,000 due to its location but remains lightly armed and unable to project power or fight any unsupported offensives. The Prince of Venezia, Antonio, begins the drift toward Spanish culture.
 * Viceroyalty of New Spain: The Viceroyalty of new Spain is established with a massive amount of coastal territory secured begins to expand its major settlements seriously with Buenos Aires maintaining the most with nearly 27,000 people and growing The colony proper reaches nearly 200,000 in population seeing large amounts of Colonial immigration now from both Spain and Hispanicized Italians. The Viceroy implements the first cattle ranches (they are not modern ranches) in order to expand the food supply of the large colony. The Spanish inhabitants of the colonies form their first militia under command of a Spanish officer which is trained only to fight off native attacks. The Colony specifically expands the areas around its main settlements by 10 px especially up the Rio de Toro River (OTL Uruguay River) and extends its borders south by 10 px intending to reach the Straits of Torez (OTL Straits of Magellan). The viceroyalty seems extremely happy with the colonial status and support its received from Castile as well as the massive re-investment for the betterment of the colony giving a huge boost to the construction of a few forts and a road system. The first ships begin to arrive from Spain African colonies bringing goods and a few slaves. Ranching is taken up by men previously accustomed to this in Spain.
 * Cape Ferdinand: The Cape Ferdinand colony expands by 10 px around existing settlements beginning to push toward making the area a larger more controlled area for Spanish habitation especially up the Orange River. The semi-hostile climate has left Cape Ferdinand with barely 17,000 colonists in comparison to New Spain in Hesperia. The area itself begins to show up as a trade hub. Zulu Africans in the area begin to be contacted with missionaries looking to speak to these people.
 * Philippines: Spanish continue to establish majority control over the area through trade and other means. The Spanish then begin to send in a royal governor who makes plans to expand the island nation, and begins work on its economy and military to do so. Gold and silver from Spain is sent to facilitate buying materials to build up the area as the Philippines are garrisoned by mercenaries hired by Spain and nearly 300 of Spain's most well trained troops.
 * Bengal Sultanate: Cash crops continue to be grown in large amounts. With our merchants traveling to Ava, Kamarumpa and Arakan regularly, Islam continues to grow in their areas. Merchants also travel exclusively to Multan, Sind, Ladakh, and Kangra. Due to Bengal having control over lands of multiple ethnicities and religions, literary works in the form of poems continue to take influence from all three religions of the Sultanate. Urdu, also called Hindi by some, becomes more common in the Sultanate due to the mixing of Hindu and Islamic ideals. We continue to help finance the Plutocratic State of Jaunpur, Delhi Sultanate and Bahamani Sultanate by sending gifts directly to the nobles/sultans, offering loans from powerful trade bankers, and decreasing the trade taxes over all of Bengal, allowing more of our merchant goods to travel into those states. We also raise a portion of the Sultan's personal levy and then divide it to be sent out to the states' leaders, so that they can do with them what they wish in order to maintain order in their nation. The construction of schools and universities several years ago has led to an increase in scholars and literacy in our nation. Due to the removal of trade barriers among a majority of states in the Indian League, their merchants and ours begin to travel with increased mobility and goods, thereby increasing the trade income and output in the agreeing nations. Several Bengali merchants continue to sponsor gem mines in the Mogok area of Ava, due to the high concentration of gems such as rubies, sapphires, garnets and moonstones, and the first of many mines begin to return with more successes. Construction of ships based upon Castilian designs, granted to us by them, continues, in order to further our efforts to explore and trade. New crops continue to enter into several plantations, opium and cannabis. The increasing need for an anesthetic due to many more surgeries in Bengal, simply due to an increasing population, leads opium cultivation to become very lucrative and results in many plantations including it in their crops. Cannabis becomes more popular, not simply due to its cultural history in Muslim societies, but also because of its popular use in several poetic works. The coastlands gained by Bengal continue to receive excessive shipments of Bengali goods, nobles, people, religion, soldiers, and ideals. The Bengali tax cuts, as well as plantations begin to take effect in the newly acquired lands, and woodblock printing is spread to Bengal proper as its use and replication is more fully understood. For the personal use of the Bengali Regent-King, a servant of the Regent-King has, adapted from a design from a Persian merchant, an intricate glass and metallic waterpipe which is called the Huqqa by the Bengali people, and is immediately adopted with haste as a better way to smoke cannibis. 
 * Rajya of Orissa: Kalua Deva continues to listen to his advisers and bring about several reforms to his nation that make it more Islamic friendly, one of which is new, and calls for the creation of one mosque for each Hindu temple in the name of tolerance, when in reality, his advisers have prescribed this to bring about larger Islamic influence. Training of levies by Bengali advisors continues.
 * Swargadeo of Kamarupa: Now vassalized by Bengal, the Swargadeo of Ahom continues to receive extensive help in creating viable farmland. They do this by continuing a process of land reclamation in the northern part of the state, which is largely marshy and thinly populated. This process of reclamation begins by using dikes, embankments and irrigation systems. The land reclamation, having been going on for decades, is extremely successful in creating viable farmland for rice, grain and other staple crops, increasing Kamarupa's population and their yearly trade output. Training of levies by Bengali advisors continues.
 * Prussia: The Prussians continue to develop their economy. The Prussians continue to build their new navy. Prussia continues to Germanize their ethnic minorities.
 * Courland: The Curonians also continue developing their economy.
 * Estland: Ossel-Wiek also continues developing their economy.
 * |onte: Continues to have a large surplus of grain. Though adopting "western farming", the idea of "the tribe" is still very much so alive, as people always share the crops they have grown, or the animals they have hunted amongst the community. Due to the policy of planting tree groves, desert reclamation has started taking serious effect in some parts of |onte. This year has resulted in twenty-five elephants being killed. An expansion to the elephant pen is done. |onte is rich with money made from elephant hunting, as they have nothing to spend the money on. Mon II tours the country teaching children in their playtime how to read. Most of the recent generation can read. However, only a small majority. Mon II continues expanding the project that will be his life's work: the Kunene library, progress over the years has been slow, however, as Mon II insists that the library be built of ivory and marble. Mon II assembles his best students and begins translating many Dutch documents, and filling the completed section of the library with the translations. |onte's population rises to over 42,000. There is a population centre that is beginning to appear around the mouth of the Kunene, and is simply referred to as Kunene. Debarubo expands north 150 sq km (3 pixels) with the newly equipped Eheresito hu Kunene. Mon III continues combining the many narratives heard into one coherent story, called the Sahaka. Mon IX enrolls at the University of Brussels and begins taking all possible courses related to literature, the classics (Greeks and the Romans), languages (French and German) and architecture.
 * Kingdom of Croatia: The Kingdom repairs its infrastructure which was damaged during the war. The king, knowing that Croatia has been subject to Hungarian plotting for over four hundred years, calls upon all Croatian writers and linguists in order to get rid of the Hungarian stain on the Croatian language. Both Croatian and Hungarian are to be studied by them, and Hungarian loanwords are to be minimized in the Croatian language. By contacting the Ragusan literary elite, the King hopes to speed up the process of purifying the Croatian language. The works and information about Ivan Vitez of Sredna are requested from Hungary (mod response - Granted)  as well as all other information about the Croatian philosophers and artists. In the capital of Šibenik, the works of Antun Vrančić/Antonius Verantius  are found and his Epistolae are copied. The works from a member of the Šižgorić/Sisgoreus family, who is only known by his latinized name Georgius, are found. The most important one is Elegiarum et carminum libri tres. Moreover, the works of Janus Pannonius, a man who in one of his poems spoke about his heritage are found. His works Heroica seem to be popular in the Slavonia region. Finally, the works of Marko Marulić/Marcus Marulus become more popular in the city of Split. The works include then epic poem Davidias, the work De institutione bene vivendi per exempla sanctorum which gained popularity even outside of Croatia. as well as the Evangelistarium, Quinquaginta parabolae, De humilitate et gloria Christi, De ultimo Christi iudicio and De laudibus Herculis. Marulić is because of these works known as one of the most important theological writers of Croatia. The population fluctuates with Serbs emmigrating and Croats immigrating, albeit some Montenegrins and Serbs stay in Croatia after they convert to Catholicism. A minor emmigration of Hungarians occurs as well, however, those who do stay are heavily Croatized. The arrival of an Éiric emissary, Bran, called The Raven (Gavran), is seen as an opportunity to improve Croatian relations with the major powers in Europe. During mid March, the creation of a new flag and a new coat of arms is issued. Emissaries are sent to Lombardy, Austria, Italy and the Roman Empire to discuss the creation of a trade coalition called Trans-Adriatic Trade Coalition (TATC). The Romanian offers from last year are accepted.
 * County of Oldenburg: With just one year until the planned departure of the first colonial fleet to Neu Norderney, the government, OHG and Sir Conrad are all in a flurry of activity. Three ships are decked out, and near the end of the year, supplies begin being stored aboard. Sir Conrad selects the three captains, and more settler-families volunteer to be the pioneers in the New World. In other news, the military is expanded. The vast majority of units are now equipped with the uniform dress-code. Many in the community remark on how organised and efficient the army looks when they all wear the same clothing. Knights are still permitted to wear their own livery into battle, but they are mandated to wear the Oldenburger badge for recognition in the field.
 * Prince-Bishopric of Osnabruck: The University is opened this year, to much excitement. The Prince-Bishop himself opens it in a celebratory mass, and welcomes all the professors and scholars to his new "temple of learning". Teaching is offered in a whole range of topics: theology, mathematics, Latin, history, astrology, medicine, and the laws (civil and ecclesiastical). Students from the nobility, rich merchant families, as well as young monks, all attend lectures and begin their six-year Master of Arts/Laws.
 * Fusahito Theocracy:  The Imperial Navy continues to crack down on Japanese pirates operating out of Japanese coastal waters, with the severity of punishment (execution for captain and crew) beginning to have an impact. Vessels and cargo seized are sold to provide extra funding for the state, which is used to expand Fusahito trade influence in the spice islands to the South. Econ turn. However, reports begin to reach the Emperor that many of the Daimyos are sponsoring this piracy as a means of turning vast profits. The Emperor declares that any Daimyo found to be sponsoring attacks against shipping will be subject to the full force of Fusahito might, berating them for tarnishing the honour of the Japanese people. The army is mobilised to demonstrate the extent of Fusahito power and to force the Daimyos into line. The subversion of the Uesugi population continues. Year Four of Ten. The Shiamzu Province is declared an integral part of the Empire, although limited devolution of power continues. In other news, a new flag is introduced for the Theocracy along Western lines.
 * Sultanate of Malacca: Relations and trade with the Dutch and the Bengali result in a growth in the economy. This money is used to build buildings and fund the military. The new muskets become popular. The sultan, valuing education, is inspired to start construction of the University of Malacca. We begin Influence of Brunei (Turn One of 20).  Opinion of the sultan by the public at an all time high, seeing this as the start of a period of prosperity.
 * Netherlander Dip: The Dutch East India Company requests a personal meeting with the sultan to discuss the start of a new and prosperous relationship.
 * Safavid Empire: We build up our military and navy. Port cities are being rebuilt. More ships are being made for our navy. Our own version of guns is being made. Farming is becoming one of the most important industries, besides blacksmithy, trading and fishing. Guns are now mass produced in our country. We continue to make more woodblock printing presses for our libraries. Cannons at three feet long are being built for our military. Bigger cannons are also being built for our military. Cannon balls are made out of iron. A trade route from our home country to Oirat is mapped out. People are now trading with each other on this trade route. Foreign exchange banks are becoming popular in our country due to the ETA (Eurasian Trade Agreement). Trade has increased due to the ETA. A new art form is continuing to be drawn. It is a mix of Safavid, Oirat and Mughal art. Our art is continuing to be popular with all of the nation around us. Trade goes well with the Dutch merchants. All slaves that come from the Oyo nation are continuing to be converted to Shi'ite Islam. We continue to trade with the Roman Empire. The awesome trade routes to Caliphate of Mecca are continuing to be drawn on maps. Our new colony of Free Port sends back a ship to our home lands with stuff found from this land. We continue to build up our new port city. Ships continue to go back and forth from our new colony sending resources to our homeland and people to our colony. We expand our colony 10 px north, west and south.
 * Khanate of Khiva: We improve our relations with the Safavid empire. We build up our military and navy. Trade routes are continuing to be mapped into the Safavid empire.
 * Caliphate of Mecca: After finishing off our long defensive wall on the border of us and Yemen, we decide that it is not best to keep on defending ourselves. We start training our army hard and make young men and even some women to join the army. We are planning to attack Yemen in two years and we ask Caliphate of Madina to help or even unite with us [Need Mod Response]! We build a military base on the land we have gained on the last war we had with Yemen. We send many troops there too.
 * Marrikuwuyanga Empire: The wheat surplus had steadily increased which had allowed the Marrikuwuyanga to increase their population. The Marrikuwuyanga continued their trade with the Dutch East India Company after the Supreme Council of Twelve had allowed the Dutch to create a trade outpost [1 px] at West Timor. The Marrikuwuyangan economy was steadily growing after the shock it had faced when the Ayutthaya faced rebellion. The Marrikuwuyangan economy was the strongest in the region and hundreds of men from other tribal states would migrate to Marrikuwuyanga annually to live in better conditions. The Marrikuwuyanga deported the 1000 Ayutthaya soldiers back to their homelands after the Emperor faced pressure from the Supreme Council of Twelve. The Marrikuwuyanga now produced muskets in large number, although training in using spears was still provided. The development of a cannon brought a new era for the Marrikuwuyangans who had never seen such a decisive weapon. Marrikuwuyanga expand 100 px along the eastern coast. The Emperor faced with the threat of Buddhism undermining his position, started mass conversions of Buddhists to Yadaism [Yadaism is a combination of Buddhism and the worship of Emperor Yada Gulpilil], and the Supreme Council openly declared that Ayutthaya and Buddhists were demons, not celestial beings the Marrikuwuyanga had previously considered them to be and the Buddhists were now persecuted. Emperor Yada Gulpilil's soul had left his vessel (he is dead) and now would enter the body of Gulalin Gulpilil and fulfill the eternal rebirth or so the followers of Yadaism had said. For others, it appeared the nationalist Emperor Yada Gulpilil had been murdered and replaced by his Pro-Dutch son who was now controlled by the Supreme Council as a puppet ruler. The others as in Buddhists, however, were quite few in number and heavily persecuted; thus there seemed little point in anyone believing them. The new Emperor Gulalin Gulpilil showed his desire to meet with the Dutch East Indies and secure a deal for the purchase of the much more modern, Dutch cannons. Envoys were also sent to various tribes in OTL Northern and Central Australia for their respective tribal leaders to discuss the sale of arms to them in return for a pledge of allegiance. (Tribes should cover at least 400 px land in Central Australia, Mod Response Needed). The Chinese merchants that make contact with the Marrikuwuyanga are ignored due to their similarity in appearance to the 'Demonic Ayutthaya' (wut u plannin guns). An agreement is made with the Dutch to grant them more land at Timor [3 px] [U]for now[/U]
 * Timor: The extensive work on developing Timor's navy and military had proved beneficial after the Dutch had started providing the Marrikuwuyanga with their warships for the Marrikuwuyanga to examine and build. The Marrikuwuyangan Emperor, Yada Gulpilil was worshipped by many natives and his power continued to increase over the tribes of Timor. Development of Timor's infrastructure had started with the aid of Dutch, and the construction of a major port for the Dutch to utilize too had started. The Marrikuwuyangan navy was by now the second strongest in the region, surpassed only be the Dutch and the pirates that had acquired Ayutthayan warships but with the recent arrival of the Spanish navy, it appeared that Marrikuwuyangan navy still had a long way to go.
 * Duchy of Hamburg-Mecklenburg: the nation is busy this year. Preperations for the first group of colonists to Neue Hamburg nears completion. More supplies are taken to the location. Several hundred people volunteer to be the first Hamburger colonists to the New World. Later in the year, they board a fleet to Williamsburg, one of Hamburgs African colonies, where it will be used as a launching point to Borelia. The Neue Hamburg outpost sees its number of building grow in preperation. Emissaries are sent to the local tribes, explaining their intentions. The tribes are told Hamburg only seeks cooperation with them. Back home the military grows. With the return of Holstein from Albion, Friedrich's cousin, Otto, takes his place as Count of Holstein. In Lübeck, the birthplace of the Hanseatic League, the HTSC sets up a secondary headquarters.
 * The Tartary continues its expansion, growing by 5000 sq km this turn. The economy and military grow. More Tatars continue to be settled down in Liao areas to keep down the Dzunghars, preventing them from rebellion. The economy and military grow quickly, as more people are connected with the Silk Road because of a direct land connection to China as well as the ownership of several wealthy cities on the area. Some soldiers are redirected westward, together with Emperor Julian, who still has not had a coronation.
 * Perm improves its military and economy, as the population grows. Adyghea begins to be integrated on to the Tartary itself. Bukhara improves its economy with connections to China and Europe, as does Kazakhstan.
 * Vorlayacor:  Considering the lack of expansion in the past few years, the military organizes a concerted push westward and southwest along the coast to expand 50 pixels in each direction.  The economy, fueled by this expansion and the surge of international trade brought by the 20 doraks, grows aggressively.  The population of Vorlayacor breaks 120,000.
 * The Consulate of Romania: Constantius, now 39, and his brother, Radu, now 38, continue to solidify the government. Much work is put into strengthening bonds with Transylvania, and thousands of Romanians travel to the new province. Hungarians are asked to leave Transylvania, their cost of passage to be paid in part by Romania. At the same time many Romanians, still within Hungary, and fearing persecution, flee to the safely of Romania. The economy swells as the vast riches of the carpathian mountains become Romania’s alone. The farmlands of Transylvania begin to stabilize and production starts to return to normal. The Danube grows as a highway of commerce, thousands of barges travel up and down its length transporting people, materials, goods, and ideas. The spread of better sanitation systems, first introduced to Constanta by the Romans, causes a slow increase in the average lifespan. As much as 9.5% of the nation has reached basic literacy, and the Moralists promote education of commoners by priests, in order to give everyone the opportunity to read the bible. Education among the elite is becoming almost mandatory. The mining sector continues to expand; Iron, salt and coal mines dot the landscape. Coal is produced for metalworking and heating. These mines provide the resources required by the foundries and traders on the coast. The growing mines require more processing facilities, which spur more development along the coast. More large shipyards open and the lumber industry continues to expand to supply the shipbuilders. Leverlock muskets continue to grow as a major export. The gunsmiths of Romania begin to gain a reputation for good-quality, reliable weapons. This fame pushes the smiths to experiment and create better variations on leverlock muskets. The creation of many skilled jobs allows a small middle class to grow within the nation. Constantius and his wife Phillippa continues to raise their son Vladimir, who now begins to attend school. Juliana, continues to grow. Radu and his wife have a daughter, lilliana.
 * The Consulate of Bulgaria: Thousands of Romanians move into the country, seeking cheap and productive land. Meanwhile, intermarriage becomes very common. Bulgarians also begin to migrate to trade towns in Romania to seek more economic opportunities. The economy grows similarly to Romania.
 * Scandinavian Empire: The military is expanded, especially the ground forces. The navy in the Baltic is expanded. Scandinavia works on improving its rifles and cannons for troop and ships respectively.  In the meantime, the Natives along the New Jersey coast are influenced (vassalization Turn Four out of 20)
 * Finland: The military is expanded. Construction of fortifications in Finland begins this year as Finland works to overcome yet another harsh winter.
 * Iceland: The military is expanded as new shipyards in Iceland are constructed.
 * Schleswig: The military is expanded as Schleswig improves its defensive measures.
 * Strömbek: The militia is expanded. Strombek expands by 1000 sq km up and down the St Lawrence river.
 * Vinland: The militia is expanded. Vinland expands by 500 sq km.
 * China will post in a sec.
 * Roman Empire: The Empire continues to expand its trade since the conclusion of the Hungarian War. Drunk with victory, Theodore III becomes popular with the Roman nobles and people for his success at expanding Roman authority and territory. He is given a triumph in Constantinople for his success at overcoming the Hungarians, making this the first triumph in centuries. Most of the forces are returned home where they begin to rest after a hard fought campaign. The recent spat of expansion has put the royal court on edge, as they are equally as eager to maintain their new lands. The war gold from the Hungarians is put to use maintaining or expanding loyalty to the Roman state in the new lands along with the promise of Roman citizenship and the full equality of all citizens before the law. Faced with a higher level of multiculturalism in the Empire never seen since the Komnenos Dynasty, new laws are drafted to ensure that ethnic minorities will not suffer unduly and to further encourage their loyalty to the Roman state and the Roman national identity. To encourage the minorities both inside and outside the Empire, Theodore III grants citizenship to all living within the Empire's borders. Atlantis becomes a full fledged settlement with a permenant population. Trade thrives there as trade goods from Borealia and Hesperia flow through the port. Galleasses begin to be modified to allow them to sail out into the open ocean. A scout fleet explores OTL Puerto Rico in search for new lands to settle for Rome. The islands are claimed but no settlement is established, only stone markers. The request of both Croatia and the new protectorate are approved. 900 troops will be sent as well as five carros and a modified galleass with 300 additional troops and supplies to reinforce Bermuda. The offer of the British is accepted and payment is en route.
 * Albania: The military continues to expand in case of any violence from the end of the Hungarian war breaks out in Albania's borders.
 * Ragusa: The republic celebrates the victory of the Ragusans against Hungary and the addition of new lands to the republic. Trade opens up again with the outside world and soon Ragusa's costs of entering the war are destroyed. The navy continues to expand to enable trade around the world.
 * Egypt: The Kingdom of Egypt faces another threat to its rule following the defeat in Ethiopia. Sensing weakness, a group of Muslims has risen up in open revolt. The Roman forces as well as Egypt's own armies are able to defeat the rebels, but the revolt makes it clear that integration will take more time. To this end more Roman-esque laws regarding religion and ethnicity are put into place. Due to the war, no expansion into the Sinai takes place this year. Faced with growing costs and more attention back home, Egypt agrees to sell Singapore to the Netherlands for trade goods and the most recent firearms. Gentle persuation like lower taxes are used to convince Muslims to convert to Christianity.
 * Cyrene: The new lands from Hungary are integrated. The local authorities begin to offer more gentle means of converting the population, and also do likewise for nationality and culture.
 * Serbia: The Serbian people rejoice as the Romans win the war and the Hungarians are driven out of the country. Most Hungarians flee, fearing retribution, and most Croats do likewise. Any Serbs deported from the country are offered incentives to return. The Serbian royal court makes its capital at Skopje and enthrone a new king from the Dusan dynasty to lead the country. To help the country heal, the infastructure and fortifications are repaired or improved.
 * Ottoman Sultanate: As the great and aging sultan, Suleiman the Magnificent, continues to further centralize the empire, he also continues the vassalization of Jalay (Three of Seven). As the passive state of Islam has seemed somewhat worthy, his son, now leading the armies, Sulimen, wishes to make the nation more aggressive. After years of debating and a new outlook on the growing world, aggression may be the answer to swift conquest. We attack OTL Iraq (the dark grey region aboveMansuriyya Caliphate). The new region becomes a vassal, and begins to be slowly annexed into the empire. The great Sultan continues to promote industry as the land sees much economic profit. The great militaristic unit, the Janissary, continues to be the backbone of the force, while more cannon and gunpowder units are implemented. We begin vassalizing Medina (One of Nine) Textiles begin to be produced on a larger scale, as well as glass making and asphalt mining. With the recent succession of Burjid, we begin to instead start vassalizing Jalay (Three of Seven). We accept trading rights with the Mansuriyya Caliphate, although we also wish to make them a propostition. If they agree to change their government to a Sultanate rather than a Caliphate, based solely on religious affairs, we will grant them claims in Middle East, as well as recognize them. We will also make them our number one ally and fight side by side with them. With the great growth of the Sultanate, Suleiman the Magnificent sets his sight on a new prize, one much more different from his own, a Christian nation which has for a long time pervaded his nation's advances, and stole their land. Although the Sultan must wait a few years before is allowed to attack this rivaled nation.
 * Kara Koyunlu (vassal of the Ottoman Sultanate): A period of centralization is underway as the military is expanded, the vassal slowly begins to merge into the empire.
 * Ramazan (vassal of the Ottoman Sultanate): As the great city of Antioch sees much population growth, and a large "throw out" of any left over Christian characteristics, the great city of Antioch now numbers at 120,000. The population is still growing but not expected to climb too high. The infrastructure is expanded.
 * Karaman (vassal of the Ottoman Sultanate): A period of centralization is underway as the infrastructure is expanded, the vassal slowly begins to merge into the empire.
 * Ak Koyunlu (vassal of the Ottoman Sultanate): Janissaries are sent to establish bases in order to guard against any resistance from the Kingdom of Armenia. A period of centralization is underway as the military is expanded, the vassal slowly begins to merge into the empire.
 * Damascan Regent (vassal of the Ottoman Sultanate): As the Burjid Sultanate merges into the empire, Sulimen, the acting regent sultan, has a son with his new wife A'shad the son is named Suleiman II, and incorporates a tradition for all future sultan firstborns to be named Suleiman, after his father who has revived the Ottoman Empire into a booming powerhouse. Sulimen takes charge if the Damascan Regent in order to prove himself he can rule. He does exceedingly well with speeding the restoration of Damascus, and promoting much migration to the great city.  Damascus now numbers 98,000 and hopes to surpass Antioch one day.
 * Levant (vassal of the Ottoman Sultanate): As the Burjid Sultanate merges into the empire, the new vassal of the Ottoman Empire begins to grow. With the economy being fore fronted by the Sultanate's treasury, the money is spent on building roads, implementing large taxes on non-Christians, and building up the cities. The infrastructure is largely increased.
 * Iraq (vassal of the Ottoman Sultanate): With the disorganized state being invaded successfully by the Ottomans, the Sultanic ways are quickly incorporated into the quickly established government. Much Turkic culture is implemented into the region although Arabic culture still wavers proudly, and the two seem to sink in together like puzzle pieces. Infrastructure is expanded as the region is being rebuilt and repaired to become an organized vassal. Centralization begins, as the region is to join the great Damascan Regent a handful of years later.
 * France: Military, navy and economy are built up. The colony continues expanding and growing by 1000 among both colonies The colonies continue growing as expected. The navy begins a huge update in order to establish a stronger control over overseas territories such as the colonies and to have further control over Africa. While this, the king seeks the French influence to grow in unexpected territories. The colony of Nouvelle Rouen continues to expand eastward by 1000 px. The French government begins a measure to avoid the sweating disease attacking French domains, mostly by sending the infected back to their lands. We agree on the slave trade within the empire by the Dutch. While this, the lake just in front of the colony of Nouvelle Rouen is called Rouenelle after the colony, and OTL Maracaibo Lake is called the Lake of Sableville. The French hear the war declaration of the Dutch and follow, declaring war against Oyo. France also responds to the Banche esterno diplomacy by sending 1500 French soldiers in order to avoid invasion and extending an alliance to them. followed by an alliance with Croatia to strength the political ties in Europe.
 * Burgundy: Military, economy and navy are built up. Burgundy follows as well declaring war on Oyo.
 * Bourbon: Military and economy are built up.
 * Lorraine: Military and economy are built up.
 * Saluzzo: Military and economy are built up.
 * Sardinia: Military and economy are built up.
 * Andorra: Military and economy are built up.
 * Africa: Military and economy are built up
 * Aurienne: Military and economy are built up. The nation expands both west and east toward the colonies of the French.
 * Guaxirenne: The country expands southward and military and economy are built up.
 * Anjou: Military and economy are built up.
 * Vendome: Military and economy are built up.
 * Provence: Military, navy and economy are built up.
 * Alencon: Military and economy are built up.
 * Narbonne: Military, navy and economy are built up.
 * Avignon: Military and economy are built up.
 * In China, the army aids in civil order and in moving up the schedule for the extrension of the Grand Canal. Meanwhile, the Royal Road is continued, and the result is trade that reaches as far as :Lanzhou and Tibet. Meanwhile, the anti-isolationists continue to gain traction. The merchants, who used to try to get around port officials, are in whole hearted support of the new decrees. Likewise, the nobles who rule the cities and the provinces near the trade ways (most of them, since the Grand Canal and the Royal Road result in shitloads of trade), and the populace is also happier; they get better life styles, with better crops techniques, and anyway no one cares about them anyway. Only a few, isolated nobles, and the eunuchs dislike it. The strange influx of piracy is questioned by the court, since there are over 200 Chinese warships dedicated to hunting them down, and we have full cooperation from our allies, the Fusahito Theocracy. Those governors who closed their ports are ordered to reopen them immediately, and instead a further 50 ships are commissioned specially to guard the port cities. A fisherman comes back and claims that the pirates came not from Japan, but from a strange flying object that looked like a saucer, and that was inhabited by alien space bats. He is regarded as a lunatic, but some wonder ... Meanwhile, Chinese trade ships land in Australia, near the land of the Marrikuwangu, and make contact.
 * Austria: This turn in both our nation and the nations of Bohemia, Moravia, Luxembourg, Brandenburg, Pomerania, Silesia, Lusatia, Salzburg, Augsburg, Swabia, Elsaß-Lothringen, Mainz, Palatinate, and our colonial territories and possessions is dedicated to military. We train and expand our military using new experience from recent wars, and grow our nation economically. In Morocco our position in Melilla is fortified. All fortifications around the region are rebuilt and manned by stationed guards in case of an attack. To protect Melilla the construction of a fortress outside the city is considered, although postponed for now. The port of Melilla is rebuilt to begin operation as a trade port and military outpost. Construction continues on a shipyard in the Melilla port to facilitate the construction and repair of friendly ships. Melilla is granted a permanent naval garrison in the city’s port. to respond to dangers in the area, and to support the small garrison on land who mans the fortifications. Our position in Morocco is fortified by reinforcements, bringing Melilla operational against attacks. For now a small fleet is stationed in its harbor, while its garrison continues to hold the north and its supply lines, supporting our Christian brethren. With much of the Muslim population of Melilla left dead after the war against Morocco, the local government attempts to entice settlers by offering large quantities of land to Christian settlers. Many Europeans, particularly of German descent and/or from Central Europe begin settling the area around Melilla. With finances from Augsburg-based banking establishments, the Trieste Company continues to launch expeditions to West Africa. Abrechtburg has grown to a decently sized settlement, supporting a population of farmers, traders, and a small garrison of soldiers. The town also houses a well furbished fort, armed with a small amount of cannons intended to defend the settlement and the harbor from any attack. Built out of necessity, the port at Abrechtburg is refurbished and expanded to support more trade ships, and allied countries are welcomed to trade and stay in the town. The second largest settlement in Westenland, Dominusburg, follows suit, finishing the construction of a port similar to Abrechtburg ‘s. Trade posts continue to be built and exploited, now numbering several dozen along the coast of Westenland and into allied territory. Our reliance on the Wolof becomes less so, but we sign a trade agreement with their nation to continue our positive relationship. Deals are made with the Wolof for slaves and other goods. Conversion of the natives begin around the settlement. Several bimereiches and caravels begin construction in Trieste, Melilla, Corfu, and other ports, to further facilitate and protect overseas trade. Trade is increased with the Grand Duchy of Bavaria and other trade partners, bringing about new avenues of trade and commerce. Expeditions to the New World continue to increase trade with Spanish possessions, establishing a trade route between Westenland and colonies in the Yucatan. Trade posts in the Caribbean are expanded and grow as they become more frequently visited. A trade agreement is signed with the local Nacotchtank people, who we begin to trade goods with. Work also begins on a settlement on Vultsburg, it being the hub of Austrian trade in the south Imperial Sea. A small fort begins construction, overlooking a primitive port, constructed to better facilitate trade ships. War is declared against Oyo, and a small number of troops are mobilized against this threat. A detachment of ships from Westenland is sent to aid in the fighting.
 * Austria: This turn in both our nation and the nations of Bohemia, Moravia, Luxembourg, Brandenburg, Pomerania, Silesia, Lusatia, Salzburg, Augsburg, Swabia, Elsaß-Lothringen, Mainz, Palatinate, and our colonial territories and possessions is dedicated to military. We train and expand our military using new experience from recent wars, and grow our nation economically. In Morocco our position in Melilla is fortified. All fortifications around the region are rebuilt and manned by stationed guards in case of an attack. To protect Melilla the construction of a fortress outside the city is considered, although postponed for now. The port of Melilla is rebuilt to begin operation as a trade port and military outpost. Construction continues on a shipyard in the Melilla port to facilitate the construction and repair of friendly ships. Melilla is granted a permanent naval garrison in the city’s port. to respond to dangers in the area, and to support the small garrison on land who mans the fortifications. Our position in Morocco is fortified by reinforcements, bringing Melilla operational against attacks. For now a small fleet is stationed in its harbor, while its garrison continues to hold the north and its supply lines, supporting our Christian brethren. With much of the Muslim population of Melilla left dead after the war against Morocco, the local government attempts to entice settlers by offering large quantities of land to Christian settlers. Many Europeans, particularly of German descent and/or from Central Europe begin settling the area around Melilla. With finances from Augsburg-based banking establishments, the Trieste Company continues to launch expeditions to West Africa. Abrechtburg has grown to a decently sized settlement, supporting a population of farmers, traders, and a small garrison of soldiers. The town also houses a well furbished fort, armed with a small amount of cannons intended to defend the settlement and the harbor from any attack. Built out of necessity, the port at Abrechtburg is refurbished and expanded to support more trade ships, and allied countries are welcomed to trade and stay in the town. The second largest settlement in Westenland, Dominusburg, follows suit, finishing the construction of a port similar to Abrechtburg ‘s. Trade posts continue to be built and exploited, now numbering several dozen along the coast of Westenland and into allied territory. Our reliance on the Wolof becomes less so, but we sign a trade agreement with their nation to continue our positive relationship. Deals are made with the Wolof for slaves and other goods. Conversion of the natives begin around the settlement. Several bimereiches and caravels begin construction in Trieste, Melilla, Corfu, and other ports, to further facilitate and protect overseas trade. Trade is increased with the Grand Duchy of Bavaria and other trade partners, bringing about new avenues of trade and commerce. Expeditions to the New World continue to increase trade with Spanish possessions, establishing a trade route between Westenland and colonies in the Yucatan. Trade posts in the Caribbean are expanded and grow as they become more frequently visited. A trade agreement is signed with the local Nacotchtank people, who we begin to trade goods with. Work also begins on a settlement on Vultsburg, it being the hub of Austrian trade in the south Imperial Sea. A small fort begins construction, overlooking a primitive port, constructed to better facilitate trade ships. War is declared against Oyo, and a small number of troops are mobilized against this threat. A detachment of ships from Westenland is sent to aid in the fighting.

'''OK ... Can someone explain to me why my signature has been taken off beside my country's name- Caliphate of Mecca. Furthermore, some of my posts that I did for every year is deleted!!! I didn't even vandalize nor sockpuppet! Is someone doing this deliberately? I never said I would quit the game or what but some of my posts are deleted and my signature! Someone please expain this to me ... Captainjohnrex (talk) 15:48, June 25, 2014 (UTC) Anyway, I'm going to put my name beside CALIPHATE OF MECCA again ... '''
 * Mansurryia Sultanate: With the Great Mansurryian purge finally over, all those who are disloyal to Sultan Aashif have been removed from society. Now that Sultan Aashif's rule is questioned by no one, he can finally focus on his main goal, to restore the Mansurryian Sultanate, especially the capital Baghdad, to its former glory. The Sultan's mission is for Baghdad to once again become a centre of art, learning, culture, religion, science, trade, and innovation. With trade floursihing from the Ottoman Empire, we use this new money to improve the infrastructure of the Sultanate. As a result of the trade, we also learn of the Burjid Sultanate and their key contribution to Muslim Society, the Mosque Model. Under the mosque model, mosques are the centre of each town  and thus markets and homes are built around the mosques and in order to build more mosques roads must be constructed between the mosques. With more roads, there is more trade, and with more trade there is more money to build into mosques and with more mosques there is more support for the Mosque Model. Because of the benefits of the Mosque Model, Sultan Aashif adopts this and funding is put into the Mosque Model. As a result of the funding into the Mosque Model, this is an infra turn. Because of the benefit of the trade with the Ottomans, we request a trade agreement with the Savafids and The Mansurryian Trade Convoy is organized and sent to the Holy City of Mecca. Meanwhile, the Sultan and the Grand Sultan is discussing what to do for next year. We also declare our support to the Muslim Indian States in the midst of the Indian League crisis and offer the Beganli Sultanate a trade offer. With the Sultanate under the Mosque Model for several years now, the citizens have been fully converted to Sunni Islam and nationwide support for the Sultan is at an all time high as a result of the infrastructure from the Mosque Model. One more year of the Mosque Model remains and next year we are planning to build up our military as a result of the news from the Caliphate of Mecca preparing for a war of their own and thus The Grand Council discusses the plan for next year and the rest of 1540s. Infra turn.
 * Grand Duchy of Bavaria: Bavaria expands its economy. The population continues to rise. Grand Duke Heinrich XVII and his council continues to allow the training of new troops. Several markets are constructed in Landshut as well as trade houses for Austrian and Castilian traders. In Austria, several new ships begin being constructed, with twenty-five very large cogs being finished. We begin using an established trade route, with important stops in the trade route include Rome, Athens, Constantinople, Gibraltar, and the coasts of Brittany, due to a longstanding trade deal. Continuing in 1539, Heinrich commissions six cogs to sail around western Mediterranean coasts. The market center in Landshut continues to attract Bavarian and Venetian traders. In religious news, around 76% of the country adheres to the Western Church. Most adherents live around Munchen and Landshut. In other news, Bavaria continues implementing the Alliance and Merchant Act as well as the Militia and Navy Act. The Bavarian Court continues hosting a largely Venetian composition. However, many Bavarian families have intermingled with the Venetians, creating a distinct social class and gentry. In national news, the common courts continue to be implemented around Bavaria as several of the lower class make use of it. The serf laws begin to be used as well. Skeptics who theorized that the serf laws would mark no profound change in society begin to be proven wrong. In 1539, as many as three hundred serfs sue for their freedom. Heinrich begins to ponder a law that would fully abolish serfdom, seeing how it has more or less deteriorated in Bavaria. The wild unpopularity of these laws begin to wear off as well. Heinrich further incorporates the Collegiate Writs, allowing many more lower class men to enter college. In legal news, Heinrich continues implementing the Bavarian Commands. The war with Hesse has been ended, with Bavaria annexing a small section of Bremen to use as a port.
 * Munchen: By 1539, the total class of Queen Isabell University amounts to about 4500 men. Troops authorized by Heinrich continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. The Collegiate Writs begin to draw more men to college.
 * Straubing: Troops authorized by Heinrich continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * Ingolstadt: Troops authorized by Heinrich continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * Burgau: Troops authorized by Heinrich continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * Nurnburg: Troops authorized by Heinrich continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * Burggrafschaft: Troops authorized by Heinrich continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * Bamberg: Troops authorized by Heinrich continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * Wurzburg: Troops authorized by Heinrich continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. A religious change begins occurring in Wurzburg upon the ascension of Franz-Albert, where many more Western Christians begin inhabiting the bishopric. The clergy begins being alarmed and they fear displacement. An envoy dispatched by Franz-Albert attempts to quell their fears.
 * Thuringia: Troops authorized by Heinrich and Count Albert continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Countess Elisabeth normalizes taxes in an effort to subset any rebellion.
 * Saxony: Troops authorized by Heinrich and Count Albert continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Countess Elisabeth normalizes taxes in an effort to subset any rebellion.
 * Bremen Port: Troops authorized by Heinrich continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * Madagasikara continues to develops its unique culture, under the guidance of King Ignacio. Ignacio also continues to focus on the full integration of all of his states as fully Madagasikaran lands. This effort is also applied to al-Swahili, which is in a Dynastic Union with Madagasikara. Ignacio invites former rival al-Swahili into the Madagasikaran League, and they accept in order to promote trade in the whole region. The spice trade continues to fuel the economy of Madagasikara. In addition to using Spanish merchants to transport the goods, a rising field is becoming a merchant. Madagasikaran merchants begin to use the Philadelphi Canal to trade with other nations in the Eastern Mediterranean. Ship-building along the west coast of Madagasikara continues to pick up as a vital industry, but competition from Coastal Madagasikaran states begins to also rise. Namibia expands along the coast by the maximum amount. It is decided that Maputo should also come under Madagasikaran control, and it is vassalized. Military turn (with naval development). To be continued.
 * Mozambika sees Madagasikaran culture pour into former Mozambikan lands from former Pembaran lands. Sofala continues to develop closer to Madagasikaran culture. Sofala is quickly evolving into a powerful trading center, with access to both the north and also to the south. Ignacio and his cadre of advisers work tirelessly to ensure that Sofala will never leave Madagasikara again.Kilwa, under some military control, experiences massive conversions to Christianity as missionaries pour into the city. Introduction of Latinized Malagasy begins in earnest, although a more Swahili dialect is implemented to ease the transition.
 * Zapoteca: Zapotecan troops patrol captured Aztec territory. Zapoteca expands 100 px along the Gulf Coast. The Spanish aid is greatly appreciated. The Emperor continues financing Spanish settlers to come to the kingdom and marry into the population. Trade increases and continues with the Spanish. The Emperor expands roadways connecting cities in the alliance to help merchants and soldiers move freer between them. The military, which had been outdated for many years, continues to be upgraded. The economy booms with trade as a result of the roads. Naval technology is rapidly advanced under the Spanish. The Emperor orders more to be manufactured to bring in goods from the sea. Itzapam continues prospering under Zapotecan rule, improving their military.
 * Tawatinsuyu: As the population continues to pull out of the plague, the growth rate remains extremely low, with the population just climbing above 837,000. Economy  improves. Medical research continues. Peru, Chimu and Sican are developed. Anti-Spain riots settle down, though a strong anti-Europe sentiment remains in the empire. Population of Cuzco stands at 147,000 people, the largest in the nation. Chimu currently has a population of 100,000, making it a distant second to Cuzco. Third largest goes to Machu Picchu, with a population of 70,000. Fourth Largest is Peru, with 5,000 people. The smallest of the Golden Cities, Sican, has a population of 30,000. Occupied Chiribaya is established as an interim government in the conquered territories. As the Sapa Inca's son, Apeac, has hit the age of 17, we send him to Spain to learn about the culture and history of Spain, making him the first Inca to willing go to Europe. The Sapa Inca's palace is attacked by workers, who align themselves with the Anti-Spain rioters ... He suffers a broken arm and cracked rib. Cuzco's infrastructure, which has been ignored in the process of developing Peru, Sican and Chimu, has degraded noticeably, causing conditions in the city to plummet. An Inca scholar predicts that this marks the beginning of the migration away from cities in the Inca Empire. Backing up his prediction, for the first time since the end of "the Great Plague", the population of the golden cities has had small decline rather than Growth. Census results are as followed: ~42% Native Inca culture (mostly Cuzcan, Inca and Chimu), ~18% Spanish Mixed Bloods, 26% Spanish, 7% French, and 7% French Mixed Blood.
 * Occupied Chiribaya: With the war three years behind us, we begin the process of rebuilding and reworking the territory to bring it up to Incan standards. The occupied territory has a population of 52,000